WORLDWIDE ESCORTED TOURING MAIN EDITION 2019-2020
SAVE £500pp UP TO
AND LOW DEPOSIT
JUST £68.50
WORLDWIDE JOURNEYS
PER PERSON
DISCOVER THE WORLD ON OUR INSPIRATIONAL ESCORTED TOURS ACROSS ALL SEVEN CONTINENTS January 2019 - April 2020 8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_COVER.indd 3
8/17/18 12:05 PM
This findits itsway way Thistravel travelguide guide could could find into your hands, anywhere and anytime.
into your hands, anywhere and anytime.
Maybe you’re sitting down in your office, with a stack of post in your hand, ready Maybe sittingyou’re down sitting in youron office, withwith a stack of post in your hand, ready to start theyou’re day. Maybe the sofa a cup of coffee in your to start the day. Maybe you’re sitting on the sofa with a cup of coffee in your hand, idly flipping through the pages. Maybe you just picked it up off a coffee hand, idly flipping through the pages. Maybe you just picked it up off a coffee table, because the picture on the cover caught your attention. table, because the picture on the cover caught your attention. Travel can take you somewhere that feeds your soul, or shows you new Travel canOpening take youup somewhere your soul, orthese shows you new experiences. this cover,that andfeeds flipping through pages, could experiences. Opening up this cover, and flipping through these pages, tasting could start a chain reaction that takes you across the globe, seeing new sights, start a chain reaction that takes you across the globe, seeing new sights, tasting new foods, and meeting people you never thought you would. This travel guide new foods, and meeting people you never thought you would. This travel guide could help you discover your reason for travel, that deep-down feeling that couldyou help reason travel, that deep-down pushes outyou thediscover door andyour on to a newfor city, a new culture, a newfeeling friend. that pushes you out the door and on to a new city, a new culture, a new friend. We’ve been inspiring and guiding people to journey across this big, beautiful We’ve inspiring guiding to journey acrossasthis big, beautiful world for abeen hundred yearsand now. From people our humble beginnings a coach tour world for a hundred years now. From our humble beginnings as a coach company, to today, where we offer tours worldwide, we’ve learnt that travel tour company, today, wheredifferent we offerpeople tours worldwide, that travel feeds the soul.toAnd it fulfills in differentwe’ve ways, learnt but we’ve feeds the soul. And it fulfills different people in different ways, but we’ve learned that it always means something. Something special. learned that it always means something. Something special.
We don’t know where you’re reading this travel We don’t know where you’re reading this travel guide right now, but we do know this — this is the guide right now, but we do know this — this is the beginning of something wonderful. beginning of something wonderful. The Thomas Cook Tours Team Daniel J. Sullivan, Jr. CEO
xxx Terraced Rice Fields, Vietnam
2-3 SPREAD.indd 4
8/17/18 12:43 PM
see what’s inside see what’s inside INTRODUCTION......................................... 2-27
USA & CANADA....................................... 28-77 INTRODUCTION......................................... 2-27 CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA............... 78-93 USA & CANADA....................................... 28-77 AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND............ 94-105 CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA............... 78-93 ASIA, AFRICA & THE MIDDLE EAST............................ AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND............106-119 94-105 EUROPE................................................. 120-161 ASIA, AFRICA & THE MIDDLE EAST............................ 106-119 EXPLORATIONS.................................... 162-189 EUROPE................................................. 120-161 USEFUL HOLIDAY INFORMATION & BOOKING CONDITIONS...................190-193 EXPLORATIONS.................................... 162-189 FULL TOUR LIST...................................194-195 IMPORTANT INFORMATION...............190-195
COVER: COVER:
Uncoverthe theelectric ancientatmosphere past of Israel Embrace of asde you trace legendary storiescapital Rio Janeiro, Brazil’s cultural of mankind’s collective history city. This passionate metropolis and discover some of thecuisine, most shines with its delectable powerful sites inflamboyant the world. This pristine beaches, Carnival intriguingand country steeped in faith costumes welcoming people. is not to be missed. HIGHLIGHTS OF SOUTH ICONIC ISRAEL, (SEE94) PAGE 114) AMERICA, (SEE PAGE
2-3 SPREAD.indd 5
8/17/18 2:33 PM
CAPTURED ON TOUR Captured at a wine tasting event at the Spier Hotel in South Africa.
Kyle Regan
@kylethomasregan
TRAVELLER INSIGHT We love hearing from you Sometimes, the best descriptions of what it’s like to be on a Thomas Cook Tours holiday comes from our own travellers. We’ve heard from so many of you, online, on social media, and through letters and surveys. Not only do your reviews help us improve tours and your overall experience, but they also provide key insights for new guests.
4
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 4
8/16/18 11:49 AM
We took our first trip in October to the National Parks.
This was an amazing trip. They made all the arrangements…Our tour guide was professional, extremely knowledgeable about the areas we travelled, and personable to all the members of our tour group. — THOMAS COOK TOURS TRAVELLER ON NATIONAL PARKS OF AMERICA
Thomas Cook Tours’ office staff, accounting, and transportation arrangements were the best and
made our trip the best. We enjoyed our accommodation, the sites visited, the tour guides, restaurants, shows, and the total experience. — THOMAS COOK TOURS TRAVELLER ON SPOTLIGHT ON NEW YORK CITY
It started with the private transfer service to the airport. Flight was easy.
Our trip to Italy was amazing.
We went to so many places and did things we never would have thought of but these were included in our tour. Hotels were awesome, food delicious and our tour group was so much fun… The trip was better than I had hoped! — THOMAS COOK TOURS TRAVELLER ON ITALY’S TREASURES
The level of organisation is superb and the accommodation selected are the best. On both of the trips we have taken with Thomas Cook Tours our tour managers were exceptional gentlemen and so we have now already booked two more trips
I don’t think there is anything that can quite compete with
with Thomas Cook Tours!…
the moment that you realise you are riding a camel past the Great Pyramids of Giza on the Sahara Desert...pinch me! — THOMAS COOK TOURS TRAVELLER ON TREASURES OF EGYPT
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 5
5
8/16/18 11:49 AM
THOMAS COOK TOURS GIVES YOU
more
MORE PEACE OF MIND
MORE EXPERTISE
Since 2013, we have partnered with Collette, a
Thomas Cook Tours is a travel company with
family owned company with 100 years’ experience
decades of experience. Our passionate tour design
in touring holidays. This coupled with the heritage
team is constantly keeping their finger on the pulse
of Thomas Cook, is the perfect recipe for amazing
of the travel world, staying ahead of what’s trending.
journeys around the world. These inclusive tours
Plus, with a professional Tour Manager and local
offer you MORE for your money, and with a focus
guides by your side, you’ll never miss a thing.
on service we give you MORE of what makes travel
SEE PAGE 10 TO LEARN MORE.
special. SEE PAGE 8 TO LEARN MORE. 6
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 6
8/16/18 11:49 AM
always
included...
• Expertly crafted itineraries • 4-star accommodation • Skilled and engaging tour managers • Expert local guides with insider knowledge • Attraction entrance fees with preferential access • Many meals full of local flavour • Unparalleled sightseeing • Enriching cultural experiences • Comfortable on-tour transportation • Hotel-to-hotel baggage handling • Plus, access to Wi-Fi hotspots on tour
MORE FLEXIBILITY
MORE ON TOUR
Everyone travels differently, and Thomas Cook Tours
We don’t just try to meet your expectations, we seek
wants to craft the perfect travel experience for you.
to exceed them. Including more iconic must-sees and
That means offering options like pre- and post-night
cultural immersion is just the beginning. We also include
stays in the world’s greatest cities, tour extensions,
more meals at local restaurants, more authentic dining
built-in free time, and It’s Your Choice excursions. More
experiences, and more menu choices. Add in carefully
customisation makes every moment feel like your own
selected 4-star accommodation and the stage is set for a
personal adventure.
truly amazing journey. SEE PAGE 18 TO LEARN MORE.
SEE PAGE 12 TO LEARN MORE.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_UK Main Edition INTRO_TCT AGT RTL.indd 7
7
8/23/18 3:04 PM
more PEACE OF MIND By your side every step of the way Of all the things Thomas Cook Tours delivers, one of the most valuable is the knowledge that everything is taken care of. Wake each morning with a new experience in front o f you and do it all without having to worry about a thing.
8
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 8
8/16/18 11:49 AM
relax, we’re on it... UNPACK LESS, ENJOY MORE PERFECTED TOUR PACING More than 40 of our tours feature hotel stays longer than just one night. It means you’ll spend the right amount of time in each destination and less time packing and unpacking.
GUARANTEED TO GO BOOK WITH CONFIDENCE Choose from thousands of guaranteed departure dates. Book with complete confidence as these selected departures are guaranteed to operate.
PRIVATE DOOR TO DOOR TRANSFER SERVICE UP TO 150 MILES Leave the hassle of getting to the airport behind. Enjoy round-trip home to airport private car service. It’s the perfect way to begin (and end) your journey when you reserve an air-inclusive tour. (SEE PAGE 190)
THE Passport CLUB RECOGNISING OUR LOYAL GUESTS Travel with Thomas Cook Tours to become members of our loyalty program, the Passport Club (formerly Travel Loyalty Club or TLC). Members automatically earn a £100 (GBP) credit every time they travel along with various other benefits. Former TLC members with existing credits will have them automatically applied to their account. CALL FOR DETAILS.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_UK Main Edition INTRO_TCT AGT RTL.indd 9
9
8/23/18 3:05 PM
more EXPERTISE Unmatched experience Our team of experts have built relationships all over the world. It could be the time spent crafting the perfect local experience, the ability to include more in each itinerary, or simply knowing the destinations better than anyone else but those connections (and years of experience) allow us to pass the value on to you.
10
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 10
8/16/18 11:50 AM
ROBERT CAMPOS AGREDA TOUR MANAGER
2 years of service, on what he loves about Peru: Peru is my home, my blood, my ancestors and my heart and soul. Peru has everything. Incredible beaches, soaring mountain ranges, colourful deserts, beautiful lakes, and the Amazon. Peruvians also love a good time! Whether it’s playing Futbol (football) with a group of friends, dancing salsa all night, or enjoying a world class meal with the perfectly blended pisco cocktail–we know how to enjoy life. In short, I believe Peru has something for everyone. How can you not fall in love with Peru?
This was the most marvellous trip for us—life changing, actually. Getting a glimpse of this beautiful country and its wonderful people made it one of our best holidays ever. TRAVELLER ON PERU: ANCIENT LAND OF MYSTERIES
Grand Canyon
TOUR DESIGN TEAM
TOUR MANAGERS
LOCAL EXPERTS
It all starts with perfectly planned itineraries. Our design team travels the globe, seeking out new and authentic inclusions. Along the way they vet each element of their tours – from the accommodation to the menu choices – ensuring you have the best possible experience.
Thomas Cook Tours’ Tour Managers are the best trained and most respected in the world. Drawing on their own rich backgrounds and extensive training, they enhance each journey. Whether it’s with a bit of historical information, suggesting a special local restaurant or sharing a laugh, these travel aficionados are at your service.
Get a local’s perspective! Having a local guide at your side enhances your experience. They know the ins and outs of the destination. These friendly faces love to share an insider’s view of the places they call home.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 11
11
8/16/18 11:50 AM
every traveller is different, so
make your trip your own
START EARLY AND/OR STAY LONGER Spend more time in the city that starts or ends your tour by adding a pre-night or post-night stay to your trip. Arrive earlier, stay longer, and see the city’s great sights.
STOPOVER
When you book airfare with Thomas Cook Tours, you have the option to add a stopover city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long you stay and explore is up to you. Available stopover cities are listed on select itineraries.
OPTIONAL EXCURSIONS Enhance your experience by choosing from our optional excursions. Each one is carefully selected to offer you a deeper perspective on your destination.
more FLEXIBILITY
There is a menu of options for you to choose from to make your tour perfect. With features such as pre and post nights stays, tour extensions, and on-tour options, you can make every day a personal adventure.
12
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 12
8/16/18 11:50 AM
DINING EXPERIENCES
TOUR EXTENSIONS
GO BACK-TO-BACK
On select tours, our Diner’s Choice feature allows you to choose where to enjoy your included dinner for that evening. Find just the right spot from a list of local restaurants.
Add an extension to the beginning or the end of your tour to ensure that you’ll make even more unforgettable memories while exploring the world.
Thomas Cook Tours can help you combine two tours into one grand experience. Many of our dates line up perfectly to allow you to discover more of the world.
TAILOR HOW YOU GET THERE AND BACK ELITE AIRFARE Land rested, refreshed, and ready when you book a business, premium economy, or first-class ticket with amenity-rich Thomas Cook Tours Elite Airfare. SEE PAGE 24
PRIVATE DOOR TO DOOR TRANSFER SERVICE Start your trip off right – get picked up and dropped off at the airport by our Private Door to Door Transfer Service when you reserve an air-inclusive tour. SEE PAGE 190
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_UK Main Edition INTRO_TCT AGT RTL.indd 13
13
8/23/18 3:05 PM
more COMFORT Travelling in style We believe your holiday starts as soon as you leave your front door. So, when you book a flight inclusive holiday with us, you’ll be able to start your holiday in style with our exclusive private door to door service. Getting to the airport can often be one of the most stressful parts of your holiday, but don’t worry, we have it all in hand.
14
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 14
8/16/18 11:50 AM
BON VOYAGE
WELCOME HOME
YOUR PREFERENCE
Your driver will collect you from your home and take you directly to your chosen UK departure airport. Your driver has access to the latest satellite navigation technology, to ensure that you have the most convenient, traffic free journey to the airport. Your transfer is exclusively for you and no one else!
When you return from your holiday, your driver will meet you as you come through into the arrivals hall after you have collected your luggage. You will then be whisked away from the airport and taken straight back home, without any diversions, in the comfort you have been accustomed to on your tour.
If you prefer to drive yourself to the airport, you could take advantage of our complimentary hotel stay and airport parking at the airport of your choice. If you have an early morning flight, or you could extend your holiday for an extra night if you have a later flight back. Just let us know your preference at time of booking.
+
or
Conditions may apply, for full terms & conditions please see page 190
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_UK Main Edition INTRO_TCT AGT RTL.indd 15
15
8/23/18 3:22 PM
more TRAVEL STYLES Variety is the spice of life No matter how you want to see the world, Thomas Cook Tours has a perfect travel style for you. Whether you want to travel across an entire country, dive into a local culture, or come to know one of the world’s greatest cities, Thomas Cook Tours has the travel experience to match.
16
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 16
8/16/18 11:50 AM
CLASSIC
THOMAS COOK TOURS’ FLAGSHIP Thomas Cook Tours’ Classic tours open the door to a world of amazing destinations. Marvel at must-see sights, sample regional cuisine, stay in centrally located hotels and connect with new and captivating cultures. These itineraries offer an inspiring and easy way to experience the world, where an expert guide takes care of all the details.
spark
YOUR SENSE OF
WANDER
RIVER CRUISE
EXPLORING THE RIVERS OF THE WORLD Thomas Cook Tours’ River Cruises are a slower, more intimate way to explore the world. These adventures, on small 4-star vessels, are an easy way to travel through the world’s beautiful waterways. Plus, when you step off your ship with a Tour Manager by your side, you’ll truly come to know the people and places along the river.
SPOTLIGHTS
SINGLE HOTEL STAYS Unpack just once and explore the world’s most iconic cities during Spotlights’ single-hotel stays. The leisurely pace offers you the chance to get to know these destinations like a local. Mustsee cultural highlights are always included, plus there’s plenty of time to explore independently, creating your own unique adventure.
FAITH
SPIRITUAL JOURNEYS Thomas Cook Tours’ collection of Faith tours has been created with our religious travellers in mind. The focus is on creating inspiring travel experiences in world-famous spiritual locations, and these itineraries are designed utilising more modest accommodation that captures the reflective surroundings in which they sit.
IMPACT TRAVEL
TRAVEL TO MAKE A DIFFERENCE Impact Travel allows you to combine your love of travel with your desire to make a difference. Go beyond simply seeing destination highlights and work alongside members of the local community to help bring about positive, sustainable change.
EXPLORATIONS We invite you to step off the beaten path and step into new cultures. Explorations gives travellers access to the world in a new way, venturing with a small group of like-minded travellers on immersive adventures. Lace up your trainers and prepare to walk, bike, hike, and explore on these active and engaging journeys.
Visit thomascooktours.com/explorations for a deeper look into Explorations.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 17
17
8/16/18 11:50 AM
more ON TOUR It’s Your Choice Everyone’s road is different, and that’s why Thomas Cook Tours offers It’s Your Choice excursions. Many of our itineraries now feature different paths you can take. Before your departure, simply select the included excursions that best suit your interest. On select days, you’ll set out on these customised included experiences.
18
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 18
8/16/18 11:50 AM
more freedom to explore WITH
IT’S YOUR CHOICE,
choose an excursion before departure, and personalise your
adventure! BLUE MOUNTAINS, BEAUTIFUL HARBOUR
Travel to the stunning Blue Mountains of new South Wales to take in majestic views OR explore the best spots and sights of Sydney Harbour in a high-speed boat. E XPLORING AUSTRALIA – PAGE 98
AN ICELANDIC ADVENTURE Swim in the mineral-rich waters of the geothermal pool, known as the Blue Lagoon, surrounded by a dramatic lava field, OR explore the wonders of Iceland’s waters during an exciting whale watching adventure in the bay of Faxaflói. ICELAND: LAND OF FIRE & ICE – PAGE 122
WINE YOUR WAY Take a tour of the wine cellar and learn about the different vintages and blends created at the winery, OR embark on a scenic walk through the winelands along the Franschhoek River. SPECTACULAR SOUTH AFRICA – PAGE 118
CHOOSE YOUR EXPERIENCE EARLY!
IT’S YOUR CHOICE
EXCURSIONS FILL UP FAST!
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_UK Main Edition INTRO_TCT AGT RTL.indd 19
19
8/24/18 11:37 AM
more on tour
African Game Drive
Must-sees
Paris, France
African savanna. Eiffel Tower. Ayers Rock. Our carefully crafted itineraries include the iconic, must-see sights for each destination. Seeing the grand iconic sights of the world in person creates a richer portrait of each incredible destination.
20
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 20
8/16/18 11:50 AM
Never fails to educate, highlight and focus on the local culture. This is the second trip we have taken with Thomas Cook Tours and continue to feel that you do an excellent job on the organisation of the trip...Thank you. We would not hesitate to join another tour if a destination came up. THOMAS COOK TOURS TRAVELLER
Native American, South Dakota, USA
Tango Performance, Buenos Aires, Argentina
Traditional Tea Ceremony, Japan
Cultural experiences A discussion with a Native American chronicler. Tango lessons in Argentina. An invitation to a Japanese tea ceremony. These cultural experiences, selected by our experts, allow you to truly come to know both the destination and the people who call it home.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 21
21
8/16/18 11:51 AM
more on tour
Greek Cuisine
Culinary inclusions
Chinese Dumpling Making
MEALS BECOME MEMORABLE MOMENTS Inspire your taste for other cultures with authentic cuisine in authentic settings. Our culinary experiences allow you to explore new cultures in an engaging and flavourful way.
22
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 22
8/16/18 11:51 AM
Hotel Carmen, Granada, Spain
Mountain Paradise Hotel, Arenal, Costa Rica
Distinction Te Anau Hotel Villas, New Zealand
Accommodation 4-STAR AND ABOVE ACCOMMODATION Whether it’s the amenities, the history, the view, or the location, your accommodation becomes a highlight all on its own. We enhance your travel experience by strategically selecting hotels that truly capture the destination.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 23
23
8/16/18 11:51 AM
more CONVENIENCE Booking flights with us is easy ...and we can be as flexible as you need to be. We can organise flights from most of the UK’s regional airports, with our preferred airline partners. We can advise you on the best airlines for each tour and the best routes, and you can choose who you’d prefer to travel with. We’ll find the best price for you based on your chosen departure date and local airport.
24
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 24
8/16/18 11:51 AM
✈Inverness Aberdeen✈
Glasgow ✈
✈Edinburgh
Belfast ✈
✈Newcastle ✈Durham
Isle of Man ✈
Tees Valley
Leeds/Bradford ✈ Manchester ✈
✈ Humberside ✈ East Midlands Norwich ✈
Birmingham ✈
Luton ✈ Cardiff ✈
✈ Stansted ✈ London Heathrow
✈
Bristol
Exeter ✈
Guernsey ✈
✈
✈ London Gatwick
Southampton
✈Jersey
MORE CONVENIENT
MORE COMFORT
MORE PEACE OF MIND
From Exeter to Inverness, we can fly you from your local airport to join our tours around the world, minimising the need to travel to London. Let us find the best priced and most convenient flight for your holiday choice and your UK location.
We can also organise to upgrade your flight to premium economy, business or first class and arrive refreshed and ready for an adventure. We have great partnerships with many airlines and often have access to exclusive flight upgrade fares. Just let us know your preference at time of booking, and we will find the best priced flight for you.
When you book a flight inclusive holiday with us, if your tour itinerary changes for any reason, or the flight schedule changes, we will manage all the changes for you. Your holiday will also be fully bonded under our ATOL licence giving you full protection for your holiday. If you choose to book your own flight, if anything does change you’ll be liable for any flight changes required. thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 25
25
8/16/18 11:51 AM
Kelsie M. Thomas Cook Tours Employee
more RESPONSIBILITY Caring for the places we live, work & travel We believe that social responsibility betters us all. From implementing education and nutrition initiatives on a local and global scale, to empowering our employees with learning opportunities and personalised growth plans, to reducing our environmental footprint, we are committed to making our world a better place to live, work, and travel.
26
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 26
8/16/18 11:51 AM
corporate social responsibility These social responsibility pillars influence every decision we make as a company and as human beings. They aren’t just a priority – they are a way of life.
PEOPLE
Fostering Growth, Opportunity, and Well-Being Our people are our most valuable asset. We invest in our employees by providing wellness, education, and volunteering programs, ensuring they have the tools they need to be happy, healthy, and successful.
COMMUNITY
Giving Back to the World That Gives Us So Much Giving back is woven into our DNA. From serving food at a local soup kitchen, to building a new school for children in Kenya, we are passionate about caring for those who need it the most—in our back yard and around the world.
TRAVEL
Making the Journey Mindful, Immersive, and Responsible We help sustain and preserve communities, cultures, and traditions on our travels, allowing our guests to responsibly discover the world.
PLANET
Working to Reduce Our Carbon Footprint The earth is filled with awe-inspiring natural wonders. That’s why we make responsible decisions to care for it today and improve it for tomorrow.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 27
27
8/16/18 11:51 AM
28
Canyonlands National Park
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 28
8/16/18 11:51 AM
USA &
CANADA Featuring USA, Canada, Alaska & Hawaii From the epic, snow-capped peaks of the Canadian Rockies and the unique Francophone city of Montreal, to the energetic buzz of Manhattan, the breathtaking national parks and the welcoming southern hospitality found in America’s South, North America has it all! Let us guide you through the tapestry of colourful destinations only found in this vast continent.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 29
29
8/16/18 11:51 AM
ISLANDS OF NEW ENGLAND 8 DAYS • 11 MEALS £ FROM 1749
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• See Plymouth Rock and step back in time in the town where the Pilgrims landed in 1620. •• Visit a working New England cranberry bog, a thriving crop of Cape Cod. •• Join a local guide who will introduce you to the charming, once-famous whaling port - “the Vineyard.”
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Travel Newport’s breathtaking Ocean Drive past the sprawling mansions of Bellevue Avenue. •• In historic Boston, experience iconic landmarks including the Old North Church. •• E xplore the island of Nantucket, including picturesque beaches and lighthouses.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 2 | Choose from exploring the stunning Marble House or the elegant Rosecliff mansion. Day 6 | Hit the ocean in search of whales on a cruise to Cape Cod Bay or head out on a scenic adventure through the Cape’s iconic sand dunes.
Nantucket
The Atlantic coast is calling. Explore New England’s majestic seaboards, from Rhode Island to Cape Cod. START E ARLY
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 7 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 3 dinners •• ”Eat like a Pilgrim” by sampling recipes from that era and enjoy a Thanksgiving feast. •• Celebrate the taste of Cape Cod with a traditional New England seafood and lobster dinner. •• Learn to cook like a New Englander during a chef-led demonstration.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Hilton Providence or Omni Providence, Providence, RI
Days 4 – 7 Sea Crest Beach Hotel, Falmouth, MA
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
30 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Islands of New England TS61 2019_TCT.indd 30
Providence: Spend more time taking in the charms of this small yet bustling city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Providence, Rhode Island - Tour Begins Discover the natural beauty that lies along the shores of New England. Come to know its coastal charm, friendly people and freshfrom-the-sea cuisine. Your tour opens in Providence, the capital of Rhode Island. Day 2: Providence - Newport - Providence Tour Providence, “America’s Renaissance City.” See prestigious Brown University and learn about the city’s vibrant art, cultural, and culinary scenes. Then depart for Newport. Return to America’s Gilded Age as you traverse breathtaking Ocean Drive en route to Bellevue Avenue. Lined with extraordinary 19th-century summer “cottages,” this road is home to seven mansions designated National Historic Landmarks. It’s your choice! Explore stunning Marble House, built by Mr. and Mrs. William K. Vanderbilt and modelled
after the Petit Trianon at Versailles -ORtour Rosecliff, the opulent former residence of silver heiress Theresa Fair Oelrichs, wellknown for her lavish parties. (B, D) Day 3: Providence - Boston, Massachusetts - Providence Travel north to the historic city of Boston. Come to know Boston’s Yankee charm during a tour that highlights Beacon Hill, the Old South Meeting House, Boston Public Garden, the historic North End and Faneuil Hall Marketplace. You’ll also see the iconic Old North Church and discover its lovely and historic interior. Enjoy leisure time to stroll along part of the famed Freedom Trail, a walking path showcasing the city’s historic sites; or, return to explore the lively marketplace at Faneuil Hall. (B) Day 4: Providence - Plymouth, Massachusetts - Cape Cod Delve into rural life as you tour a New England cranberry bog where you’ll learn about dry harvesting. Then, step back in time with a stop in the celebrated town of Plymouth where the Pilgrims landed in 1620. See legendary Plymouth Rock and board a true reproduction of the Mayflower, the 102-passenger ship used
8/17/18 4:11 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Providence • Newport • Boston • Cranberry Bog • Plimoth Plantation • Cape Cod • Martha’s Vineyard • Lobster Dinner • Provincetown • Choices on Tour • Hyannis • Nantucket
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Marble House, Newport
Cape Cod by the pilgrims on their 65 day journey from England. Experience the days of the Pilgrims with a visit to Plimoth Plantation, an incredible re-creation of a 17th-century village. Today’s lunch teaches you how to “eat like a Pilgrim.” Sample recipes from that time, learn some Pilgrim etiquette, and enjoy a Thanksgiving feast with your fellow travellers. Later, arrive at your beachfront hotel for a 4-night stay. (B, L) Day 5: Cape Cod - Martha’s Vineyard - Cape Cod A ferry ride transports you to beautiful Martha’s Vineyard. Known for visits by presidents and royalty, this summer home of many artists, writers and celebrities is full of surprises. A local guide will show you all the highlights of “the Vineyard”(as the locals call it), including quaint gingerbreadstyled cottages and a once-famous whaling port resplendent with sea captain’s homes and widow’s walks. Later, depart the island and cruise back to Cape Cod. Tonight, enjoy a traditional New England experience as you indulge in a seafood and lobster feast. (B, D). Day 6: Cape Cod - Provincetown Cape Cod Travel to Provincetown, located on the tip of the Cape. This lively artist
Islands of New England TS61 2019_TCT.indd 31
Boston
colony remains famous for its crafts and bright seagoing flair. Then, it’s your choice! Set out on a whale watch cruise to Cape Cod Bay in search of these magnificent creatures -OR- enjoy a scenic adventure through the iconic sand dunes of the Cape. (B) Day 7: Cape Cod - Hyannis - Nantucket - Cape Cod Catch a glimpse of the Camelot era in Hyannisport, home of the Kennedy compound, and visit the poignant Kennedy Memorial. Next, set off via ferry to explore the idyllic island of Nantucket. From its cobblestone Main Street to its beaches and lighthouses, this place truly lives up to its reputation. During time at leisure, you may meander the waterfront where sailboats and yachts sway in the harbour or shop for a famous Nantucket basket. Tonight, enjoy a wonderful farewell dinner and chefled demonstration highlighting a local speciality. (B, D) Day 8: Cape Cod - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close, leaving you with many fond memories. (B) STAY LO NG E R Boston: Enjoy extra time exploring this historic metropolis in Massachusetts.
DOUBLE
Starting from £1749
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 12 May 2019 departure
May – October 2019
10, 12, 17, 27, 31 May 7, 11, 13, 14, 28 June 11, 12, 18, 19 July 2, 9, 16, 23, 29, 30 August
5, 6, 9, 12, 13 September 16, 19, 20 September 26, 27 September 3, 4, 7, 10, 11 October 14, 25, 31 October
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £21 99
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Islands of New England and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport. Due to itinerary scheduling, return flights should not be booked prior to 12:00 noon. Our international air passengers will arrive into and depart from Boston or Providence. Airport transfers are available for purchase from either airport.
“
This trip was truly invaluable to me as an American lit teacher. My most memorable experience was the Plimouth Colony tour and meeting the actors that portrayed the Puritans. They were excellent!
”
CALL FOR DETAILS.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
31
8/17/18 4:12 PM
COLOURS OF NEW ENGLAND 8 DAYS • 10 MEALS £ FROM 2349
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Watch how fresh apple cider is produced the old-fashioned way. •• Learn the importance of maple sugaring in the region on a farm tour. •• Explore the Rocks Estate, home to the North Country Conservation & Education Center.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Spend two nights in the quaint New England town of Stowe. •• Embark on a cruise of stunning Lake Winnipesaukee.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 2 | Choose between a walk along the Freedom Trail with a local guide or a guided tour of Boston’s treasures, including the Public Gardens.
Stowe
Fall in to the rustic charm of New England. See a stunning display of vibrant foliage while travelling from historic Boston to the quaint villages of the North. CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 7 breakfasts • 3 dinners •• Taste the essence of New England at a dinner featuring succulent fresh lobster. •• Visit Ben & Jerry’s Ice Cream Factory, learn about their ice cream and sample the sweet treat.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2
Boston Park Plaza, Boston, MA
Days 3, 4 Stowe Mountain Lodge, Stowe, VT Days 5 Red Jacket Mountain View Resort, North Conway, NH Day 6, 7 Spruce Point Inn Resort & Spa, Boothbay Harbor, ME On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
START E ARLY Boston: Start off your trip with an extra night in this exciting New England metropolis. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Boston, Massachusetts - Tour Begins Welcome to Massachusetts, where your journey through charming and vibrant New England begins. Relax during a 2-night stay in the heart of Boston. Day 2: Boston The choice is yours! Walk the Freedom Trail with a local guide following in the footsteps of those who shaped America during the Revolutionary War -OR- ride with your local guide to see Boston’s iconic treasures, including the Old South Meeting House, Public Gardens, and Beacon Hill. Either way, you’ll make a stop at the famed Faneuil Hall Marketplace, where colourful kiosks of local handiwork mix with bustling crowds and street performers. (B, D)
Day 3: Boston - Woodstock, Vermont Stowe Set out for Vermont, the “Green Mountain State,” where tree-covered mountainsides dot a charming landscape of quaint villages with traditional, white steeple churches. Arrive in Woodstock, “the quintessential New England village” with its beautifully restored Georgian homes, a covered bridge, and even a town green. Visit the impressive 165-foot deep, mile-long Quechee Gorge before continuing to your resort in Stowe, nestled in the tranquil Green Mountains. (B) Day 4: Stowe We’re off to the Cold Hollow Cider Mill. In this historic mill, watch – and learn – how fresh cider is produced the old-fashioned way, via rack and cloth press; a process that’s been passed down for generations. A tour of Ben & Jerry’s Ice Cream Factory fills you in on the process of making ice cream and ends with a sample of their worldfamous scoops. This afternoon, enjoy some leisure time discovering Stowe. Or, take an optional tour of the Trapp Family Lodge,
32 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Colors of New England TS358 2019_TCT.indd 32
8/17/18 4:14 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Boston • Woodstock • Quechee Gorge • Stowe • Ben & Jerry’s Ice Cream Factory • Rocks Estate • North Conway • Kancamagus Highway • Lake Winnipesaukee Cruise • Boothbay Harbour • Lobster Dinner
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Boothbay Harbour
Lobster dinner where you’ll learn the fascinating history of this local treasure before heading to the von Trapp brewery for a traditional beer flight tasting followed by dinner. (B) Day 5: Stowe - North Conway, New Hampshire Today we are New Hampshire bound! Soak in the lovely New England countryside as you journey through the White Mountains of New Hampshire to North Conway. Make a stop to explore the Rocks Estate, home to the North Country Conservation & Education Centre. On a tour of the farm, learn about the history and importance of maple sugaring in the region and visit a virtual tap room. Later, return to North Conway via the Kancamagus Highway, a scenic byway offering spectacular views of the White Mountains region. (B, D) Day 6: North Conway - Lake Winnipesaukee - Boothbay Harbour, Maine Journey to New Hampshire’s picturesque lakes region, a popular holiday spot for visitors year-round. Board the M/S Mount Washington and spend the next hour cruising stunning Lake Winnipesaukee, New Hampshire’s largest lake. Then, visit the charming town of
Colors of New England TS358 2019_TCT.indd 33
Wolfeboro, the “oldest summer resort in America.” Later, head for Maine, arriving in beautiful Boothbay Harbour, the “boating capital of New England.” Admire Maine’s rugged coastline on a drive along the picturesque Ocean Point Road. (B) Day 7: Boothbay Harbour This morning, embark on a relaxing cruise through Boothbay Harbour. Take in the spectacular views of the coast, populated with lighthouses and summer homes, and be on the lookout for the harbour seals and other local wildlife. Learn about New England’s lobster industry and watch as a lobster trap is pulled aboard the boat holding the day’s catch. Enjoy some free time this afternoon in beautiful Boothbay. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a very special farewell dinner featuring fresh native lobster, for which coastal Maine is renowned. (B, D) Day 8: Boothbay Harbour Kennebunkport - Boston, Massachusetts - Tour Ends Today, travel along spectacular Ocean Drive through the seaside community of Kennebunkport. See Walker’s Point, the home on a rocky promontory that’s a summer residence to former President George H. W. Bush. Return to the Boston airport with the many wonderful memories of your adventure. (B)
White Mountains
DOUBLE
Starting from £2349
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 29 September 2019 departure
September – October 2019
25, 27, 29 September 1, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 October
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3 3 49
This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Boston. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Due to tour scheduling, return flights should not be scheduled prior to 4:00 p.m. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
ALS O AVAILABLE
Colors of New England with Portland, Maine Enjoy the vibrant foliage and unique coastal charm of Portland, Maine. Stroll through the historic Old Port neighbourhoods for excellent shopping and dining or visit one of the city’s museums.
DOUBLE Starting at £2349
September - October 2019 24, 26, 28, 30 September 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 October Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details.
Rates are land only, per person, double occupancy.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
33
8/17/18 4:14 PM
HERITAGE OF AMERICA
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£200pp
T&C’s apply
10 DAYS • 13 MEALS £ FROM 2399
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Explore Gettysburg, one of the most important battle sites of the Civil War. •• Stroll the grounds of historic Colonial Williamsburg. •• Marvel at the sights and sounds of the Virginia International Tattoo.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Spend two nights in the heart of New York City! •• Enjoy Shenandoah Valley views on Skyline Drive. •• Behold Washington, D.C.’s famous Capitol building and the White House.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 4 | Visit President Eisenhower’s home and farm or take a guided walking tour of historic downtown Gettysburg. Day 8 | Visit the National Air and Space Museum or the National Museum of America History.
U.S. Capitol
Retrace the events that shaped American history. Journey along a storied trail from New York to Washington, D.C.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS START E ARLY
•• 9 breakfasts • 4 dinners •• Enjoy breakfast at Ellen’s Stardust Diner featuring singing staff. •• Journey back in time at dinner in a tavern specialising in colonial fare. •• Relish dinner in a beautifully restored barn at a family-owned farm.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Sheraton New York Times Square, New York, NY Days 3, 4 Wyndham Hotel, Gettysburg, PA Day 5 Omni Charlottesville Hotel, Charlottesville, VA Days 6, 7 Woodlands Hotel, Williamsburg, VA Days 8, 9 Omni Shoreham Hotel, Washington, D.C. On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
34 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Heritage of America TS82 2019_TCT.indd 34
New York City: Get an extra evening in “The Big Apple.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: New York City, New York - Tour Begins Celebrate America’s rich and varied heritage on an in-depth tour of the Eastern United States featuring essential landmarks and incredible vistas. Day 2: New York City Meet your fellow travellers at a classic New York diner for breakfast. Then, a local guide leads you on a fascinating tour of the “Big Apple.” You’ll see Greenwich Village, the Wall Street District, Chinatown, Central Park, and other time-honoured landmarks. This afternoon, discover “the city that never sleeps” at your own pace. (B) Day 3: New York City - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania - Gettysburg This morning you’ll enjoy breakfast at the famous Ellen’s Stardust Diner. Next, travel to Philadelphia and embark on a tour of “the Birthplace of a New Nation.” See the Liberty Bell and Independence Hall, the location of the signing of the Declaration
of Independence and the drafting of the Constitution. Continue on to Gettysburg, site of the Union victory and a turning point in the Civil War. Tonight, enjoy dinner at a historic Gettysburg tavern. (B, D) Day 4: Gettysburg Visit the Gettysburg National Military Park and Museum. Begin your tour with the film “A New Birth of Freedom.” Then, lose yourself in Paul Philippoteaux’s Cyclorama from 1884, a breath-taking 360° cylindrical painting depicting Pickett’s Charge. Explore the Museum of the American Civil War and its galleries. Step onto the battlefield with a guided tour of the site illuminating those three historic days in 1863 and the decisive battle that changed the course of American history forever. This afternoon it’s your choice! Visit President Eisenhower’s home and farm; this site served as the President’s weekend retreat and a meeting place for world leaders during the Cold War-era tensions -OR- embark on a guided walking tour of historic downtown Gettysburg with a local expert dressed in period clothing. Tonight, enjoy a home-cooked family-style meal in a historic barn (dating back to 1764) and experience life on a third generation family-owned farm. (B, D)
8/22/18 10:23 AM
LY TO
y
Day 5: Harpers Ferry, West Virginia - Shenandoah Valley, VA Charlottesville Stop in West Virginia to visit the quaint, historic community of Harpers Ferry, where the Potomac and Shenandoah Rivers meet. Then, we pass through Shenandoah National Park via Skyline Drive. Travel along the crest of the Blue Ridge Mountains, where the scenic wilderness extends in all directions. This evening, enjoy dinner on your own in downtown Charlottesville. (B) Day 6: Charlottesville - Williamsburg Visit Monticello, the beautiful home and gardens of Thomas Jefferson. The third U.S. President and author of the Declaration of Independence, Jefferson was an accomplished inventor and true “Renaissance man.” Learn about him during a tour of the main house before exploring on your own or choosing between a guided tour focusing on the experiences of the enslaved people who lived at Monticello or a guided tour of the beautiful gardens and grounds. This afternoon we arrive in historic Williamsburg. Tonight, dine in a Colonial Williamsburg tavern specialising in revolutionary-era fare. (B, D) Day 7: Colonial Williamsburg Yorktown - Williamsburg Step back in time. The short film, “Story of a Patriot,” is your introduction to Colonial Williamsburg where costumed re-enactors populate the streets and buildings, bringing 1770 to life. Tour the Governor’s Palace and Gardens; then feel free to wander the cobblestone streets and explore some of the 88 historic buildings. This afternoon we visit the American Revolution Museum at Yorktown. Experience another poignant turning point in American history as you immerse yourself in the world of Revolutionary America and learn how American independence was won at the Yorktown Battlefield. Tour the museum’s vibrant galleries and interactive exhibits in a state-of-theart setting. Explore the expanded outdoor living history museum with a re-created Continental Army encampment and Revolution-era farm. (B) Day 8: Williamsburg - Washington, D.C. Depart for Arlington National Cemetery to view the Tomb of the Unknowns and the Kennedy gravesites. Then, travel to Washington, D.C. Explore the worldfamous Smithsonian Institution’s countless treasures where it’s your choice! Visit the National Air and Space Museum -OR- the National Museum of American History. Among the National Air and Space Museum’s collection are the Wright 1903 Flyer, the Spirit of St. Louis, and
Heritage of America TS82 2019_TCT.indd 35
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
New York City • Philadelphia • Gettysburg • Harpers Ferry • Shenandoah National Park • Charlottesville • Monticello • Colonial Williamsburg • Arlington National Cemetery • Washington, D.C. • Smithsonian Institution • Mount Vernon
New York City
American Revolution Museum at Yorktown caption the Apollo 11 command module. The National Museum of American History features the flag that inspired Francis Scott Key to compose the national anthem; the First Ladies Hall containing many ball gowns worn by America’s First Ladies, and more. The evening is free to explore on your own. (B) Day 9: Washington, D.C. Take a guided tour of America’s capital featuring wonderful views of the Capitol building, the White House, monuments and museums. Our first stop is the White House Visitor Centre where you retrace the story of the historic residence. Continue with a stop at the moving World War II Memorial, the Vietnam Veterans Memorial and the Korean War Memorial. Finally, make a photo stop at the U.S. Capitol building. This afternoon, visit Mount Vernon, the beloved home of George Washington. Wander the lush plantation grounds and tour the home filled with 18th-century artefacts. Toast the end of a wonderful trip this evening at a farewell dinner. (B, D) Day 10: Washington, D.C. - Tour Ends Bid farewell to Washington, D.C. this morning. (B) STAY LO NG E R Washington, D.C.: Spend an extra night in America’s capital city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Colonial Williamsburg
DOUBLE
Starting from £2399
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 3 May 2019 departure
March – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
22, 29 March 5, 12, 18, 26 April ★ 19 April
3, 24 May 21, 28 June 26 July 6, 12, 13 September 20, 28 September 4, 11, 18, 25 October 8 November
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
9, 10, 23, 24, 30 April
★ 17 April
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3 099 CELEBRATE TRADITION
Virginia Military Tattoo
Attend this epic event in Norfolk, VA. Marvel at the sights and sounds during performances from all branches of the US Military.
19 April 2019 & 17 April 2020 SPECIAL EVENT DEPARTURES
Cherry Blossom Season
Enjoy the festivities that take place during this beautiful herald of spring. Please note: Blooming will vary slightly from year-to-year due to weather conditions. Dates are to be determined.
This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into New York and depart from Washington, DC. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
35
8/22/18 10:27 AM
SPOTLIGHT ON NEW YORK CITY 5 DAYS • 5 MEALS £ FROM 1399
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Reflect at the 9/11 memorial and explore the 9/11 Museum.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• In the cultural treasure trove that is New York City, experience two Broadway shows. •• Embark on a voyage to experience “Lady Liberty” up-close. •• Join a local guide for a tour of New York City’s time-honoured landmarks.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 3 breakfasts • 2 dinners •• Enjoy breakfast at the famous Ellen’s Stardust Diner, featuring a singing wait staff.
SPOTLIGHTS
SINGLE HOTEL STAY
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 4 Sheraton New York Times Square, New York, NY On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
From Lady Liberty to Greenwich Village, New York City never sleeps. The Apple is big; enjoy every bite. START E ARLY New York City: The electric atmosphere of the City that’s so nice, they named it twice. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: New York City, New York - Tour Begins “Start spreading the news,” because today you arrive in America’s most exciting metropolis for a getaway filled with shopping, sightseeing and endless entertainment. Relax as you enjoy a single hotel stay in the heart of the city.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
Day 2: New York City Prepare for an exhilarating day with breakfast at a local eatery before embracing the city’s energy on a locally guided tour of the “Big Apple.” Find yourself in Greenwich Village, the Wall
Street district, Chinatown, and Central Park. See the Empire State Building and many other time-honoured landmarks. Reflect at the 9/11 Memorial and the 9/11 Museum, a poignant tribute to the lives lost. Later, it’s Diner’s Choice…choose the perfect spot from a “menu” of the city’s popular locations near exhilarating Times Square. Then, take your seat at a Broadway show! (B, D) Day 3: New York City Another exciting day begins with a fun-filled breakfast at the famous Ellen’s Stardust Diner, a 50s-themed restaurant featuring a singing wait staff. Board a ferry for a cruise of New York Harbour. Take in the incredible views of the towering Statue of Liberty. Dock and get up-close to “Lady Liberty.” She has welcomed immigrants and visitors to New York Harbour since 1886. Created as a token of friendship between the U.S. and France, the Statue
36 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Spotlight on New York City TS83 2019_TCT.indd 36
8/17/18 4:17 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Greenwich Village • Wall Street • 9/11 Memorial • 9/11 Museum • Two Broadway Shows • Statue of Liberty • Ellis Island
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Central Park
New York City of Liberty has become a global symbol of freedom. Then it’s on to Ellis Island. Step back in time on a self-guided tour of the museum. Come to know the personal stories of the immigration boom of 18921924 when 12 million people passed through this station on their journey to America. The remainder of the day is at leisure to explore “the city that never sleeps.” Tonight, choose to join an optional walking tour of Greenwich Village including dinner. (B) Day 4: New York City Take advantage of some free time this morning to discover the city at your own pace. Your Tour Manager has countless suggestions on how to spend your time. Maybe you are up for a shopping spree at some of the world’s most legendary department stores, including Macy’s, Bloomingdale’s and Saks Fifth Avenue. This afternoon, the curtains rise for your second Broadway show. You’ll choose from a selection of Broadway’s biggest hits. Say farewell to this extraordinary city tonight as we
Times Square
Statue of Liberty gather for your final taste of New York with dinner at a local restaurant. (B, D) Day 5: New York City - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close with many pleasant memories of your exciting tour of fabulous “New York, New York.” STAY LO NG E R New York City: Spend one last night exploring the Big Apple. CALL FOR DETAILS.
DOUBLE
Starting from £1399
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 23 January 2020 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
17 January 21 February 21, 28 March 4, 11, 25 April
9, 16, 30 May 13, 15, 20, 27 June 11, 18, 25 July 8, 15, 29 August 5, 12, 19, 26 September 3, 4, 10, 13, 17, 24 October 23 January
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
19, 26 March 2, 16, 23, 30 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £1 799
“
Great planning and value. The tour manager was courteous, professional and took great care of us. The 9/11 memorial, Ellis Island and Broadway shows were fantastic.
”
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Spotlight on New York City and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from New York. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
Spotlight on New York City TS83 2019_TCT.indd 37
37
8/17/18 4:17 PM
SPOTLIGHT ON WASHINGTON, D.C. 6 DAYS • 8 MEALS £ FROM 1599
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Peek into the life of America’s first president at Mount Vernon. •• Behold the impressive Washington National Cathedral. •• Stop at Ford’s Theatre where President Lincoln was assassinated.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Spend 5 memorable nights in the heart of Washington, D.C. •• Tour the iconic and storied U.S. Capitol building.
SPOTLIGHTS
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 3 | Discover the technical marvels
of aviation at the National Air and Space Museum or delve into history at the National Museum of American History.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 5 breakfasts • 3 dinners •• Experience international cuisine in local restaurants throughout the city. •• Dine by candlelight at historic Gadsby’s Tavern in Old Town Alexandria.
SINGLE HOTEL STAY A story of liberty. A story of democracy. Walk the path forged by America’s leaders in its spirited capital. START E ARLY Washington, D.C.: Enjoy your first night in America’s capital city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 5 Washington Marriott Georgetown or Omni Shoreham Hotel, Washington, D.C. On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
38 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Spotlight on Washington DC TS426 2019_TCT.indd 38
Day 1: Washington, D.C. - Tour Begins Explore America’s heritage and history during your stay in the capital city of the United States – Washington, D.C. Day 2: Washington, D.C. Your day begins at the U.S. Capitol Visitor Centre with a guided tour of this historic and storied building. Then, discover the celebrated history of America’s capital on a tour with a local expert. Delight in wonderful views of the White House, National Mall and many monuments and museums. We continue with stops at the moving World War II Memorial, the Vietnam Veterans Memorial and the Korean War Memorial. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner. (B, D)
Day 3: Washington, D.C. This morning we visit the White House Visitor Centre. Explore the history of 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue and see artefacts from the White House collection. Then, it’s your choice! Step into the pages of history and uncover some of the treasures of the Smithsonian Institution with a visit to the National Air and Space Museum -OR- the National Museum of American History. Among the National Air and Space Museum’s collection in their location on the National Mall are the famous Wright 1903 Flyer, the Spirit of St. Louis, and the Apollo 11 command module. The National Museum of American History houses an array of American touchstones, including many gowns worn by America’s First Ladies and the Star-Spangled Banner. This afternoon, enjoy free time to continue exploring on your own. Tonight, you may choose to join an optional twilight tour of D.C. including dinner. (B) Day 4: Arlington National Cemetery - Mount Vernon, Virginia - Alexandria Visit Arlington National Cemetery for a
8/22/18 10:37 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
U.S. Capitol Building Tour • World War II Memorial • White House Visitor Center • Smithsonian Institution • Arlington National Cemetery • Mount Vernon • Old Town Alexandria • Gadsby’s Tavern • Washington National Cathedral • Ford’s Theatre
£200pp
T&C’s apply
WWII Memorial
U.S. Capitol narrated tour that takes you to the Tomb of the Unknowns and the Kennedy gravesites. This afternoon, we call on Mount Vernon, the beloved home of the first U.S. president, George Washington. Wander the beautiful plantation grounds he adored and tour the home, filled with 18th-century artefacts. Next, arrive in Old Town Alexandria, a charming community nestled along the Potomac. Enjoy some time to stroll the cobblestone streets, view the historic Colonial architecture, and stop at some of the trendy boutiques. This evening we dine at Gadsby’s Tavern, located in the heart of Old Town Alexandria and famous for hosting George Washington, Thomas Jefferson and other founding fathers. (B, D) Day 5: Washington, D.C. This morning, visit the Washington National Cathedral. This magnificent church took 83 years to complete and has been host to many poignant moments in America’s history such as state funerals, Presidential inaugural masses and Martin Luther King, Jr.’s last sermon. Admire the beautiful craftsmanship of the cathedral as you learn more about its history during a docent-led tour. This
Cherry Blossoms
The White House
afternoon, visit Ford’s Theatre where President Abraham Lincoln was assassinated on that fateful night in 1865. Tour the theatre and hear about the timeline of events that transpired as John Wilkes Booth’s plan unfolded. Finish your tour with a visit to the neighbouring Petersen House, the boarding house to which the fatally injured Lincoln was carried. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a farewell dinner commemorating the end of your historical journey. (B, D) Day 6: Washington, D.C. - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close in Washington, D.C. this morning. (B) STAY LO NG E R Washington, D.C.: Spend one final evening taking in the history and beauty of D.C. CALL FOR DETAILS.
“
We had a great experience on our Spotlight on Washington D.C. tour. It could not have been better...well organised, information and facts were greatly appreciated, and the tour guide was excellent.
”
DOUBLE
Starting from £1599
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 25 July 2019 departure
March – April 2019
Please confirm at time of reservation.
7, 27 March 3, 4, 18, 25 April
May 2019 – April 2020
(different itinerary – see note)
(featured itinerary)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary.
2, 23 May 6, 20 June 11, 25 July 8 August
5, 19, 26 September 3, 10, 17, 24, 31 October 26 March 2, 9, 16, 23, 30 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £1 899 CELEBRATE TRADITION
Cherry Blossom Season in Washington, D.C. Cherry Blossom season colours the city in a sea of pink and white from mid-March to mid-April. Enjoy the many activities that take place and learn the history and lineage of these beautiful trees. Please Note: Blooming will vary slightly from year-to-year due to weather conditions. Dates are to be determined – only Mother Nature knows when blooms will actually occur and peak!
This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Washington, D.C. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Spotlight on Washington D.C. and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
Spotlight on Washington DC TS426 2019_TCT.indd 39
39
8/18/18 6:41 AM
AMERICA’S MUSIC CITIES 8 DAYS • 10 MEALS £ FROM 1949
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Embark on a one-of-a-kind tour of Memphis where local musicians share the story of the city’s musical heritage. •• Enjoy reserved seats at the Grand Ole Opry, the “home of American music.” •• Tour historic RCA Studio B - Nashville’s oldest remaining recording studio.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Visit Graceland, the palatial home of Elvis Presley. •• Explore the Country Music Hall of Fame, the largest museum of popular music in the world. •• Journey through Louisiana’s swamp country on a narrated cruise.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 2 | In New Orleans, enjoy a guided walking tour of the French Quarter or set out on a panoramic drive through the city with a local guide.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 7 breakfasts • 3 dinners •• Enjoy Creole delights at a favourite French Quarter restaurant in New Orleans.
Jazz Musicians
Blues, rock, soul – and all that jazz. Unearth the roots of American music and celebrate jazz in the place it was born. START E ARLY New Orleans: Start your trip off with an extra night to explore “The Big Easy.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
•• Stop to taste a true New Orleans favourite — beignets at Café Du Monde. •• Indulge in a king cake tasting at Mardi Gras World.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Sheraton Hotel, New Orleans, LA Days 4, 5 The Guest House at Graceland, Memphis, TN Days 6, 7 Gaylord Opryland Resort, Nashville, TN
ROOM UPGRADE AVAILABLE
Upgrade to a Premium Garden View Room at Gaylord Opryland Hotel CALL FOR DETAILS On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
40 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Americas Music Cities TS376 2019_TCT.indd 40
Day 1: New Orleans, Louisiana - Tour Begins Step back in time on a cultural getaway that opens in the “Jazz Capital of the World,” New Orleans! This soulful city abounds with rich history, mouthwatering Cajun and Creole cuisine, and of course, an incomparable soundtrack. Day 2: Choose French Quarter Walking Tour or Motorcoach Tour of New Orleans It’s your choice! Embark on a walking tour of New Orleans’ famous French Quarter where you’ll see the majestic St. Louis Cathedral, one of the city’s most recognisable landmarks. Continue to the bustling French Marketplace where you’ll explore Pirates Alley and view the Cabildo, the Presbytere and the Pontalba -OR- set out on a panoramic motorcoach tour of New Orleans with a local guide that begins along historic Esplanade Avenue and rolls on to see St. Louis Cemetery #3, which opened in 1854 and holds some of the most elaborate crypts found in the
city’s cemeteries. Relax during a drive along the shoreline of Lake Pontchartrain. This romantic road eventually leads to St. Charles Avenue, whisking you past gorgeous mansions and two world-famous universities, Loyola and Tulane. Whichever you choose, you’ll stop to taste a true New Orleans favourite – beignets at the famed Café Du Monde. Tonight, get to know your travel companions at a festive New Orleans-style welcome dinner. (B, D) Day 3: New Orleans Journey through Louisiana’s swamp on a cruise narrated by the captain himself. Learn about the history and ecology of this fascinating ecosystem while keeping an eye out for wildlife including bald eagles, herons, turtles and alligators! Then, celebrate the festive side of New Orleans at Mardi Gras World, the working warehouse where artisans create the spectacular floats for the famous parades. You’ll even get to indulge in a tasting of king cake. Tonight, enjoy dinner on your own before meeting your Tour Manager and fellow travel companions at Maison Bourbon, a live jazz club in the French Quarter. (B) Day 4: New Orleans - Memphis, Tennessee Travel north to Memphis, the birthplace of the Blues, Rock ‘n’ Roll and Soul. Enjoy Southern hospitality at your hotel just steps
8/22/18 10:39 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
French Quarter • Swamp Tour • Mardi Gras World • Jazz Revue • Graceland • West Delta Heritage Center • Grand Ole Opry Show • Ryman Auditorium • Country Music Hall of Fame • Historic RCA Studio B • Whiskey Distillery
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Beale Street
New Orleans Jazz Festival away from the iconic Graceland. (B, D) Day 5: Memphis This morning, head out on a one-of-a-kind tour of the city of Memphis. You may be tempted to sing along as local musicians board the coach to tell the stories of Memphis’ musical heritage and its rich history. Put on your blue suede shoes and get ready to visit Graceland, the palatial home of the King himself, Elvis Presley. Enter Elvis’ 14-acre estate and visit his home, original business office, trophy building with exhibits depicting Elvis’ life at Graceland, racquetball building, and the Meditation Garden, where Elvis and members of his family have been laid to rest. The remainder of your day is free to enjoy this city’s vast musical offerings. You may wish to spend more time at Graceland or join an optional Memphis Musical History Tour with dinner. Tonight, spend the evening exploring Beale Street’s vibrant musical clubs! (B) Day 6: Memphis - Nashville Roll along Music Highway to the “Music Capital of the World,” Nashville! We’ll make a stop at the West Delta Heritage Centre to discover the roots of the country blues sound that originated in West Tennessee. The Queen of Rock, Tina Turner, was born here in Brownsville, so it’s only fitting
Americas Music Cities TS376 2019_TCT.indd 41
that there’s an exhibit dedicated to her. This evening, take your reserved seat at the renowned Grand Ole Opry. What began as a building where a local radio broadcast show aired once a week in 1925 has grown to become an entertainment complex that attracts music fans from all over the world. (B) Day 7: Nashville Your day begins with a tour of the historic Ryman Auditorium, the original home of the Grand Ole Opry! Then, explore the Country Music Hall of Fame, the largest museum of popular music in the world. Afterwards, a tour of RCA Studio B gives you an insider’s look at Nashville’s oldest remaining recording studio, where Elvis Presley, Dolly Parton and Charlie Pride once recorded some of their classic hits. Learn how each artist recorded their chart-topping music in this famous studio – you may even have the opportunity to record your own hit! Then, discover the flavour of the region at a family-owned distillery when you tour the facility and taste its Tennessee whiskey. (B, D) Day 8: Nashville - Tour Ends Your rockin’ musical journey comes to a close today. (B)
STAY LO NG E R Nashville: Keep enjoying the great tunes and atmosphere in the “Music City” of the U.S. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Graceland DOUBLE
Starting from £1949
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 9 February 2020 departure
February – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
24 February 10, 15, 17, 22, 24, 27, 31 March 5, 7, 11, 12, 19, 22 April ★26 April
★3 May 5, 19, 26 May 2, 9, 16, 21 June 1, 8, 15, 20 September 22, 29 September 4, 6, 11, 13, 18 October 20, 25, 27 October 1, 3, 17 November 9 February
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
1, 15, 22 March 1, 3, 9, 15, 17, 26 April ★20, 24 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2599 CELEBRATE TRADITION
New Orleans Jazz Festival Experience one of New Orleans’ most celebrated musical events featuring some of the finest musicians in the world.
26 April & 3 May 2019; 20 & 24 April 2020
©New Orleans CVB
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with America’s Music Cities and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into New Orleans and depart from Nashville. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA (Electronic System for Travel Authorization) visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Most other passport holders will also require an ESTA visa to travel to or via the US. To check, visit https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport. On some dates, this tour operates in reverse.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
41
8/18/18 6:44 AM
SOUTHERN CHARM 7 DAYS • 9 MEALS £ FROM 1549
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Explore the 19th-century Andrew Low House and Gardens. •• Spend time at quaint St. Simons Island with a 106’ tall lighthouse.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Get to know Charleston’s cobblestone streets, historic homes and restored buildings. •• Enjoy a trolley tour of Savannah’s sprawling Historic District. •• Step back in time at the luxurious Jekyll Island Club.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 6 | Choose to explore Boone Hall Plantation, one of America’s oldest working plantations or explore Patriots Point Naval & Maritime Museum.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 6 breakfasts • 3 dinners •• Enjoy a cooking demonstration and dinner of regional specialties in Savannah.
Charlestown
Embrace the leisurely pace and charming allure of America’s southeast as you explore cobblestone streets, historic homes and unspoiled coastline. START E ARLY Jacksonville: Spend more time in this southern paradise. CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Day 1 Omni Hotel Jacksonville, Jacksonville, FL Day 2 Jekyll Island Club, Jekyll Island, GA Days 3, 4 Doubletree Historic District, Savannah, GA Days 5, 6 Hyatt Place Historic District, Charleston, SC On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
42 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Southern Charm TS20 2019_TCT.indd 42
Day 1: Jacksonville, Florida - Tour Begins Experience warm southern hospitality in America’s southeast. Come to know its rich history and deep traditions on this tour highlighted by stays in Jekyll Island, Savannah and Charlestown. Arrive today in Jacksonville, where the St. John’s River meets the Atlantic Ocean. (D) Day 2: Jacksonville - Jekyll Island, Georgia Travel to the exclusive Jekyll Island Club Hotel, grandly situated in the midst of the fabled Golden Isles. Jekyll Island was once the winter retreat of prominent Gilded Age families. Their grand “cottages” still stand. A tram brings you on a tour of the Jekyll Island Historic Landmark District – one of the nation’s largest restoration projects. The Rockefellers, Vanderbilts and J.P. Morgan once vacationed here along the 240-acre river edge. The remainder of your
afternoon and evening are free to explore or simply relax in the old-world ambiance of your hotel. (B) Day 3: Jekyll Island - St. Simons Island Savannah Journey to another fabled Golden Isle, quaint St. Simons Island. See its striking 106’ tall lighthouse and visit the Museum of Coastal History. Have leisure time to explore the quaint shops and restaurants in the village. Travel north along the unspoiled Georgia coast of vast marshlands, winding rivers and beautiful beaches to historic Savannah, home to the largest National Historic Landmark District in the United States. Tonight, gather at a popular local restaurant on Savannah’s famous River Street for a cooking demonstration and dinner showcasing regional culinary specialties. (B, D) Day 4: Savannah Take in the ambiance of the “Old South” with a trolley tour highlighting Savannah’s sprawling Historic District. Lively, informative commentary brings the city to life as you travel along the cobblestone-
8/18/18 6:45 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Jekyll Island • St. Simons Island • Savannah • Andrew Low House • Historic Charleston
£100pp
T&C’s apply
©Jekyll Island Club Resort
Andrew Low House paved streets and beneath mossdraped oaks. The stately mansions, beautiful squares and romantic riverfront are sure to make you fall in love with this city. Next, the beautiful Andrew Low House and Gardens await. Learn about the driving force behind the Girl Scouts and its founder, Juliette Low. This afternoon, wander Savannah’s treefilled squares or explore Factors Walk and River Street, where old cotton warehouses house trendy shops, taverns and restaurants. (B) Day 5: Savannah - Charleston, South Carolina Traverse the picturesque coastline through South Carolina’s Low Country on your way to historic Charleston. Known as the Holy City, Charleston has survived the Civil War, major fires, an earthquake and hurricanes – and still exudes elegance, charm and grace. A local guide will show you the city. See its cobblestone streets, historic homes and restored buildings, some with origins prior to the Revolution. Stop at the battery overlooking Fort Sumter where, on April 12, 1861, the first shots of the Civil War were fired. Continue on to City Market, one of the oldest public markets in America and the epicenter of Gullah sweetgrass basketry, one
Southern Charm TS20 2019_TCT.indd 43
of the most beautiful handicrafts of African origin in the United States. The remainder of your day is free to enjoy this very walkable city. (B) Day 6: Charleston It’s your choice! Choose to explore Boone Hall Plantation where you’ll experience southern plantation living as you come to know one of America’s oldest working plantations -OR- opt to explore Patriots Point Naval & Maritime Museum where you’ll board the impressive USS Yorktown aircraft carrier and walk in the footsteps of sailors and officers as you tour the flight deck; you’ll also have time at the Congressional Medal of Honor Museum and marvel at the largest collection of military aircraft in the United States. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a farewell dinner at a local restaurant. (B, D) Day 7: Charleston - Tour Ends Your days spent experiencing true southern charm and gracious hospitality will stay dear to your heart for years to come. (B)
STAY LO NG E R
Savannah
DOUBLE
Starting from £1549
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 22 February 2020 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
26 January 23 February 2, 3, 9, 10, 16, 17 March 23, 24 March 6, 7, 13, 14, 27, 28 April
4, 18 May 1, 8 June 7, 21 September 5, 12, 19 October 3 November 25 January 22, 23 February 1, 7, 22, 29 March 5, 18, 19, 25, 26 April
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2049
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Southern Charm and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Jacksonville and depart from Charleston. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Due to flight schedules, a pre-night in Jacksonville or a post-night in Charleston may be required (at an additional cost). Please enquire at the time of booking. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs. gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport. On some dates, this tour operates in reverse.
Charleston: Cap off your trip with another night in this charming city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
43
8/18/18 6:46 AM
AMERICA’S NATIONAL PARKS & DENVER 14 DAYS • 21 MEALS £ FROM 3449
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Explore the Buffalo Bill Centre of the West, a tribute to Buffalo Bill Cody. •• Meet Native Americans and discuss their unique and colourful culture. •• Make yourself at home with a 2-night stay in Denver, the “Mile High City.”
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Spend a night at the spectacular Grand Canyon. •• Stay in Yellowstone National Park, home to the famous Old Faithful Geyser. •• See one of the country’s most famous landmarks, Mount Rushmore.
Grand Canyon CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 13 breakfasts • 8 dinners •• Experience a chuck wagon dinner and cowboy entertainment. •• Discover a world of colour and light on a breakfast cruise on Lake Powell.
Gain a whole new appreciation of the great outdoors and explore six of the American West’s awe-inspiring national parks. START E ARLY
ACCOMMODATION Day 1 Courtyard by Marriott, Scottsdale, AZ Day 2 Lake Powell Resort, Page, AZ Day 3 Grand Canyon Lodge North Rim, Grand Canyon, AZ Day 4 Majestic View Lodge, Springdale, UT Days 5, 6 Radisson Hotel Salt Lake Downtown, Salt Lake City, UT Days 7, 8 Snow King Resort or Rustic Inn, Jackson Hole, WY Day 9 Yellowstone Lodges, Yellowstone National Park Day 10 Holiday Inn, Sheridan, WY Day 11 Alex Johnson Hotel, Rapid City, SD Days 12, 13 Sheraton Denver Downtown Hotel, Denver, CO On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
Scottsdale: Spend your first evening enjoying this famous resort town. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Scottsdale, Arizona - Tour Begins Join us on a journey through six of America’s most incredible national parks. Your tour opens in Arizona where you will enjoy a stay in the world-famous resort town of Scottsdale. This evening, join your fellow travellers at a welcome dinner. (D)
the Seven Natural Wonders of the World, the spectacular Grand Canyon. Upon arrival, relax at one of the many public seating areas overlooking the immense and colourful canyon. Take a moment to reflect as you stand in awe of this iconic natural treasure. Before dinner you may wish to take a short hike to explore the area. Tonight’s dinner takes place at the historic Grand Canyon which will give you an opportunity to enjoy the magnificent views overlooking the rim of the canyon. (B, D)
Day 2: Scottsdale - Sedona - Lake Powell Begin the day with a visit to the artists’ colony of Sedona where you will see the amazing rock formations change hue with each turn in the road. Later today, arrive at Lake Powell where you’ll enjoy dinner and sunset views of the lake. (B, D)
Day 4: Grand Canyon - Zion National Park, Utah Today’s destination is the red and white sandstone cliffs of Zion National Park. You’ll have time for a leisurely hike on the Lower Emerald Pool Trail to see the lower pool and waterfalls. Then, enjoy the view from the floor of the canyon as you ride along on the Zion tram. (B, D)
Day 3: Lake Powell - Grand Canyon Embark on a delightful breakfast cruise on scenic Lake Powell. Next, travel to Carl Hayden Visitors Centre and look out over Glen Canyon Dam and see to the end of Lake Powell. Afterward, travel through Marble Canyon before arriving at one of
Day 5: Zion National Park - Bryce Canyon Salt Lake City En route to Salt Lake City we will stop at Bryce Canyon National Park, truly one of the most spectacular scenic wonders of the world. The formations within the park, called Hoodoos, are the creation of wind
44 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Americas Natl Parks w_Denver TS93 2019_TCT.indd 44
8/22/18 11:12 AM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£200pp
T&C’s apply
entertainment and a traditional chuck wagon dinner. (B, D) Day 9: Jackson Hole - Grand Teton & Yellowstone National Parks From Jackson Hole, pass through Grand Teton National Park. Towering more than a mile above the valley of Jackson Hole, the Grand Teton rises to 13,770 feet. Twelve Teton peaks reach above 12,000 feet. Later, arrive at the amazing Yellowstone National Park for an overnight stay at your lodge nestled in the heart of this magnificent park. Explore the incredible sights of Yellowstone with a local expert. One of the many highlights is the worldfamous Old Faithful Geyser, a fountain of steam that rises more than 130 feet in the air. (B)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Scottsdale • Lake Powell • Grand Canyon • Zion • Bryce Canyon • Salt Lake City • Jackson Hole • Grand Teton & Yellowstone National Parks • Old Faithful • Sheridan • Bighorn Mountains • Crazy Horse Memorial • Mount Rushmore • Denver • Rocky Mountain National Park
Day 10: Yellowstone - Cody - Sheridan A delightful day of sightseeing begins with a trip along Lake Yellowstone and over Sylvan Pass. From the mountains to the prairies, the scenery is simply amazing. As you pass through Cody, a stop will be made at the Buffalo Bill Centre of the West, a tribute to one of the most colourful figures of the Old West, Buffalo Bill Cody. Before turning in for the night in Sheridan, drive through the incredible Bighorn Mountains and journey through the territory of the Great Sioux Nation. (B)
and water erosion over eons of time. A drive north takes you to Salt Lake City, the “City of the Saints,” for a 2-night stay. (B, D) Day 6: Salt Lake City Enjoy a tour of Salt Lake City featuring the Great Salt Lake, the State Capitol and the residential district. Then, take the rest of the day to relax or independently explore. Perhaps you will choose to explore Temple Square: this beautifully landscaped 10-acre plot of ground in the heart of downtown Salt Lake City is one of Utah’s most visited attractions. The square’s centrepiece is the 6-spired granite Salt Lake Temple, and adjacent to this imposing edifice is the domed Tabernacle, home of the famous Mormon Tabernacle Choir and the great Tabernacle organ. (B) Day 7: Salt Lake City - Jackson Hole, Wyoming En route to Wyoming you will see the majestic Bear Lake Summit. Later, arrive in the cowboy town of Jackson Hole. (B) Day 8: Jackson Hole The day is yours to enjoy Jackson Hole. Optional activities include shopping, canoeing, hiking and river-rafting trips. Of course, your Tour Manager will be ready with suggestions. Tonight, experience a fun-filled evening of cowboy
Americas Natl Parks w_Denver TS93 2019_TCT.indd 45
Day 11: Sheridan - Rapid City, South Dakota Visit Crazy Horse Memorial, a monument dedicated to the Native Americans of this great land. You’ll also have the opportunity to visit the Native American Cultural Centre to learn about their culture and customs. Here, Native Americans discuss the movements of their dances and the significance of wearing different feathers and clothes. Later, see one of the country’s most famous landmarks, Mount Rushmore, whose four figures carved in stone represent the first 150 years of American history. At tonight’s dinner you will meet a local Lakota Native American and learn all about their fascinating way of life, past and present. (B, D)
.145
Bison
DOUBLE
Starting from £3449
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 9 October 2019 departure
May – October 2019
25, 27 May 10, 17, 18, 21 June 6, 13 July
7, 16, 17 August 4, 9, 14, 16, 23 September 25, 26, 27, 28 September 9 October
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £4 599
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with America’s National Parks & Denver and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS
Day 12: Rapid City - Denver, Colorado Today’s adventure takes us south into Wyoming and through Cheyenne, the state capital. Later in the day we arrive in Denver, Colorado — the “Mile High City.” Relax as you make yourself at home for the next two nights. (B)
This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Phoenix and depart from Denver. All of our transfers will depart from Phoenix for Scottsdale. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
Day 13: Denver - Rocky Mountain National Park - Denver Set out for spectacular Rocky Mountain National Park. Here, the beauty of the west is preserved and the term “sweeping vistas” takes on a whole new meaning as you experience incredible views. Return to Denver and enjoy the remainder of the afternoon at leisure. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a farewell dinner. (B, D)
National Parks of America - 12 Days, 17 Meals
Day 14: Denver - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today. (B)
ALS O AVAILA BLE Enjoy a shorter tour of the American West and experience five amazing national parks.
DOUBLE Starting at £3049
May - October 2019 16, 17, 18, 20, 23, 24, 25, 27, 30, 31 May; 1, 6, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 21, 23, 28, 29 June; 5, 6, 12, 13, 19, 20 July; 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18 August; 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 30 September; 2, 4, 6, 9 October Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Rates are
land only, per person, double occupancy.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
45
8/22/18 11:12 AM
AMERICA’S COWBOY COUNTRY 8 DAYS • 10 MEALS £ FROM 2149
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Marvel at the Crazy Horse Memorial, the world’s largest mountain sculpture. •• Jump into the world of Black Hills gold on a tour.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Watch Old Faithful geyser erupt, sending steam high in the air. •• Search for free-ranging herds of buffalo in Custer State Park. •• Explore Yellowstone National Park, the first national park in the world. •• Visit rambling Deadwood, a National Historic Landmark.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 7 breakfasts • 3 dinners •• The Wild West comes to life during a traditional chuck wagon dinner.
Grab your Stetson hat and saddle up for an adventure as you discover America’s Wild West from Jackson Hole to Rapid City. START E ARLY
ACCOMMODATION
Jackson Hole: Get better acquainted with America’s most-famous cowboy town. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Days 1, 2 The Lodge at Jackson Hole, Jackson, WY Day 3 Yellowstone Lodges, Yellowstone National Park Day 4
Holiday Inn, Sheridan, WY
Days 5 – 7 Alex Johnson Hotel, Rapid City, SD On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
46 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Americas Cowboy Country TS438 2019_TCT.indd 46
Day 1: Jackson Hole, Wyoming - Tour Begins Welcome to Jackson Hole, America’s most famous cowboy town. Find yourself amid its rare blend of elegance and western charm. Day 2: Jackson Hole This morning visit the National Museum of Wildlife Art featuring works by artists such as Georgia O’Keeffe and Andy Warhol. Afterwards, enjoy free time to explore trendy downtown Jackson. Look for the Antler Arch at the entrance to the historic town square. Get your first taste of the Old West at a welcome dinner where a ride in a covered wagon takes you past the Cache Creek Canyon for a night of western hospitality at a chuck wagon dinner with entertainment. (B, D) Day 3: Jackson Hole - Grand Tetons Yellowstone Wind through Grand Teton National Park, home to the youngest peaks in the Rockies. Next, visit incomparable Yellowstone National Park, the first and oldest national
park in the world. Yellowstone, a true symbol of the west, stretches across 3,470 square miles and touches three western states. Famous for its geysers, hot springs and incredible wildlife – including freeranging herds of buffalo – Yellowstone lives up to its reputation. A park guide joins your group to discuss the past, present and future of the park as you observe the unspoiled natural splendour. Of course, no visit to Yellowstone would be complete without seeing its most famous attraction: Old Faithful. Watch in amazement as the geyser erupts, sending a fountain of steam more than 130 feet in the air! (B, D) Day 4: Yellowstone - Cody - Sheridan Begin your day with a journey along Lake Yellowstone and over Sylvan Pass. From the mountains to the prairies, the scenery is simply astounding. Pass through Cody and visit the Buffalo Bill Centre of the West – a tribute to one of the most colourful figures of the Old West. Before turning in for the night in Sheridan, make your way through the incredible Bighorn Mountains and cross through the territory of the Great Sioux Nation. (B) Day 5: Sheridan - Deadwood - Rapid City, South Dakota En route to Rapid City, stop in Deadwood, a rowdy, rambling western town that has
8/18/18 6:57 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
National Museum of Wildlife Art • Grand Tetons • Yellowstone National Park • Buffalo Bill Center of the West • Deadwood • Crazy Horse Memorial • Mt. Rushmore • Badlands National Park
£100pp
T&C’s apply
Cowboy Entertainment
Old Faithful been named a National Historic Landmark. Recreations of turnof-the-century street lamps light the way through the restored architecture. A local guide introduces you to the history of the city, including a visit to Mount Moriah Cemetery, final resting place of Wild Bill Hickok, Calamity Jane and other figures from the Wild West. You’ll also make a stop at Kevin Costner’s Tatanka: “Story of the Bison.” This interpretive centre features large, aweinspiring sculptures depicting the relationship of bison and the Lakota Native Americans. Enjoy some time to ramble through Deadwood where gold, gambling and gunpowder were once the order of the day. Later, arrive in Rapid City with time for independent exploration. (B) Day 6: Rapid City - Crazy Horse Keystone - Rapid City Today, learn more about this diverse region. Jump into the world of Black Hills gold on a tour through Riddle’s Black Hills Gold and Diamond Factory. See skilled artisans handcraft South Dakota’s official state jewellery. Then it is on to Custer State Park, where you’ll ride into the park in search of the herd of approximately 1300 free roaming buffalo (or bison) that grace the woods of Custer, along with pronghorn antelope and elk. Your guide will fill you in on the
Americas Cowboy Country TS438 2019_TCT.indd 47
Grand Teton National Park history and fun facts about the park’s wildlife. Next, prepare to be amazed by the Crazy Horse Memorial, the world’s largest mountain sculpture still in progress. The memorial includes the Indian Museum of North America, Native American Cultural Centre, the sculptor’s studio, an orientation centre and theaters. Many Native American artists and craftspeople practice their art at the memorial and are on hand to discuss the influence their culture has on their work. Tonight, after dinner on your own, see the illumination of Mt. Rushmore, one of the true icons of the West, during the evening lighting ceremony. (B) Day 7: Rapid City - Badlands - Wall Rapid City Today you visit rugged Badlands National Park. Upon arrival at the visitor centre, view its informative exhibits and displays, then watch a film that introduces you to the area. Follow the Badlands Loop Road, a wonder of rock formations and vibrant colours caused by mineral deposits. Next, enjoy a stop at Wall Drug, a classic store from 1936, where there is time for lunch and browsing. This evening, a Lakota Native American will join you before your farewell dinner to discuss his dedication to his community and the Native American way of life, past and present. (B, D) Day 8: Rapid City - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today, leaving you with many pleasant memories. (B)
Badlands National Park
DOUBLE
Starting from £2149
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 4 October 2019 departure
May – October 2019
15, 19, 26 May 1, 3, 9, 10, 16 June 24, 26, 30 June 8, 15, 17, 21, 28 July
12, 18, 19, 26, 28 August 1, 4, 7, 11, 15 September 17, 22, 26 September 2, 4 October
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2999
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with America’s Cowboy Country and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Jackson Hole and depart from Rapid City. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport. Mount Rushmore Lighting Ceremony is available 25 May - 30 September 2019.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 47
8/18/18 6:58 AM
SPOTLIGHT ON SOUTH DAKOTA 7 DAYS • 9 MEALS £ FROM 1549
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Hear stories from a Native American chronicler about the Lakota and Sioux way of life. •• Discover Crazy Horse Memorial, the world’s largest still-in-progress mountain sculpture. •• Stop at Tatanka: Story of the Bison and understand the relationship between the bison and the Lakota.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Travel to the legendary Badlands National Park. •• Visit epic Mount Rushmore. •• Explore Deadwood, a National Historic Landmark.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 6 breakfasts • 3 dinners
SPOTLIGHTS
SINGLE HOTEL STAY
•• Delight in the local flavours during a western dinner show.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 6 Hilton Garden Inn or
Best Western Ramkota, Rapid City, SD
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
From Deadwood to the High Plains, the spirit of the American West comes alive where the blacktop meets the dust. START E ARLY Rapid City: Spend some extra time in Rapid City, the “Gateway to the Black Hills.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Rapid City, South Dakota - Tour Begins Welcome to the West. Your tour opens in Rapid City, long known as the gateway to the Black Hills. Tonight, you and your fellow travellers gather for a welcome dinner featuring a Native American chronicler who shares stories about the Lakota and Sioux way of life. (D)
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
48 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Spotlight on South Dakota TS137 2019_TCT.indd 48
Day 2: Rapid City - Mt. Rushmore - Crazy Horse - Rapid City Head for mighty Mount Rushmore to spend some time with the epic figures of Washington, Jefferson, Roosevelt and Lincoln as you stroll along the Presidential Trail that offers the closest access to this iconic sculpture. Then, visit Crazy Horse Memorial and learn the story behind the
world’s largest, still-in-progress mountain sculpture. The memorial includes the Indian Museum of North America, the Native American Cultural Centre, the sculptor’s studio, orientation centre, and theatres. Many Native American artists and craftspeople work at the memorial and welcome the chance to share how their culture influences their art. This evening, return to Mount Rushmore to see the nighttime lighting ceremony. (B). Day 3: Rapid City - Badlands - Wall - Rapid City Today is all about wide-open spaces. Explore the larger-than-life Badlands National Park. Upon arrival at the visitor centre, the stage is set for your adventure, with informative exhibits, displays and video to introduce you to this area. You’ll explore the Badlands Loop Road, a marvel of vibrant colours and rock formations created by mineral deposits. Afterwards, enjoy a stop at the legendary Wall Drug, a store that’s barely changed since 1936. Do a little browsing, have a seat at the soda fountain, and take some time for lunch. (B)
8/18/18 6:59 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Mount Rushmore • Crazy Horse Memorial • Badlands National Park • Wall Drug • Devils Tower National Monument • Black Hills Gold • Needles Highway • Custer State Park • Deadwood • High Plains Heritage Centre
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Native American Culture ©South Dakota Tourism
Mt. Rushmore Day 4: Rapid City - Devils Tower National Monument - Rapid City This morning, get your bearings as we head to the Geographic Centre of the Nation in Belle Fourche. Then, cross state lines into the Northeast corner of Wyoming to view the country’s first national monument, Devils Tower. Whilst it was made famous as the backdrop in Close Encounters of the Third Kind, the tower is sacred to many Northern Plains tribes. You’ll have time to explore the trails that surround the one mile circumference of this jaw-dropping geologic formation. (B, D) Day 5: Rapid City - Custer - Rapid City Learn more about Black Hills gold on a tour through Riddle’s Black Hills Gold and Diamond Factory. Watch skilled artisans handcraft South Dakota’s official state jewellery and enjoy time to shop for some unique items to remember your trip by. The Needles Highway is calling your name. Travel through 14 miles of magnificent rock formations, curving tunnels and steep spires. Later, we continue our road trip through Custer State Park where you just might spot a buffalo,
Spotlight on South Dakota TS137 2019_TCT.indd 49
Bison in Custer State Park a band of bighorn sheep or a herd of majestic elk. (B) Day 6: Rapid City - Deadwood - Rapid City Are you ready for Deadwood? This morning, we explore one of the Old West’s most iconic settlements. This National Historic Landmark comes alive – it is as if you’ve stepped onto the set of an old-fashioned western. Faithful recreations of turn-of-thecentury streetlamps line Main Street as you make your way through historic, restored architecture. A local guide introduces you to the city’s history during a tour that includes a visit to Mount Moriah Cemetery, where Wild Bill Hickok and Calamity Jane rest. Enjoy some free time in Deadwood where gold, gambling and gunpowder were once the order of the day. We will also make a stop at Kevin Costner’s Tatanka: Story of the Bison. This interpretive centre features large, awe-inspiring sculptures depicting the relationship of bison and the Lakota. This evening, it’s our final roundup. Join your fellow travellers at a memorable dinner and western show at the High Plains Heritage Centre. (B, D)
Crazy Horse Monument
DOUBLE
Starting from £1549
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 17 May 2019 departure
May – October 2019
10, 17, 24, 31 May 7, 14, 21, 28 June 5, 12, 19, 26 July
16, 28, 30 August 4, 6, 13 September 20, 25 September 4 October
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £1 999
This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Rapid City. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport. Mount Rushmore Lighting Ceremony is available 25 May - 30 September 2019.
Day 7: Rapid City - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today. (B) See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 49
8/18/18 7:00 AM
THE COLORADO ROCKIES 9 DAYS • 12 MEALS £ FROM 2249
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Spend two nights in Durango, a funfilled cowboy town where you can relive the excitement of the Old West. •• Journey on the Royal Gorge Route Railroad through stunning scenery in the Colorado Rockies.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Explore the massive and rugged Rocky Mountain National Park. •• At Arches National Park, see the world’s largest concentration of natural sandstone arches. •• Travel to the majestic Island in the Sky mesa at Canyonlands National Park.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 6 | Choose between a drive through Mesa Verde National Park with a local guide or join a National Park Ranger on a short hike down the canyon to a cliff dwelling.
Rocky Mountain National Park
Experience the grand landscapes of the American West as you journey from the “Mile High City” to Colorado Springs on this spirited adventure. START E ARLY
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 8 breakfasts • 4 dinners •• Experience an Old West adventure complete with cowboy cuisine.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Sheraton Downtown or Westin Denver Downtown, Denver Days 3, 4 Doubletree Hotel, Grand Junction Days 5, 6 Strater Hotel, Durango Days 7, 8 Embassy Suites by Hilton or Drury Inn & Suites, Colorado Springs On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
50 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
The Colorado Rockies TS282 2019_TCT.indd 50
Denver: Spend more time in this sprawling city set amongst the mountains. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Denver, Colorado - Tour Begins Adventure awaits as we explore the towering peaks and rolling meadows of Colorado and Utah. This tour (which features four national parks) opens in the “Mile High City” of Denver where you will gather for a welcome dinner with your fellow travellers. (D) Day 2: Denver - Rocky Mountain National Park - Denver Today we travel through Boulder, a scenic university town known for its iconic landmark, the striking, reddish-brown foothills known as the Flatirons. We’ll stop in Estes Park, a mountain resort town and home of the Stanley Hotel, the inspiration for Stephen King’s The Shining. Our adventure in Rocky Mountain National Park starts on the Trail Ridge Road, the highest paved, continuous highway in North America. It’s a drive that should be on everybody’s bucket list. At Rainbow Curve you’ll marvel at the majestic
mountains that stand in contrast to deep, rugged canyons. Later, return to Denver for a free evening in this dynamic city. (B) Day 3: Denver - Colorado National Monument - Grand Junction The spectacular Rocky Mountains are your travelling companion as we drive from Denver to Grand Junction, passing through many of Colorado’s famous ski resorts. Our journey also takes us to one of the grand landscapes of the American West – Colorado National Monument. Continue along the Rim Rock to see a colourful panorama of deep, sheer-sided canyons and high rock towers. Gather for dinner at a favourite local hangout in Grand Junction, a town that attracts outdoorsmen, foodies and all manner of free spirits. (B. D) Day 4: Arches National Park - Canyonlands National Park - Grand Junction Today, one amazing park follows another! In Arches National Park, see the world’s largest concentration of natural sandstone arches. Next up is Canyonlands National Park, a vast landscape of gorges carved by the mighty Colorado River. We top off the day at the Island in the Sky mesa resting on sheer sandstone cliffs over 1,000 feet above the surrounding terrain. (B)
8/18/18 7:09 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Denver • Rocky Mountain National Park • Colorado National Monument • Grand Junction • Arches National Park • Mesa Verde National Park • Canyonlands National Park • Durango & Silverton Narrow Gauge Railroad • Royal Gorge Route Railroad
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Durango Silverton Railroad
Arches National Park Day 5: Grand Junction - Silverton Durango Head south to Silverton, a former silver mining town and now a National Historic Landmark. Hidden high in the San Juan Mountains, this town blends spectacular scenery, Victorian charm and historic architecture. Then it’s “all aboard” the Durango & Silverton Narrow Gauge Railroad. This 1881 coal-fired, steam-powered locomotive made its name hauling silver and gold ore from the San Juan Mountains, but you will soon realise it is the view that is its most precious asset. (B) Day 6: Durango - Mesa Verde National Park - Durango An incredible day awaits in Mesa Verde National Park, home of the ancient Ancestral Puebloan civilisation. Today, it’s your choice! Join a local guide on a drive through the park making several photo stops including views of the famous Spruce Tree House, one of Mesa Verde’s best preserved cliff dwellings -OR- if you are feeling more adventurous, join a National Park Ranger on a short hike down the canyon into the Cliff Palace dwelling site; as you walk, soak in views of the valley along with some of the 600 homes carved along the cliffs. This evening, experience
The Colorado Rockies TS282 2019_TCT.indd 51
an Old West adventure filled with traditional cowboy cuisine and entertainment. (B, D) Day 7: Durango - Colorado Springs Sit back and relax during a scenic ride to Colorado Springs. En route, marvel at the landscape as we make our way from the San Juan National Forest and across Wolf Creek Pass, a section of the Continental Divide that would take pioneers two to three weeks to cross. Continue on through the Rio Grande National Forest, a vast expanse of wilderness named for the 1,800 miles of Rio Grande River that cuts through the forest. Your day concludes in Colorado Springs, an artistic and cultural hub. (B) Day 8: Colorado Springs - Canon City Colorado Springs Depart for Canon City, home of the Royal Gorge Route Railroad. Get ready for a memorable train ride that follows the tumbling Arkansas River deep within the soaring 1000-foot granite cliffs of Colorado’s grandest canyon. Later, travel to the Garden of the Gods to take in the view of towering sandstone formations that dot the landscape set in the backdrop of majestic Pikes Peak. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a farewell dinner and celebrate your adventure. (B, D) Day 9: Colorado Springs - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close in Colorado Springs. (B)
DOUBLE
Starting from £2249
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 7 June 2019 departure
May – September 2019
11, 18, 24, 27 May 1, 7, 14, 21, 28 June 5, 12, 19, 26 July
2, 9, 16, 23, 30 August 6, 7, 13, 14, 20 September 21, 27, 28, 29 September
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2949 COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with The Colorado Rockies and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Denver. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Due to tour scheduling, flights on the last day of your tour should not be booked prior to 10:00 a.m. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
“
Scenery was beautiful in national parks - Rocky Mountain and Arches were our favourites. Downtown Grand Junction was beautiful, and shopping was good.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 51
8/18/18 7:09 AM
CANYON COUNTRY 8 DAYS • 10 MEALS £ FROM 2149
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Enjoy time in magical Sedona and a scenic drive through Oak Creek Canyon. •• Climb aboard Zion’s open-air tram with an expert guide.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Behold the breathtaking views of the vast Grand Canyon. •• Explore the most amazing spires of Bryce Canyon National Park. •• Marvel at the red and white sandstone cliffs of Zion National Park.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 4 | Tour Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park guided by a Navajo tribe member, and learn about this sacred land or take a canyon adventure cruise through the geologic formations of the Navajo and Antelope canyons. Day 6 | Visit the Zion Human History Museum to learn more about the park or continue to enjoy time in the great outdoors exploring the park independently.
Grand Canyon
From the imposing Grand Canyon and serenity of Lake Powell to the opulence of Las Vegas, you’ll see the Southwest’s most-prized sites.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 6 breakfasts • 4 dinners •• Experience an invigorating breakfast cruise along lovely Lake Powell.
ACCOMMODATION Day 1 Courtyard by Marriott, Scottsdale, AZ Day 2 Grand Canyon Lodges, Grand Canyon, AZ Days 3, 4 Lake Powell Resort, Page, AZ Days 5, 6 Majestic View Lodge or Holiday Inn Express, Springdale, UT Paris Hotel, Las Vegas, NV Day 7 On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
52 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Canyon Country TS91 2019_TCT.indd 52
START E ARLY Scottsdale: Begin your journey in the city deemed “The West’s most Western town.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Scottsdale, Arizona - Tour Begins Explore the most famous canyons of the American West on a journey featuring three national parks. Begin in colourful Scottsdale where you will join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner. (D) Day 2: Scottsdale - Sedona - Grand Canyon Stunning Sedona awaits. Soak in the imaginative atmosphere and colourful vistas while browsing the arts and crafts shops of the marketplace. Admire Oak Creek Canyon, where the rock formations seem to change hue with every turn in the road. Later, travel through the spectacular Kaibab National Forest before reaching the South Rim of the Grand Canyon. (B, D)
Day 3: Grand Canyon - Lake Powell “Grand” is not a strong enough word for today. This morning, take the time to explore the Grand Canyon. Theodore Roosevelt once said, “This is one of the great sights which every American, if he can travel at all, must see.” Behold those same breathtaking views as we travel along East Rim Drive. Later, a short ride brings you to Cameron Trading Post. For nearly a century, the post has acted as a haven for travellers, traders and explorers. Continue north through mesa-studded desert before arriving at your home for the next two evenings – a lovely hotel overlooking the stunning blue waters of Lake Powell. Later we will enjoy dinner at Lake Powell and some time at leisure. (B, D) Day 4: Lake Powell - Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park or Canyon Cruise Begin your day with an invigorating breakfast cruise along lovely Lake Powell. Then, it’s your choice! Travel through the
8/22/18 11:17 AM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£200pp
T&C’s apply
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Scottsdale • Oak Creek Canyon • Kaibab National Forest • Grand Canyon • Lake Powell • Bryce Canyon National Park • Zion National Park • Las Vegas
Bryce Canyon territory of the Navajo nation and arrive in Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park, a sacred Navajo land featuring iconic sandstone spires; enjoy a fascinating tour, narrated by a Navajo tribe member and a stop at a Hogan, a traditional Navajo hut -OR- you may take a canyon adventure cruise through the wonderous geologic formations of the Navajo and Antelope canyons. (B) Day 5: Lake Powell - Bryce Canyon National Park - Springdale, UT (Zion) Hoodoos! Today, travel to spectacular Bryce Canyon National Park, famous for its Hoodoos. These rock formations, created over thousands of years by wind and water, carry natural orange and red hues, the product of iron oxidising within the rock. Enjoy a walk along the Sunset Point to Sunrise Point Rim Trail. (B) Day 6: Zion National Park In sheer magnitude and colour, few places on earth match the beauty of Zion National Park’s red and white sandstone cliffs. Take a full day to explore Utah’s first national
park. Climb aboard Zion’s open-air tram and wind your way alongside the Virgin River and through the 2,400 foot deep, one-half-mile wide Zion Canyon. This afternoon, it’s your choice! Visit the Zion Human History Museum to learn more about the park -OR- continue to enjoy time in the great outdoors exploring the park independently. (B) Day 7: Springdale - Las Vegas, Nevada Today, trade nature’s beauty for the lights of the Vegas strip. This four-mile stretch of road features neon lit resorts and round-the-clock action. (B, D)
DOUBLE
Prices based on 4 June 2019 departure
March – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
8, 15 March 5, 12, 16, 26, 30 April
1, 3, 8, 10, 14, 17 May 23, 31 May 4, 13, 20, 25 June 12, 19, 26 July 2, 16, 28 August 3, 5, 6, 11, 13 September 17, 20, 24 September
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
Las Vegas: Spend your final night indulging in all of this city’s delights.
(featured itinerary)
25, 27 September 1, 4, 8, 11, 15, 18 October 22, 25, 29 October 6, 13 March 3, 15, 16, 23, 24, 29 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about
additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2799 COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Day 8: Las Vegas - Tour Ends Depart for home with amazing memories of your journey. STAY LO NG E R
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Starting from £2149
Book another tour with Canyon Country and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Phoenix and depart from Las Vegas. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
CALL FOR DETAILS.
“
Amazing Tour!! My husband and I had an absolutely wonderful time! Each day was planned very well and another adventure to look forward to.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 53
Canyon Country TS91 2019_TCT.indd 53
8/18/18 7:11 AM
PAINTED CANYONS OF THE WEST
NEW TOUR
9 DAYS • 11 MEALS £ FROM 2349
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Spend two nights in Moab with time to explore Arches and Canyonlands national parks. •• Take in the thrilling and mesmerising scenery on Utah’s most Scenic Byways. •• Climb aboard Zion’s open-air tram with an expert guide.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Explore the amazing spires of Bryce Canyon National Park, known as hoodoos. •• Behold incredible views at Zion National Park. •• Marvel at the Castle, an iconic feature at Capitol Reef National Park.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
Canyonlands National Park
(Be sure to arrange before trip departure)
Day 7 | You may choose to hike independently or visit Zion’s Human History Museum.
Venture across the West as you take in the sienacoloured canyons, towering spires and still desert landscapes found in Utah’s five national parks.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 7 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 3 dinners •• Enjoy dinner and a wine-tasting in Colorado’s wine country •• Experience a “Cowboy Dinner” in Moab as the sunset illuminates canyon walls above the Colorado River.
Denver: Spend your first night exploring the “Mile High City.”
ACCOMMODATION
Day 1: Denver, Colorado - Tour Begins If the Colorado River is a necklace, Utah’s five national parks are its jewels that sparkle with some of the most captivating scenery in the western United States. But first, you’ll start in the mile-high city of Denver and meet your fellow travellers at a welcome reception.
Day 1 Sheraton Denver Downtown or Westin Denver Downtown, Denver, Colorado Day 2 Doubletree Hotel Grand Junction, Grand Junction, Colorado Days 3, 4 Red Cliffs Lodge, Moab, Utah Day 5 Best Western Plus Bryce Canyon Grand Hotel or Bryce Canyon Lodge, Bryce, Utah Days 6, 7 Majestic View Lodge, Springdale, Utah Day 8 Golden Nugget Hotel, Las Vegas, Nevada On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
54 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Painted Canyons of the West TS634 2019_TCT.indd 54
START E ARLY
CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 2: Denver - Grand Junction The wild and unscarred Rocky Mountains are your travelling companions on the drive to Grand Junction. Look out at the romantic scenery as you drive past Glenwood Canyon, a product of the Colorado River, carved more than 3 million years ago. Dine together as guests of our friends, the West family, and enjoy a wine tasting in the midst of Colorado wine country. (B, D) Day 3: Grand Junction - Colorado National Monument - Moab, Utah Set out to explore the Colorado National
Monument this morning along the Rim Rock Drive. On what’s referred to by the locals as the “River Road,” the Upper Colorado Byway delivers you to Utah. As the iconic Fisher Towers loom over breathtaking mesas, make your way to the Red Cliffs Lodge, nestled along the banks of the Colorado River. Relax tonight at a cowboy BBQ where grilled steak is at the top of the menu. (B, D) Day 4: Moab - Arches - Canyonlands - Dead Horse Point - Moab Your journey through the otherworldly landscapes of two national parks begins today. Explore and discover the geological nuances of the world’s largest concentration of natural sandstone arches on a hike at Arches National Park. At the heart of the Colorado Plateau, Canyonlands National Park is a sublime and solitary wilderness of rock; a colour wheel of canyons, mesas, buttes, and arches that work together to create Utah’s largest national park. Close by, in the Island in the Sky District, the canyons of the Green and Colorado rivers are dreamily showcased. Your journey through these national parks ends today atop the sheer sandstone cliffs of Dead Horse Point State Park. Legend says the point was used as a corral for wild
8/22/18 11:18 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Colorado National Monument • Arches National Park • Canyonlands National Park • Moab • Dead Horse Point State Park • Utah’s Scenic Byways 12 & 24 • Capitol Reef National Park • Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument • Bryce Canyon National Park • Zion National Park • Las Vegas
Zion National Park
Colorado Wine Country mustangs that roamed the mesa top. (B, L) Day 5: Moab - Capitol Reef National Park - Bryce, Utah Travel through the dramatic Utah desert on Utah’s Scenic Byway 24 to Capitol Reef National Park. Named in part for the Navajo Sandstone’s resemblance to the U.S. Capitol building, to stand inside its desert landscape is to find it virtually impossible to tell where the earth stops and the sky begins. Over Boulder Mountain on Scenic Byway 12, known as the Million Dollar Road, views of Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument are anything but scarce. The mountain is North America’s highest timbered plateau. Spend the night in Bryce tonight, at the gateway to Bryce Canyon National Park. (B) Day 6: Bryce Canyon National Park Springdale, Utah (Zion) Fairy chimneys and goblins: the hoodoos of Bryce Canyon National Park are famous. These red and orange hued rock formations – products of thousands of years of wind and water exposure – dominate the park’s landscape. Take some time this morning for an optional hike. Consider circuiting the Navajo Loop or Queens Garden trails. Just outside of Zion National Park, Springdale offers views from
Painted Canyons of the West TS634 2019_TCT.indd 55
its main street that are almost equally as grand as the ones inside the park. (B) Day 7: Springdale - Zion National Park Springdale, Utah There are few places on earth that match the beauty of the red and white sandstone cliffs of Zion. In this ethereal paradise, spend the entire day exploring. On Zion’s open-air tram, wind along the Virgin River through the 2,400 feet deep, half-mile wide Zion Canyon. This afternoon, it’s your choice! You may choose to hike independently -OR- visit Zion’s Human History Museum. Tonight, enjoy the company of your travel companions at a farewell dinner. (B, D) Day 8: Springdale - Las Vegas, Nevada Nature’s spectacle is replaced by a spectacle of lights – a neon culture in a razzle-dazzle dream where everything is glamorous. Viva Las Vegas!. (B)
DOUBLE
Starting from £2349
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 8 September 2019 departure
September 2019 – April 2020
1, 8 22 September 6 October 19 April
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3 099
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Painted Canyons of the West and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Denver and depart from Las Vegas. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
Day 9: Las Vegas - Tour Ends Memories of an unforgettable journey accompany you on your voyage home today.
STAY LO NG E R Las Vegas: Enjoy a final evening soaking up the glitz and glamour of this famed city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
55
8/18/18 7:14 AM
CALIFORNIA COAST 8 DAYS • 9 MEALS £ FROM 2099
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Wind through the breathtaking 17-Mile Drive. •• Tour the palatial mountaintop retreat of Hearst Castle. •• Stop at the “Queen of the Missions” in Santa Barbara.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Discover the famed landmarks of San Francisco, including the Golden Gate Bridge. •• Experience Santa Barbara’s most historic sights and picturesque beauty. •• Marvel at the beauty of Carmel.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 2 | You may choose to take an hourlong cruise on San Francisco Bay or perhaps you’ll choose to join a local guide for a sightseeing tour of the city.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 6 breakfasts • 3 dinners •• Dine overlooking beautiful San Francisco Bay at the famous Pier 39. •• Gather for a special olive oil tasting.
Monterey
Exclaim “eureka!” as you discover the coastal jewels that can only be found in sunny California. START E ARLY San Francisco: Start your journey in the “Golden Gate City” and experience California’s dazzling coast. CALL FOR DETAILS.
•• Sample California wines at a vineyard.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Marriott Fisherman’s Wharf or San Francisco Marriott Marquis, San Francisco Day 3 Hotel Pacific, Monterey Days 4, 5 Pepper Tree Inn, Santa Barbara Days 6, 7 Embassy Suites, San Diego On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
56 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
California Coast TS119 2019_TCT.indd 56
Day 1: San Francisco, California - Tour Begins Join us on a scenic journey along California’s thrilling coast. Your tour opens in “the City by the Bay,” San Francisco. Tonight, get to know your fellow travellers at a welcome dinner on Pier 39, overlooking San Francisco Bay. (D) Day 2: Choice of San Francisco Bay Cruise or City Tour of San Francisco After breakfast it’s your choice! Take an hour-long cruise on San Francisco Bay featuring an in-depth narration on its history and landmarks including Alcatraz and the Golden Gate Bridge -OR- join a local guide for a sightseeing tour of the city; hear stories of the city’s past and present as you drive past its famous landmarks including the Twin Peaks, Seal Rocks and the Golden Gate Bridge. Your afternoon is at leisure to explore the shops
at either Fisherman’s Wharf or Union Square. Perhaps you’ll take a ride up and down the city’s thrilling hills on a classic cable car. (B) Day 3: San Francisco - Carmel-by-the-Sea - Monterey Travel to Carmel-by-the-Sea, populated by creative locals who take pride in offering one-of-a-kind items and experiences. Enjoy time to explore and have lunch on your own. From here we set out on the famed 17-Mile Drive, along one of the most breathtaking coastlines in the world. During our drive you will pass through the Del Monte Forest and see such famous sights as the Lone Cypress Tree, Seal Rock (where the seals may actually bark at you) and the prestigious Pebble Beach Golf Course. End your day in Monterey, a place often called the greatest meeting of land, sea and sky. In addition to the natural beauty, Monterey is filled with lovingly restored historic buildings and Spanish adobes. Time is available to independently explore charming Monterey and shop at Cannery Row, made famous by John Steinbeck. (B)
8/18/18 7:26 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
San Francisco • Carmel-by-the-Sea • Monterey • 17-Mile Drive • Hearst Castle • Santa Barbara • Santa Ynez Wine Country • Hollywood • San Diego
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Golden Gate Bridge
San Francisco Cable Car Day 4: Monterey - San Simeon Santa Barbara Upon arrival in San Simeon, visit one of the world’s greatest showplaces, the palatial mountaintop retreat of Hearst Castle, a National Historic Landmark. Built by newspaper magnate William Randolph Hearst, the castle was built on a 40,000 acre ranch that Hearst frequently camped on as a child. Hearst was constantly building and rebuilding what he simply called “the ranch.” As a result, the estate was not completed during Hearst’s lifetime and was donated to the State of California in 1957. Explore some of its 165 rooms and 127 acres of gardens, terraces, pools and walkways. Later, drive north to Ragged Point to view more of the coast. Then we head south towards enchanting Santa Barbara, famous for its dramatic mix of mountains, valleys, beaches, islands and the sea. (B) Day 5: Santa Barbara This morning your Tour Manager will show you some of Santa Barbara’s most historic sites. Then a docent guides you through the Old Mission Santa Barbara, established in 1786. It is often called the “Queen of the Missions.” Visit a local farm and gather for a special olive oil tasting made from olives grown there; learn about the different oils
California Coast TS119 2019_TCT.indd 57
from a local expert. Explore the famous Santa Ynez wine valley, making a stop at a vineyard for a wine tasting before returning to Santa Barbara. After dinner with a view of the waterfront, stroll the downtown area laced with pedestrianfriendly sidewalks and paseos, with the ocean and the Santa Ynez Mountains as a lovely backdrop. (B, D) Day 6: Santa Barbara - Los Angeles San Diego Welcome to “Tinseltown.” Stroll the Hollywood Walk of Fame, visit the TCL Chinese Theatre, and learn all about the movie stars on an incredible walking tour of Hollywood. Later, arrive in San Diego, a city known for its ideal climate, miles of pristine beaches, and world-class attractions. (B) Day 7: San Diego This morning, join a local guide for a comprehensive tour through the city’s diverse neighbourhoods, including the Gaslamp Quarter, Coronado Island and Old Town San Diego. The afternoon is yours to experience San Diego on your own. Tonight, gather with your fellow travellers and celebrate your trip during a farewell dinner. (B, D) Day 8: San Diego - Tour Ends Your tour comes to an end today, but the memories will stay with you forever.
Santa Ynez Winery, Santa Barbara
DOUBLE
Starting from £2099
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 16 June 2019 departure
March – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
24, 31 March 7, 28 April
5, 26 May 2, 16, 30 June 7, 28 July 11 August 8, 22, 29 September 20 October
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
17 November 23 February 15, 29 March 19, 26 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £28 49
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with California Coast and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS
This trip requires a passport. This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into San Francisco and depart from San Diego. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs. gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
“
Wonderful Tour. The Tour Manager went above and beyond, making it a memorable trip. Hearst Castle was a standout inclusion that we visited.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
57
8/18/18 7:39 AM
PACIFIC NORTHWEST & CALIFORNIA 8 DAYS • 10 MEALS £ FROM 2099
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Visit lively Pike Place Market, Seattle’s famous fish and vegetable market. •• Venture to Mount St. Helens Visitor Center to learn about its eruptions. •• Visit Oregon Dunes National Recreation Area.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Embark on a sightseeing tour of Seattle, the “Emerald City.” •• Behold the majestic beauty of the Redwood Forest’s “Avenue of the Giants.”
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 7 | In San Francisco, cruise the Bay and learn about its world-famous landmarks or join a local guide for a sightseeing tour of the city.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 6 breakfasts • 4 dinners •• Enjoy dinner on Pier 39 with views of San Francisco’s Golden Gate Bridge
Bandon Rocks
Fall under the spell of the Pacific Northwest and California, from the wilds of Mount St. Helens to the shadow of giants in the Redwoods. START E ARLY Seattle: Take in even more of the enticing charms found in the “Emerald City.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Day 1 Renaissance Hotel, Seattle, WA Days 2, 3 DoubleTree by Hilton Lloyd Center or Portland Marriott Downtown Waterfront, Portland, OR Day 4 The Mill Casino, North Bend or Best Western Holiday Hotel, Coos Bay, OR Day 5 Red Lion Hotel Eureka, Eureka, CA Days 6, 7 San Francisco Marriott Marquis, San Francisco, CA On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
58 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Pacific Northwest and California TS66 2019_TCT.indd 58
Day 1: Seattle, Washington - Tour Begins Your tour opens with an overnight stay in Seattle, dubbed the “Emerald City” for its lush green surroundings. Get to know your fellow travellers at tonight’s welcome dinner. (D) Day 2: Seattle - Olympia - Portland, Oregon Explore Seattle’s colourful waterfront area and historic Pioneer Square on your tour with a local guide. Mingle with artisans at the lively Pike Place Market, a famous fish and vegetable market dotted with restaurants and shops. Travel south through Olympia, stopping at the Mount St. Helens Visitor Centre. Learn about its 1980 volcanic eruption as well as the history and geology of the state park. Continue to Portland, Oregon for a 2-night stay in the picturesque “City of Roses.” Enjoy a tour of Portland on your way to dinner. (B, D)
Day 3: Portland - Cascade Mountains Portland Drive along the Mt. Hood route to the lush Columbia River Gorge. Take in the unforgettable views of Mt. Hood as you leave the valley and enter the Cascade Mountains. Discover the awe-inspiring landscapes at the magnificent Columbia River Gorge and the Bonneville Dam. Your evening is free to independently explore the beautiful Lloyd Centre area or hop on the MAX Light Rail to downtown Portland. (B) Day 4: Portland - Willamette Valley Newport - North Bend Journey through the Willamette Valley, the Promised Land for the pioneers who followed the Oregon Trail. This lush valley contains some of the most fertile agricultural soil in Oregon. Head to the seaside town of Newport for a brief stop before travelling along some of the country’s most beautiful coastline. Admire sweeping views from the Yaquina Head Lighthouse, a 93 foot tower that has been buffeted by wind and rain since 1872. Pause along the way to take in the natural beauty of Oregon Dunes National Recreation Area.
8/18/18 10:18 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Seattle • Mount St. Helens Visitor Center • Portland • Columbia River Gorge • Newport • Bandon State Natural Area • Redwood National Park • Eureka • Avenue of the Giants • San Francisco
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Golden Gate Bridge
Mt. Hood Cap off your day strolling North Bend’s lively boardwalk perched along scenic Coos Bay. (B, D) Day 5: Bandon State Natural AreaRedwood National Park, CaliforniaEureka Drive to Bandon State Natural Area. Take in the breathtaking scenery as we travel along the striking Beach Loop. See Bandon Rocks and Face Rock, famous for their American Indian legends. Stop to enjoy a cruise up the spectacular Rogue River, taking you into Oregon’s rugged wilderness for a chance to see bald eagles, cormorants, seals and blue heron. Continuing south to California’s redwood country, travel through Redwood National Park, home to trees that can reach nearly 300 feet. See for yourself why the sun seldom hits the ground. Arrive in Eureka and embark on a delightful tour. Come to know this historic timber and fishing village and see Old Town with lovely Victorian architecture. (B) Day 6: Eureka - San Francisco Return to the majestic beauty and splendid grandeur of the Redwood Forest as you traverse the “Avenue of the Giants,” a scenic highway loaded with towering redwoods. Next, drive over the legendary
Pacific Northwest and California TS66 2019_TCT.indd 59
Pike Place Market
Golden Gate Bridge and arrive in “the City by the Bay,” San Francisco. Tonight, gather for dinner on the city’s colourful Pier 39 with exceptional views of San Francisco Bay and the Bay Bridge. (B, D) Day 7: San Francisco The choice is yours! Take a narrated cruise on San Francisco Bay and learn about its landmarks including Alcatraz and the Golden Gate Bridge -OR- join a local guide to hear stories of the city’s past and present as you drive past its famous landmarks including Fisherman’s Wharf and the Golden Gate Bridge. The remainder of your day is at leisure to explore San Francisco independently. For a true local experience, ride the famed cable cars up and down San Francisco’s thrilling hills. (B) Day 8: San Francisco - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today, but the memories will stay with you forever. STAY LO NG E R San Francisco: Enjoy one last night in “The City by the Bay.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
DOUBLE
Starting from £2099
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 2 June 2019 departure
April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
7, 8, 28, 29 April
9, 12, 19, 26 May 2, 9, 16, 17, 23 June 24, 30 June 1, 7, 8, 14, 15, 21 July 22, 28, 29 July 4, 5, 11, 12, 18 August 19, 25, 26 August
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
1, 2, 8, 9, 15 September 16, 22, 23, 29 September 6, 7, 13, 14 October 30 March 19, 20, 26 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £28 49 COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with the Pacific Northwest & California and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Seattle and depart from San Francisco. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
“
Both our Tour Director and Coach Driver were very professional and knew their business. We covered a lot of territory in a short period of time, but took in most of the locations along the way. Checked 3 things off my bucket list: Oregon sand dunes, the Redwoods, and Golden Gate Bridge.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 59
8/18/18 10:19 AM
HAWAIIAN ADVENTURE 10 DAYS • 13 MEALS £ FROM 3199
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Enjoy a traditional Hawaiian floral lei welcome. •• Enjoy a cruise on tranquil Wailua River in Kauai. •• In the town of Haleiwa, learn why surfers from around the world gather here.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Behold the breathtaking Waimea Canyon, the “Grand Canyon of the Pacific.” •• Embark on a journey along Oahu’s famous North Shore. •• Remember Pearl Harbor as you visit the USS Arizona Memorial.
Waikiki Beach
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 9 breakfasts • 4 dinners •• Savour a Polynesian luau featuring tropical drinks and a sumptuous feast. •• Spend time at the largest coffee estate in Hawaii and learn about their crop.
Embrace the spirit of “Aloha” on a leisurely three-island tour of Hawaii featuring 3-night stays each in Oahu, Kauai and Maui. START E ARLY Honolulu: Enjoy your first evening in this charming tropical city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Hyatt Regency Waikiki Resort, Oahu, HI Days 4 – 6 Kauai Marriott Resort, Kauai, HI Days 7 – 9 Hyatt Regency Maui Resort & Spa or Ka’anapali Beach Hotel, Maui, HI On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
60 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Hawaiian Adventure TS98 2019_TCT.indd 60
Day 1: Honolulu, Oahu - Tour Begins Aloha! Your adventure in the sun-drenched Hawaiian Islands begins in Honolulu. Upon arrival you’ll be welcomed with a traditional Hawaiian floral lei before transferring to your Waikiki Beach hotel. Relax and “hang loose” — you are in Hawaii! Day 2: Oahu This morning “Remember Pearl Harbour” as you embark on a historic journey. Begin at the World War II Valor in the Pacific National Monument to view artefacts from the attack and a short documentary on the Day of Infamy. Travel by naval launch to view the white marble-clad USS Arizona Memorial, honouring those who lost their lives in the Pearl Harbour attack. After this poignant experience, take a city tour of Honolulu highlighting the historic Iolani Palace, the impressive state capitol building, King Kamehameha’s statue, and the moving National Cemetery of the Pacific, known as the Punchbowl. The remainder of your day is at leisure to explore Oahu your way. (B, D)
Day 3: Oahu Embark on a wonderful journey along Oahu’s famous North Shore. If there is such a thing as a perfect wave, you’ll likely find it here. The large waves of this legendary surf mecca attract the best surfers. Several television series and movies were filmed in this area. A stop in the surfing town of Haleiwa will surely be a highlight as you learn why surfers gather from all over the world with waves ranging from 2 to 40 feet! Rich with island history, Haleiwa is now the social and artistic hub of the North Shore. Here you will find surfers fueling up at the restaurants in its plantation-era buildings before hitting the famous beaches of Waimea Bay, Ehukai (Banzai Pipeline) and Sunset Beach. Return to Waikiki and enjoy the remainder of the day at leisure. (B) Day 4: Oahu - Kauai A short flight takes you to the “Garden Isle” of Kauai, the oldest island in the chain. Only here, on the outer islands, can you find the timeless world of ancient Polynesia. Upon arrival, travel to breathtaking Waimea Canyon. Carved thousands of years ago by rivers and floods, each of the lines in the canyon walls represent a different volcanic eruption or lava flow. At 10 miles long, 1 mile wide, and more than 3,500 feet deep, it is considered the “Grand Canyon of the
8/18/18 10:32 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Waikiki Beach • Pearl Harbor • Oahu’s North Shore • Waimea Canyon • Kauai Coffee Estate • Fern Grotto • Iao Valley • Lahaina • Polynesian Luau
£100pp
T&C’s apply
Waimea Canyon 2-NIGHT BIG ISLAND EXTENSION
Complete your trip with a 2-night stay on Hawaii’s Big Island and enjoy even more of this oasis under the sun. CALL FOR DETAILS
Maui Pacific.” Later, visit the largest coffee estate in Hawaii and discover the coffee bean’s journey from tree to your morning cup. Learn about sustainability practices and taste several of their coffees. (B, D) Day 5: Kauai The day is yours to enjoy this beautiful island at leisure. Stroll along the beach or take advantage of your resort’s activities. You may also choose to experience the island through the eyes of Hollywood with an optional tour of the island’s famous movie filming locations. (B, D) Day 6: Kauai Step aboard an open-air boat for a cruise along the tranquil Wailua River. Your captain will tell stories of days gone by before making a stop to disembark for a short guided walk to the lush, green Fern Grotto. On your return boat ride, hula dancers join you to demonstrate this ancient art form, originally performed for the volcano goddess Pele. (B) Day 7: Kauai - Maui Board an inter-island flight to the “Valley Isle” of Maui, one of the most beautiful and popular outer islands. Visit the stunning Iao Valley and view the 2,000-foot-high Iao Needle, one of Maui’s famous natural landforms. Visit the old royal capital of Lahaina, once home of the world’s largest whaling fleets, where you
Hawaiian Adventure TS98 2019_TCT.indd 61
can stroll through historic streets. Travel through sugarcane fields to the resort area of Ka’anapali and arrive at your deluxe beachfront hotel. (B) Day 8: Maui Spend a day at leisure to see for yourself why locals say “Maui no ka oi” (Maui is the best). Perhaps you will take an optional cliff-side drive on the legendary Road to Hana. Or you may choose to take a stroll along the beach, shop for souvenirs or simply relax at your luxurious Maui resort. There is no limit to the adventures you can have on this gorgeous island! (B) Day 9: Maui Enjoy another day in paradise. To cap off your visit, you may decide to view the sunrise from the summit of Haleakala (optional). Tonight, complete your wonderful trip with a farewell dinner, Hawaiian-style, at a traditional Polynesian luau featuring endless tropical drinks and a sumptuous feast. (B, D) Day 10: Maui - Tour Ends Bid “Aloha” to Hawaii as your memorable tour ends in Maui. Now, wherever your home is, you’ll always be part of the Hawaiian “ohana” (family). (B)
DOUBLE
Starting from £3199
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 5 December 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
17, 31 January 3, 17, 21, 24, 28 February 7, 14, 21, 28 March 4, 11, 25 April
9, 23 May 6, 20 June 11, 25 July 8 August 5, 19 September 10, 24, 31 October 7 November
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
5 December 16, 30 January 6, 13, 20, 27 February 5, 26 March 16, 19, 23, 30 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £4999
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Hawaiian Adventure and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Honolulu and depart from Kahului. Airport transfers are available for purchase. The internal flights are included in the tour cost. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs. gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
The Big Island
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 61
8/22/18 11:50 AM
ALASKA & THE YUKON 13 DAYS • 18 MEALS £ FROM 3649
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Stop in the village of Carmacks to see the famous Five Finger Rapids. •• Relax on a scenic sternwheeler cruise on the Chena River.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• An expert guide takes you on a Tundra Wilderness Tour in Denali National Park. •• Enjoy a scenic glacier cruise of Prince William Sound. •• Marvel at the incredible views along the renowned Top of the World Highway.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE! (Be sure to arrange before trip departure)
Day 7 | Get to know Dawson City’s rich gold rush history on a coach tour or embark on a walking tour with a local guide.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 12 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 5 dinners •• Savour a local salmon bake featuring delicious all-you-can-eat Alaskan salmon.
Denali Mountain
Glittering glaciers. Raw tundra. Thundering rapids. This is the best of Alaska and the Yukon.
•• Enjoy dinner and a show at the Music of Denali Dinner Theatre. •• Enjoy breakfast aboard a deluxe dome railcar during your ride to Denali National Park.
START E ARLY Anchorage: Begin your journey in Alaska’s glittering capital city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Hilton Anchorage, Anchorage Day 3 Young’s Motel or Golden Bear Motel, Tok Days 4, 5 Best Western Gold Rush Inn, Whitehorse Days 6, 7 Downtown Hotel, Dawson City Days 8, 9 Wedgewood Resort, Fairbanks Days 10, 11 Grande Denali Lodge, Denali Day 12 Hilton Anchorage, Anchorage On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
62 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Alaska and the Yukon TS575 2019_TCT.indd 62
Day 1: Anchorage, Alaska - Tour Begins Your journey opens in Anchorage, an urban enclave surrounded by wilderness. It’s the most popular city in the great state of Alaska. From here we embark on a true frontier adventure. Day 2: Anchorage - Whittier - Anchorage Today we travel south hugging the dramatic shoreline along Turnagain Arm, one of the most beautiful stretches of highway in America. In Whittier, embark on a cruise of Prince William Sound and Blackstone Bay, home to seven glaciers, tumbling waterfalls and abundant wildlife. Enjoy lunch onboard during this fully narrated scenic adventure. Then you are invited into the wheelhouse to meet the Captain who has been cruising the Sound for many years. This evening, join your
fellow travellers for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant in Anchorage. (B, L, D) Day 3: Anchorage - Tok Today’s drive to the small town of Tok takes us through incredible landscapes. We make our way along Wrangell-St. Elias National Park and Preserve, the largest national park/preserve in the United States. Overnight in Tok, an old stopover for travellers coming from or heading to Canada on the Alaska Highway. (B) Day 4: Tok - Whitehorse, Yukon, Canada A picturesque day awaits as we travel to Whitehorse, the capital of Canada’s Yukon, an eclectic city filled with miners, artisans and adventurers. En route, ride by Kluane National Park, the “crown jewel” of the Canadian national parks system, and enjoy the spectacular views as we pass by. (B) Day 5: Whitehorse - Skagway - Whitehorse Gold! Travel back to a time when dreams of a big payday were on everyone’s mind. Ride to Skagway, the gateway to the Klondike. Revel in tales of the gold rush as you independently explore the numerous
8/18/18 10:39 AM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
T&C’s apply
walls, and discover how the Klondike experience continues to shape Dawson today. This afternoon, enjoy some leisure time to independently explore this rustic gold rush town. (B) Day 8: Dawson City - Chicken, Alaska Fairbanks An exciting day awaits as you ride along the Top of the World Highway. Discover why it rivals all other scenic roads. Stop in Chicken, one of the last surviving gold rush towns of Alaska. Share a laugh in this small village that retains its frontier spirit. Your home for the next two nights is Fairbanks, a city referred to as the “land of the midnight sun.” (B)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Anchorage • Tok • Whitehorse • Skagway • Dawson City • Top of the World Highway • Fairbanks • Sternwheeler Cruise • Denali National Park • Music of Denali Dinner Theater • Tundra Wilderness Tour • Talkeetna
Day 9: Fairbanks This morning enjoy a city tour of Fairbanks that includes a stop at the Trans-Alaska Pipeline. Your afternoon features a scenic sternwheeler cruise on the Chena River. This three-hour journey takes you into the heart of Alaska and introduces you to a family who has made the rivers of Alaska a way of life. See a floatplane take off alongside the boat; and learn about the kennels that are the home of an Iditarod winner. Tonight, dive into life here and enjoy a local salmon bake featuring delicious all-you-can-eat Alaskan salmon. (B, D)
historic buildings still intact from that bygone era. (B, D) Day 6: Whitehorse - Carmacks Dawson City Today’s final destination is Dawson City. En route, stop in the village of Carmacks to see the famous Five Finger Rapids mentioned in Jack London’s novel The Call of The Wild. Carmacks is named after George Carmack, the man who struck gold in 1896, sparking the frenzy that turned Dawson City into the centre of the Klondike Gold Rush. Within a few years, the population grew from nearly zero to 40,000. After the gold rush, the population plummeted… leaving behind a ghost town. (B) Day 7: Dawson City Today it’s your choice! Get to know Dawson City’s compelling history on a fascinating tour by coach that includes Bonanza Creek, site of the first gold strike; and the last sternwheeler, the SS Keno, which once transported silver, zinc and lead -OR- embark on a walking tour showcasing the city’s rich gold rush history; your local guide will take you back in time to the days when people flocked here in search of gold; see historic buildings built during the period, hear stories of events that took place within their
Alaska and the Yukon TS575 2019_TCT.indd 63
Day 10: Fairbanks - Denali A delightful day of sightseeing awaits. Board a deluxe dome railcar and enjoy breakfast on your way to Denali National Park. En route, embrace the elegance of first-class Goldstar service. Upon arrival in Denali you will have the remainder of the afternoon to relax or independently explore this magnificent area. Tonight, enjoy dinner and a show at the Denali Dinner Theatre where the history of Denali is performed by your wait staff. (B, D) Day 11: Denali National Park Travel over 50 miles into the heart of Denali National Park to begin your Tundra Wilderness Tour. This adventure offers a wide range of incredible scenery, narrated history and some of the best opportunities to view the park’s wildlife. (B) Day 12: Denali - Talkeetna - Anchorage Relax as we make our way back to Anchorage. En route, stop in the charming town of Talkeetna. Take a step back in time as you explore the downtown area, a National Historic Site. Perhaps you’ll stop at the historic Nagley’s General Store. Founded in 1921, Nagley’s is still open for business and is known to be the longest continually operated general store in the region. Tonight, celebrate your Alaskan adventure during a farewell dinner. (B, D)
Denali Dome Car
DOUBLE
Starting from £3649
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 16 June 2019 departure
June – August 2019
2, 16 June
7, 14, 21 July 4, 18 August
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £4 899
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Alaska & the Yukon and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Anchorage. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https:// esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
“
The tour was interesting, and the tour leader and bus driver were exceptional! We were very lucky to see Denali on a beautiful clear day - what a bonus!
”
Day 13: Anchorage - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today, leaving you with many wonderful memories of your adventure. (B) See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 63
8/18/18 10:39 AM
ALASKA DISCOVERY LAND & CRUISE 13 DAYS • 25 MEALS £ FROM 2684
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Enjoy an unforgettable rail journey from Denali to Talkeetna in a luxury domed railcar. •• Enjoy an expert guided Tundra Wilderness Tour in Denali National Park. •• Relive Alaska’s Gold Rush days in historic Skagway.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Relax aboard a 7-night Princess cruise — your fabulous floating resort. •• Cruise past Hubbard Glacier, one of Alaska’s advancing glaciers. •• Sail through Glacier Bay, a treasure trove of glaciers and coastal islands.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 11 breakfasts • 6 lunches • 8 dinners •• Revel in an evening of entertainment at the Music of Denali Dinner Theatre.
ACCOMMODATION Day 1 Fairbanks Hotel*, Fairbanks, AK Days 2, 3 Denali Princess Wilderness Lodge, Denali National Park, AK Day 4 Mt. McKinley Princess Wilderness Lodge, Denali, AK Days 5 – 11 Princess Cruises’ Golden, Royal or Island Day 12 Crowne Plaza Seattle Airport, Seattle, WA On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
64 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Alaska Discovery TS148 2019_TCT.indd 64
Cruise the Inside Passage and uncover stunning wildlife in Alaska’s Denali National Park on this breathtaking journey from Alaska to Washington. Day 1: Fairbanks, Alaska - Tour Begins Your tour opens in Fairbanks, in the great state of Alaska. On this adventure we bring together the best of both land and sea. Day 2: Fairbanks - Denali National Park Step aboard an amazing cruise on the popular Sternwheeler Discovery, an unforgettable journey showcasing Alaska’s diverse culture and rich history. Make stops along the way to meet the people and get a taste of local life. Take a scenic motorcoach ride to Denali National Park. Tonight, enjoy an entertaining evening at the Music of Denali Dinner Theatre which tells the story of the first ascent of Denali. (B, D) Day 3: Denali National Park This morning, travel deep into Denali National Park on the Tundra Wilderness Tour which affords the best opportunities to view wildlife. Learn about the history of the park and see why Denali is one of the top three reasons that people visit Alaska. The remainder of the day is at leisure. (B) Day 4: Denali National Park - Talkeetna Denali Your day begins with a scenic train ride to Talkeetna. Savour every moment
inside your luxury domed railcar. View the incredible landscape from glass-ceiling railcars and open-air observation platforms as rail guides provide expert commentary. Head to Mt. McKinley Princess Wilderness Lodge where, from the moment you arrive, you’ll know you are somewhere special. This comfy Alaskan lodge invites the ultimate experience, overlooking Denali and the Alaskan Range with one of the most inspirational views of the mountain found anywhere. There will be plenty of time to explore the area or enjoy a host of recreational activities. (B) Day 5: Denali - Anchorage - Whittier - Board Cruise Ship Depart for your ship, stopping en route in Anchorage, Alaska’s largest city. Continue with a scenic drive along the Alaska Range. Pass the amazing Turnagain Arm, a deep glacial fjord, and arrive in the port of Whittier where you’ll embark the ship to begin your 7-night Princess cruise aboard a fabulous floating resort designed to make your stay on board truly memorable. You will be dazzled by the entertainment in the stateof-the-art lounges and a myriad of dining options. While on board, breakfast, lunch,
8/18/18 2:20 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Fairbanks • Sternwheeler Discovery • Music of Denali Dinner Theatre • Denali National Park • Tundra Wilderness Tour • Luxury Domed Rail • Anchorage • Hubbard Glacier • Glacier Bay • Skagway • Juneau • Ketchikan • Inside Passage • Seattle’s Sky View Observatory
Denali National Park
Glacier Bay dinner and nightly entertainment are included. (B, D) Day 6: Cruising - Hubbard Glacier Your ship cruises past the mammoth Hubbard Glacier, one of Alaska’s advancing glaciers. Have your camera ready as today is filled with amazing natural sights. (B, L, D) Day 7: Cruising - Glacier Bay Cruise through Glacier Bay, a spectacular national park and preserve that is a treasure trove of tidewater glaciers and scenic coastal islands. Its rich world of marine life and large concentration of tidewater glaciers is Alaska at its best. (B, L, D) Day 8: Cruising - Skagway Relive Alaska’s Gold Rush days in this “Gateway to the Klondike” and home of the famed Chilkoot Trail. In historic Skagway, Alaska’s past lives on in a spectacular natural setting and cries of “gold in the Yukon!” can still be heard. (B, L, D) Day 9: Cruising - Juneau From massive scenic mountains to historic buildings, there is so much to explore in Alaska’s capital city of Juneau. (B, L, D) Day 10: Cruising - Ketchikan Your port of call today is Ketchikan, known as the “Salmon Capital of the World” and the “City of Totems.”
Alaska Discovery TS148 2019_TCT.indd 65
Princess Cruise Ship Located on the tranquil Revillagigedo Island, Ketchikan is home to the world’s largest collection of totem poles. (B, L, D) Day 11: Cruising - Inside Passage A wonderful day of sightseeing awaits as your ship sails along the amazing Inside Passage, an extensive stretch of land known for its natural beauty and abundant wildlife. You will be awestruck with this natural wonder. (B, L, D) Day 12: Vancouver, B.C. - Disembark Cruise - Seattle, WA Area Your cruise ends this morning in the vibrant city of Vancouver. We then continue on to the Seattle, Washington airport area for an overnight stay. Tonight, toast to the end of a wonderful adventure at a farewell reception at the Sky View Observatory with 360 degree views of Seattle, Mt. Rainier, the Cascade and Olympic mountains. (B) Day 13: Seattle Airport Area - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today, leaving you with many wonderful memories of your tour to the last of the great frontiers. STAY LO NG E R Seattle: Spend your last evening enjoying the beauty found in the “Emerald City.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
Sternwheeler Discovery
DOUBLE
Starting from £2684
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 21 May 2019 departure
May – September 2019
11, 14, 21 May 4, 18 June
2, 9, 16, 23, 30 July 6, 13, 20, 27 August 3, 10 September
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £41 8 4 COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Alaska Discovery Land & Cruise and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Port taxes and fees of £735 GBP per person, quoted at time of printing, are included in the land only tour cost. Pricing is based on Inside Cabin category. Call for rates for other cabin categories. Cruise ships have a limited quantity of cabins available in each cabin category. We will make every effort to accommodate your cabin category preference at the time of booking. If the cabin category preferred is not available, the next closest category available will be offered and a surcharge may apply. *Accommodations in Fairbanks will be assigned prior to departure. Our air passengers will arrive into Fairbanks and depart from Seattle. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
“
The scenery was absolutely breathtaking. Denali National Park was my favourite. We saw so much wildlife in their natural habitat like grizzly bears, wolf, moose and reindeer. The scenery here was beautiful as well.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 65
8/18/18 2:21 PM
MARITIME COASTAL WONDERS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
T&C’s apply
11 DAYS • 16 MEALS £ FROM 2399
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Experience local life at the celebrated Saint John City Market. •• Explore interesting inventions at the Alexander Graham Bell Museum. •• Learn a few handy Gaelic phrases and join in the fun of a “milling frolic.”
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Explore the Cabot Trail and fall in love with its rugged terrain. •• Take a ferry ride to Prince Edward Island, the “Land Cradled on the Waves.” •• Journey along the shoreline to the amazing Hopewell Rocks.
Cabot Trail CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 10 breakfasts • 2 lunches • 4 dinners •• Savour a traditional Maritimes lobster feast! •• Attend culinary “boot camp” for bragging rights on who cooks the best PEI mussels.
From the nautical beauty of Peggy’s Cove to the rugged splendour of the Cabot Trail, the Maritimes will enchant you. START E ARLY
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Westin Nova Scotian, Halifax, Nova Scotia Days 3, 4 Inverary Inn Resort, Baddeck, Nova Scotia Days 5, 6 Rodd Charlottetown, The Holman Grand Hotel, Charlottetown or Rodd Crowbush Golf & Beach Resort, Morell, Prince Edward Island Days 7, 8 Hilton Saint John or Delta Hotels by Marriott, Saint John, New Brunswick Days 9, 10 Atlantica Oak Island Resort, Western Shore, Nova Scotia On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
66 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Maritimes Coastal Wonders 2019_TCT.indd 66
Halifax: Spend your first evening admiring the beauty of this port city on the Atlantic. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Halifax, Nova Scotia - Tour Begins Explore the special region known as Canada’s Maritimes with all its rugged and pristine beauty, all while getting to know its fun-loving Acadian and Gaelic culture. Day 2: Halifax - Peggy’s Cove - Halifax Stunning landscapes await! We’re off to see one of the most picturesque spots in all of Canada – beautiful Peggy’s Cove. Venture to the coast of the Atlantic to the cove’s historic lighthouse and take in the incredible views. Later, explore Halifax’s charming downtown on a tour highlighting the waterfront, Public Gardens, Spring Garden Road, and the famous Citadel. (B, D) Day 3: Halifax - Cape Breton Island Baddeck Head to scenic Cape Breton. Stop to discover the Millbrook Cultural & Heritage Centre to learn about the Mi’kmaq heritage and Glooscap legends—see artefacts
including intricate quill and beadwork, and learn some words from the Mi’kmaq language. Travel the Canso Causeway on the way to stunning Cape Breton Island. Set out on a drive by the pristine shores of Bras d’Or Lakes, Canada’s only inland sea. Next, stop at the Gaelic College. Watch North America’s first Gaelic language short film: Faire Chaluim MhicLeoid - the Wake of Calum MacLeod. Afterward, learn how the Great Kilt was made during a brief kiltmaking demonstration. Learn a few handy Gaelic phrases and join in the fun of a “milling frolic.” Practice a Gaelic song while sitting around a table, beating a large loop of woollen cloth in rhythm. The “milling frolic” hearkens back to a time when the entire community would get together to help get the woollen cloth ready for use. This evening, enjoy dinner featuring local flavours and musical entertainment of this region. (B, D) Day 4: Cabot Trail Set off to explore the Cabot Trail. Fall in love with its rugged terrain and spectacular views of the Atlantic Ocean. Visit St. Peter’s Church in Cheticamp. Enjoy a picnic lunch in Cape Breton Highlands National Park. Even more natural beauty and quaint charm awaits as we pause at fishing communities
8/18/18 2:11 PM
LY TO
y
along the coast, including the lovely Neil’s Harbour. (B, L)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Halifax • Peggy’s Cove • Cape Breton Island •Cabot Trail • Prince Edward Island • Anne of Green Gables Museum • Hopewell Rocks • Fundy Trail • Lunenburg
Day 5: Baddeck - Prince Edward Island Explore the amazing range of inventions on display at the Alexander Graham Bell Museum. Afterward, take a short ferry ride to Prince Edward Island, the “Land Cradled on the Waves.” Tonight, roll up your sleeves and get ready for the ultimate island culinary experience! Attend culinary “boot camp” where you’ll compete for bragging rights to determine who cooks the best PEI mussels! (B, D) Day 6: Prince Edward Island Get to know the rolling landscapes of Prince Edward Island, the backdrop of the acclaimed novel, Anne of Green Gables. Arrive in delightful Cavendish and view Prince Edward Island National Park’s incredible and pristine beaches. Visit the Anne of Green Gables Museum where you will learn the craft of potato farming from an actual farmer, with a firsthand lesson on the island’s leading agricultural industry. Then, return to Charlottetown with time to explore this fascinating city on your own. (B) Day 7: Prince Edward Island - Saint John, New Brunswick Leave Prince Edward Island behind as you cross the stately Confederation Bridge. Travel along the shoreline to the amazing Hopewell Rocks. A New Brunswick icon, these flowerpot-shaped rocks carved by the Fundy tides rise four stories high at low tide only to disappear into tiny islands after the tide rolls back in. Continue your journey through New Brunswick to the city of Saint John where you’ll enjoy a 2-night stay in the bustling waterfront area. (B) Day 8: Saint John Greet the awe-inspiring Fundy Trail early this morning. Far from the bustling crowds, marvel at the views of the Fundy’s legendary tides. Stops along the way reveal breathtaking vistas, as well as the chance to savour authentic Maritimes dulse (seaweed) and fiddleheads. Stop for lunch at a world-famous restaurant located by the beach on the Bay of Fundy. Savour a traditional Maritimes lobster feast as an expert teaches you how to crack and eat lobster like a local. En route to Saint John, gaze out your window at St. Martin’s magnificent covered bridges. Later, get a taste of local life at the celebrated Saint John City Market. The evening is at leisure. (B, L) Day 9: Saint John - Western Shore, Nova Scotia Onboard a ferry bound for Digby, Nova Scotia, make a stop at the Grand-Pré National Historic Site and uncover the complex history of the Acadian people, proud descendants of the Indigenous
Maritimes Coastal Wonders 2019_TCT.indd 67
Hopewell Rocks
Gaelic College populace of the region. This UNESCO World Heritage Site, once an epicenter of Acadian culture, is now a powerful memorial to their history. Move on to Nova Scotia’s Western Shore, where beautiful waterfront accommodations await you. Stroll the immaculate beach, where views of Oak Island conjure up legends of pirate’s treasure still waiting to be found. (B) Day 10: Western Shore - Lunenburg Western Shore Experience the small fishing village of Mahone Bay, then stop at Amos Pewter to learn about the artistry that goes into each of their masterful pewter creations. Then, travel along the beautiful Lighthouse Route towards Lunenburg. Explore this fishing village on a locally guided walking tour and discover how early settlers relied on the sea for their day-to-day survival. Then it’s on to the Fisheries Museum of the Atlantic. Learn how these skilled fishermen prepare and launch a schooner before boarding a fishing boat of your own. Aboard, a fisherman will teach you all about scallops and how to shuck them! Complete your day along the waterfront at a farewell dinner with your fellow travellers and toast the end of a marvellous trip. (B, D) Day 11: Western Shore - Tour Ends Today you depart the Maritimes, taking home countless memories of this coastal wonderland. (B)
Green Gables House
DOUBLE
Starting from £2399
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 30 September 2019 departure
May – October 2019
13, 20, 27 May 3, 4, 10, 17, 24, 25 June 8, 15, 17, 22, 29 July
5, 6, 12, 20, 26, 27 August 2, 3, 9, 10 September 23, 24, 30 September 1, 7, 14 October
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3 099
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Maritimes Coastal Wonders and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Halifax. On day 11, our air passengers will depart from Western Shore for Halifax. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Return flights should not be booked from Halifax prior to 11:00 a.m. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs. gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
“
There is so much history & beauty to take in on this tour...from the rocky shore of Peggy’s Cove to the amazing architecture of Lunenburg we were offered something new at each stop.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
67
8/19/18 11:56 AM
THE BEST OF EASTERN CANADA 8 DAYS • 10 MEALS £ FROM 1699
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Discover Niagara-on-the-Lake with quaint local shops and a charming atmosphere. •• Enjoy a memorable cruise through the unspoiled region of the 1000 Islands. •• Take a stroll through bustling Byward Market.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Witness the incredible power of Mother Nature at breathtaking Niagara Falls. •• Tour Montreal and see Jacques Cartier Square and McGill University.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 2 | Join a local guide as you explore the streets of Montreal on foot or embark on a panoramic coach tour.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS
Niagara Falls
Bienvenue to Eastern Canada! From the old-world style of Quebec City to the power of Niagara Falls, this is one memorable journey.
•• 7 breakfasts • 3 dinners •• Savour breakfast at a local sugar shack nestled in the Quebec countryside. •• Enjoy an evening out and sample French cuisine at a lovely restaurant in Ile d’Orleans.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Hotel Omni Mont Royal or Le Centre Sheraton, Montreal Days 3, 4 Hotel PUR or Chateau Laurier, Quebec City Day 5 Westin Ottawa, Ottawa Days 6, 7 Sheraton Centre, Toronto On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
START E ARLY Montreal: Enjoy the gift of an extra day to explore this bustling city inspired by oldworld Europe. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Montreal, Quebec - Tour Begins Your tour opens in the second largest French-speaking city in the world, Montreal. Day 2: Montreal This morning, it’s your choice as you decide how you would like to explore Montréal: on a walking tour -OR- a panoramic coach tour. If you choose the walking tour, you’ll join a local guide who will transport you back in time as you explore the streets of Old Montréal on foot; stroll through historic squares and past impressive architecture, hearing stories of days gone by. If you choose the coach tour, it highlights Jacques Cartier Square, McGill University and St. Joseph’s Oratory; the tour concludes with a stop high atop
Mount Royal, ascended by Jacques Cartier in 1535 and the jewel of Mount Royal Park, to soak in the spectacular view. The afternoon is yours to continue exploring the city independently. Sit in a sidewalk cafe, visit a museum, or browse some of the city’s many famous shops. This evening you will be treated to dinner in historic Old Montreal, capping off a wonderfully memorable day. (B, D) Day 3: Montreal - Quebec City Depart for fabulous Quebec City. Later today, experience the beauty and history of both Old and New Quebec with a fascinating sightseeing tour of the city. See the stately Chateau Frontenac, the provincial Parliament, and the St. Louis Arch, the site of the original settlement of the city of Quebec. This evening, sample French cuisine at a lovely restaurant in Ile d’Orleans. (B, D) Day 4: Quebec City Begin your day with breakfast at a local sugar shack nestled in the Quebec countryside. Learn about the traditions of
68 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
The Best of Eastern Canada TS5 2019_TCT.indd 68
8/18/18 2:16 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Montreal • Quebec City • Ottawa • 1000 Islands • Toronto • Niagara Falls • Niagara-on-the-Lake
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Old Quebec
maple syrup-making and enjoy sampling many delicious traditional foods made with local maple syrup. Before leaving, try a favourite regional treat – maple taffy on the snow! The remainder of your day is at leisure to wander the streets of quaint Old Quebec, a designated UNESCO World Heritage site. (B) Day 5: Quebec City - Ottawa, Ontario This morning, depart for Ottawa – Canada’s beautiful, culturallyrich capital. Upon arrival, enjoy a scenic drive along the Ottawa River, past the Prime Minister’s residence, many embassies, and the impressive National Art Gallery. Your city tour will also showcase the impressive gothic parliament buildings as well as the Rideau Canal (which becomes the world’s largest skating rink in wintertime). In addition, you will be able to stroll through the Byward Market, known for its fruits, vegetables, flowers, and arts & crafts. (B) Day 6: Ottawa - Rockport - Toronto A short drive takes you to Rockport, gateway to the spectacular 1000 Islands. Enjoy a memorable cruise through this unspoiled region,
Sample Fresh Maple Syrup
Ottawa Parliament
located on the border between the United States and Canada. Later this afternoon you arrive in the exciting city of Toronto, capital of Ontario. (B)
DOUBLE
Day 7: Toronto - Niagara Falls - Toronto This morning, travel to thundering, awe-inspiring Niagara Falls. Pause for a moment as you reflect on the magnificent views and the power of Mother Nature. Of course, a visit to Niagara Falls would not be complete without experiencing the incredible cruise at the base of the falls. Board the boat to see and feel the falls up close. Don’t forget to bring a camera! Next, head to Niagara-on-the-Lake and enjoy the local shops and charming atmosphere. Tonight, join your fellow travellers at a farewell dinner where you will toast the end of a wonderful trip. (B, D) Day 8: Toronto - Tour Ends Your tour ends today in Toronto. (B)
STAY LO NG E R Toronto: Spend your final evening exploring more of this city rich in diversity and culture. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Starting from £1699
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 3 November 2019 departure
March – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
19 March 7, 9, 28 April
12, 14, 21 May 4, 11, 18, 23, 25 June 7, 9, 14, 16, 21, 23 July 28, 30 July 4, 6, 11, 13, 18 August 20, 25, 27 August 1, 3, 8, 10, 15 September
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
17, 22, 24, 29 September 6, 13, 15, 20 October 3 November 17 March 5, 7, 14, 19, 26 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £23 49
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with The Best of Eastern Canada and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Montreal and depart from Toronto. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport. An Electronic Travel Authority (eTA) is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via Canada, at your own expense.
“
The local tour guides were excellent and gave us an interesting overview of the region and history. My most memorable experience was visiting Niagara Falls. It was beautiful.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
The Best of Eastern Canada TS5 2019_TCT.indd 69
69
8/18/18 2:17 PM
CANADIAN ROCKIES BY TRAIN
10 DAYS • 13 MEALS £ FROM 3999
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• See Maligne Canyon, one of the area’s most spectacular landmarks. •• Experience the beautiful city of Vancouver with a sightseeing tour. •• Visit a ranch where you can play horseshoes and enjoy a wagon ride.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Behold spectacular Moraine Lake and the Valley of the Ten Peaks. •• Witness spectacular views on your VIA Rail train ride. •• Drive the unforgettable Icefields Parkway.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 6 | Stop at the Columbia Icefield and choose a fun ride across this mass of glacial ice or take a walk on the Glacier Skywalk to experience the breathtaking views from the glassfloored platform.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 7 breakfasts • 2 lunches • 4 dinners •• Enjoy breakfast at picturesque Maligne Lake. •• Diner’s Choice...select from a “menu” of Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise’s restaurants. •• Delight in a traditional Albertan barbecue.
ACCOMMODATION Day 1, 2 Westin Bayshore or The Listel, Vancouver Day 3 VIA Rail’s The Canadian, Vancouver Days 4, 5 Sawridge Inn, The Crimson, Chateau Jasper, Marmot Lodge, or Lobstick Lodge, Jasper Day 6 Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise, Lake Louise Days 7, 8 Fairmont Banff Springs, Banff Westin Hotel, Calgary Day 9 On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
70 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Canadian Rockies by Train TS371 2019_TCT.indd 70
VIA Rail
Stunning landscapes, elegant hotels, a day on a ranch and an overnight aboard a train…the perfect way to experience the Canadian Rockies. Day 1: Vancouver, British Columbia - Tour Begins Join us for a remarkable journey through the stunning landscapes, charming towns and beautiful lakes of the Canadian Rockies. Your adventure opens in Vancouver. Day 2: Vancouver - Victoria - Vancouver This morning you depart for the ferry ride to Vancouver Island where you visit lovely Butchart Gardens, created on the site of an old quarry. The gardens are among the world’s most beautiful and are a veritable explosion of colour and fragrances. Next, take a short sightseeing tour of the “City of Gardens,” Victoria, and have some leisure time to explore this lovely seaside city. This evening you journey back to the mainland via a short ferry ride. Mingle with your fellow travellers during a cocktail reception this evening. Day 3: Vancouver - VIA Rail A city tour of Vancouver begins this morning at beautiful Stanley Park, Canada’s renowned urban rainforest. Then, continue to Chinatown, the waterfront,
and Gastown, a turn-of-the-century center comprised of pubs, art galleries, boutiques and the world-famous steam-powered clock, perhaps the most photographed subject in all of Vancouver. Later, board VIA Rail’s The Canadian to begin your journey to the majestic Canadian Rockies. Relive train travel in the days of old as you are rocked to sleep tonight in your private accommodations. (B, D) Day 4: VIA Rail - Jasper, Alberta This morning, open your bedroom blinds to find the towering Rocky Mountains just outside your window. Enjoy breakfast as your train whisks you past the snowcapped peaks of Mt. Robson, the tallest mountain of the Canadian Rockies. Moose, mountain goats, bear and caribou call this wonderland home. Continue to admire idyllic landscapes and pass by the still waters of Moose Lake before a morning arrival into Jasper. Head to Pyramid Lake, a natural beauty that flows right into the Athabasca River through Pyramid Creek. Enjoy a leisurely stroll around the lake as you take in this spectacular scenery. Next, experience the incredible alpine sights
8/24/18 11:26 AM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
T&C’s apply
the Athabasca Glacier and choose a fun ride across this mass of glacial ice which is over 1,000 feet thick – the largest accumulation of ice south of the Arctic Circle -OR- take a walk on the Glacier Skywalk to experience the breathtaking views of the Sunwapta Valley and witness the dramatic landscape from the glass-floored platform. Continuing down the parkway, be on the lookout for bears, furry marmots and stately elk. Enjoy a stop at Peyto Lake – a turquoise glacier-fed lake that evokes pure serenity – before arriving in Lake Louise. Enjoy a stay at the world-famous Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise. This evening it’s Diner’s Choice... choose the perfect spot from a “menu” of the Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise’s great restaurants. (B, D)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
British Columbia • Vancouver •VIA Rail • Jasper • Columbia Icefield • Lake Louise • Banff • Calgary
Day 7: Lake Louise - Banff En route to Banff, view the spectacular Moraine Lake and the awe-inspiring Valley of the Ten Peaks. The jagged Ten Peaks are distinctively saw-toothed, standing out amidst stunning alpine scenery. Arrive at the grand Fairmont Banff Springs, known as the “Castle in the Rockies,” for a luxurious 2-night stay. This evening experience another Diner’s Choice...you’ll choose the perfect spot from one of the Fairmont Banff Springs’ great restaurants. (B, D)
on-board the Jasper Skytram, the longest aerial tramway in Canada. Enjoy lunch with a commanding view of the mountains. (B, L) Day 5: Jasper This morning we travel to Maligne Lake, the largest natural lake in the Canadian Rockies, and enjoy breakfast against the backdrop of the picture-perfect sparkling waters of the lake. While at Maligne Lake you may choose to embark on an optional cruise highlighting the beauty of Spirit Island. Later, enjoy the dramatic Maligne Canyon, one of the area’s most spectacular landmarks. Return to your hotel with time to independently explore this lovely town. (B, D) Day 6: Icefields Parkway-Glacier Experience or Glacier SkywalkLake Louise Set off for a wonderful day of sightseeing en route to Lake Louise. Journey along the unforgettable Icefields Parkway! Waterfalls, rushing rivers, glacial peaks, imposing cliffs and snowcapped peaks paint the breathtaking canvas – so have your camera handy! Enjoy a stop at the Athabasca Falls and marvel at its sheer beauty and power. Stop at
Day 8: Banff Set off for a scenic drive through Banff featuring the powerful Bow Falls and Hoodoos – known as the “Land of the Sleeping Giants.” Next, meet a local ammolite specialist to learn about this rare gemstone found only in Alberta. During an afternoon at leisure, perhaps you will take a stroll through Banff’s delightful downtown. (B) Day 9: Banff - Calgary Leave the wonders of the Rockies for the prairies of Alberta en route to the Kananaskis Valley. Visit a local ranch where you can play a game of horseshoes, take a line dance lesson and enjoy a wagon ride in search of buffalo. Meet the family that lives there to gain insight into their daily life on the ranch. Then, delight in a traditional Albertan barbecue with beautiful views of the mountains in the background. Later, enjoy the views of the prairies before you reach the vibrant city of Calgary. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a farewell toast celebrating the end of a memorable trip. (B, L) Day 10: Calgary - Tour Ends Your tour ends today in Calgary.
STAY LO NG E R Calgary: Make more memories in Alberta’s largest city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Fairmont Banff Springs Hotel
DOUBLE
Starting from £3999
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £4699 Multiple departures per week. Call or visit thomascooktours.com for complete information. CELEBRATE TRADITION
Calgary Stampede Find yourself immersed in good old-fashioned Western-style fun and entertainment at the famous Calgary Stampede. Spend a day exploring the exhibits before enjoying the rodeo.
Call for details.
©Calgary Stampede
Optional Chuckwagon race is available and must be purchased at time of reservation.
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Canadian Rockies by Train and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. On some dates alternate hotels may be used. An overnight bag is necessary for your train experience aboard VIA Rail. Maximum elevation is approximately 7,000ft. Visa required for entry into Canada. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport. An Electronic Travel Authority (eTA) is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via Canada, at your own expense.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 71
Canadian Rockies by Train TS371 2019_TCT.indd 71
8/20/18 3:07 PM
CANADIAN ROCKIES FEATURING
ROCKY MOUNTAINEER 7 DAYS • 11 MEALS £ FROM 3549
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Visit a local ammolite specialist and learn about this rare gemstone found only in Alberta. •• Enjoy three nights at the stunning Rimrock Resort Hotel in Banff.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Spend two days onboard the Rocky Mountaineer train viewing coastal forests, roaring river canyons and lofty mountain peaks. •• Take a scenic drive through Banff featuring the powerful Bow Falls and Hoodoos. •• Take in picture-perfect snowcapped mountains as you explore the Icefields Parkway. •• Explore stunning Peyto Lake, a turquoise glacier-fed lake.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 6 | Ride across the Columbia Icefield or take a walk on the Glacier Skywalk.
©Rocky Mountaineer
Set out to explore the best of Western Canada on a tour that opens in Vancouver and takes you to Banff onboard the famous Rocky Mountaineer train. START E ARLY
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 6 breakfasts • 2 lunches • 3 dinners •• Enjoy breakfast surrounded by Vancouver’s temperate rainforest at Capilano Suspension Bridge.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 2 Georgian Court Hotel, Vancouver, BC Day 3 Kamloops* hotel Days 4 – 6 The Rimrock Resort Hotel, Banff, AB On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
72 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Canadian Rockies w_Rocky Mountaineer TS609 2019_TCT.indd 72
Vancouver: Give yourself the gift of more time in this urban oasis set in the forests of British Columbia. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Vancouver, British Columbia - Tour Begins Set out to explore the beautiful Canadian Rockies by train. This timeless adventure begins in the beautiful city of Vancouver. Day 2: Vancouver Nestled amongst the towering trees in North Vancouver, enjoy your breakfast at Capilano Suspension Bridge. Afterwards, enjoy a squirrel’s eye view of this woodland jungle. Cross the exhilarating suspension bridge that extends to the other side of paradise, where several exciting activities await. Try the new Cliffwalk, a walkway hugging to the rock face above Capilano Canyon; or venture out on a Treetops Adventure made up of 7 suspension bridges. Next we begin our Vancouver sightseeing tour at beautiful Stanley Park, Canada’s renowned urban rainforest. Follow the park’s famous seawall where
you’ll discover views of the mountains along trails, beaches, and historical landmarks, not to mention its stunning and colourful gardens. Next, board a ferry for a two-minute trip across the water to picturesque Granville Island Public Market, where you’ll have time to stroll through its fascinating stalls of handmade crafts and artisan food producers. (B, D) Day 3: Vancouver - Rocky Mountaineer Kamloops Onboard Rocky Mountaineer, embark on an awe-inspiring rail journey as you travel through some of the world’s most majestic scenery. Beyond your sparklingglass window, enjoy views of coastal deep-green forests, roaring river canyons, and snowcapped mountain peaks. From Vancouver, B.C. to Banff, Alberta, let the Rocky Mountaineer bring you on a spectacular voyage through the verdant farmlands of the Fraser Valley and the towering peaks of the Coast Mountains. Inside your single-level dome coach, gaze out at the stunning panoramas of the mighty Fraser River and the raging white waters of Hell’s Gate. Watch the landscape transform again, this time to a semi-arid
8/18/18 2:39 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Vancouver • Rocky Mountaineer Train • Kamloops • Banff • Icefields Parkway
£100pp
T&C’s apply
Bighorn Sheep ©Rocky Mountaineer
Capilano Suspension Bridge desert, as you travel towards the city of Kamloops for your overnight stay in a hotel. (B, L)
afternoon at leisure, perhaps you will take a stroll through Banff’s charming downtown. (B, D)
Day 4: Kamloops - Rocky Mountaineer - Banff, Alberta Continue east this morning to the spectacular Canadian Rocky Mountains. History comes alive as you travel this legendary rail route that united Canada as a nation, through the century-old Spiral Tunnels and along the powerful Kicking Horse River. Traverse the Continental Divide and keep an eye out for moose, elk, and bighorn sheep – not to mention osprey, soaring eagles, even the occasional bear. After another beautiful day onboard Rocky Mountaineer, arrive this evening in the picturesque mountain town of Banff, where you will enjoy a leisurely 3-night stay among the majestic Canadian Rockies. But first, raise a glass for a final toast onboard Rocky Mountaineer. (B, L)
Day 6: Banff - Icefields Parkway Choice on Tour - Banff A wonderful day of sightseeing awaits as we set out along the unforgettable Icefields Parkway. Marvel at impressive waterfalls, rushing rivers, glacial peaks, imposing cliffs and the picture-perfect snowcapped mountain ranges. Stop at the Columbia Icefield where it’s your choice! Take a fun ride across this 1,000 feet thick mass of glacial ice – the largest accumulation of ice south of the Arctic Circle -OR- take a walk on the Glacier Skywalk to experience the breathtaking views of the Sunwapta Valley and witness the dramatic landscape from the glassfloored platform. This afternoon, stop at stunning Peyto Lake, a turquoise glacier-fed lake that evokes pure serenity. Be on the lookout for bears and stately elk on your return to Banff. Join your fellow travellers this evening at a farewell dinner where you’ll enjoy regional cuisine and toast the end of a wonderful trip. (B, D)
Day 5: Banff Set off for a scenic drive through Banff featuring the powerful Bow Falls and Hoodoos – known as the “Land of the Sleeping Giants.” Next, meet a local ammolite specialist to learn about this rare gemstone found only in Alberta. During an
Day 7: Banff - Tour Ends Your adventure comes to a close today, leaving you with many memories of your extraordinary journey through the awe-inspiring Canadian Rockies. (B)
Glacier Skywalk ©Rocky Mountaineer
DOUBLE
Starting from £3549
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 18 May 2019 departure
April 2019
time of reservation.
(different itinerary – see note)
12, 19, 26 April
May – October 2019 (featured itinerary)
Itinerary featured is for May – October 2019 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at
8, 18 May 1, 5, 8, 12, 26, 29 June ★ 29 June 29 & 7 July
6, 13, 20, 27 July 3, 10, 17, 24, 31 August 18, 21, 28 September 2, 5 October Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about
additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £43 49 ROCKY MOUNTAINEER OPTIONAL UPGRADE
GoldLeaf Service® Optional Upgrade Travel aboard Rocky Mountaineer in their GoldLeaf Service with assigned seating in the Bi-Level Dome Coach. Hot breakfast and lunches are served in the Goldleaf Dining Room. Enjoy complimentary beverages and exclusive access to outdoor viewing platform. Call for rates.
CELEBRATE TRADITION
Calgary Stampede
Find yourself immersed in good old-fashioned Western-style fun and entertainment at the famous Calgary Stampede. Spend a day exploring the exhibits before enjoying the rodeo. Optional Chuckwagon race is available and must be purchased at time of reservation.
29 June & 7 July 2019
©Calgary Stampede
This trip requires a passport. An Electronic Travel Authority (eTA) is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via Canada, at your own expense. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport. All accommodation in Kamloops is of moderate standard. *These hotels are assigned closer to departure by Rocky Mountaineer. An overnight bag is necessary for your overnight stay in Kamloops. Triple accommodations are on a bed share basis only. Due to flight schedules, the breakfast on the morning of departure, Day 7, is usually a box breakfast. Due to transfer scheduling, flights on the last day of your tour should be scheduled after 10:00 a.m. All transfers will depart from Banff for Calgary airport. Our air passengers will arrive into Vancouver and depart from Calgary. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
Canadian Rockies w_Rocky Mountaineer TS609 2019_TCT.indd 73
73
8/20/18 7:35 AM
CANADA’S WINTER WONDERLAND 7 DAYS • 8 MEALS £ FROM 1499
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Set off on a memorable horse-drawn sleigh ride! •• Visit a local ammonite specialist to learn about this rare gem.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Enjoy two nights at the “Castle in the Rockies,” the Fairmont Banff Springs. •• Traverse the unforgettable Icefields Parkway, abound with natural beauty. •• Overnight at the incomparable Fairmont Château Lake Louise.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 3 | Choose your activity in Jasper – a nature walk or a snowshoe trek.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 5 breakfasts • 3 dinners •• Experience an authentic “First Nations” dinner. •• Warm up by the fire in Banff as you sip hot cocoa and roast marshmallows. •• Diner’s Choice...select from a “menu” of Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise’s restaurants.
Immerse yourself in the wonder of the Canadian Rockies in winter with outdoor activities, luxurious resorts and picture-postcard scenery. START E ARLY
ACCOMMODATION Day 1
Sutton Place, Edmonton
Days 2, 3
Sawridge Inn, Jasper
Day 4 Fairmont Château Lake Louise, Lake Louise
ROOM UPGRADE AVAILABLE
reat yourself to spectacular T winter wonderland views with a Lake View Room. CALL FOR DETAILS
Days 5, 6
Fairmont Banff Springs, Banff
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
Edmonton: Take some time to indulge in this city’s blend of arts, culture and food. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Edmonton, Alberta - Tour Begins Discover the Canadian province of Alberta, a land of scenic delights that sparkles in the winter. Spectacular snow-covered mountains and magnificent resorts surrounded by natural wonders await. Your tour opens in Edmonton, the capital of Alberta. Day 2: Edmonton - Jasper Sit back and relax when you travel from Edmonton to Jasper this morning. As you traverse this peaceful winter wonderland, every turn uncovers a new panorama. The quiet prairies will give way to the mighty Canadian Rockies, undeniably one of the
world’s most extravagantly beautiful ranges. Arrive in Jasper and settle in for a 2-night stay. Tonight you’ll be treated to a special First Nations-themed dinner. Taste and experience what a meal was like centuries ago. (B, D) Day 3: Jasper - Choice of Snowshoe or Nature Walk This morning it’s your choice! Perhaps you will choose to get close to nature on an exhilarating snowshoe excursion -ORmaybe you would prefer to embark on an incredible walk around Pyramid Lake as you take in the beautiful snow-covered landscapes of the Rockies that Jasper National Park is famous for. The remainder of the day is yours to enjoy at leisure. (B) Day 4: Jasper - Icefields Parkway - Lake Louise Leave Jasper behind and travel to breathtaking Lake Louise. Follow the famed Icefields Parkway, one of the world’s most
74 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Canadas Winter Wonderland TS281 2018_TCT.indd 74
8/18/18 2:48 PM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
T&C’s apply
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Edmonton • Jasper • Icefields Parkway • Lake Louise • Diner’s Choice • Banff
The Fairmont Banff Springs scenic routes. Connecting Banff and Jasper national parks, this well-named highway passes within viewing distance of many glaciers. A leisurely trip allows you to absorb the magnificent scenery. Your drive ends at the Fairmont Château Lake Louise, an incomparable hotel modelled after a Victorian lodge. This evening, it’s Diner’s Choice… choose the perfect spot from a “menu” of the Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise’s great restaurants. (B, D) Day 5: Lake Louise - Banff Travel along the Bow River to the world-renowned resort town of Banff. Take in the awe-inspiring scenery and keep an eye out for wildlife tracks along the way. Upon arrival, visit a local ammonite specialist to learn about this rare gem found only in southern Alberta. Afterward, enjoy time to browse the quaint shops in the village. Later, arrive at the “Castle in the Rockies,” the Fairmont Banff Springs. Settle in for a 2-night stay before embarking on a tour of this historic property originally built in 1888 as a railway
hotel for adventurous travellers crossing the Rockies. Learn about the famous people and events linked to this grand icon. Later, retire to your room with a breathtaking valley view. (B) Day 6: Banff Enjoy some leisure time this morning. You may explore Banff’s heritage buildings, shop for unique gifts or visit local museums. This afternoon, set off on a horse-drawn sleigh ride! Feel like you have stepped into a holiday card as you traverse the countryside. Next, warm up by the fire as you sip hot cocoa and roast marshmallows. Tonight, join your fellow travellers at a farewell dinner where you will toast the end of a wonderful trip. (B, D) Day 7: Banff - Calgary - Tour Ends Travel to Calgary and head for home with many wonderful memories of your Canadian Rockies winter holiday.
Sleigh Ride ©Banff/Lake Louise Tourism
DOUBLE
Starting from £1499
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 16 January 2019 departure
January - February 2019
★ 15, 16 January
2, 9 February
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £1 8 1 9 This tour may vary for departures after February 2019. Call or visit our website for complete information. CELEBRATE TRADITION
Lake Louise Ice Magic Festival Watch talented ice artists from around the world create incredible ice masterpieces.
15, 16 January 2019
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Canada’s Winter Wonderland and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. On some dates alternate hotels may be used. Snowshoeing may not be available; if there is not enough snow, an alternative activity will be provided. Sleigh ride is weather dependent. It is possible this will be a wagon ride if the temperatures are above freezing. Attractions may not be available due to inclement weather. On day 7, all our transfers will depart from Banff to Calgary airport. An Electronic Travel Authority (eTA) is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via Canada, at your own expense. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
Canadas Winter Wonderland TS281 2018_TCT.indd 75
75
8/18/18 2:49 PM
WONDERS OF NEWFOUNDLAND
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
T&C’s apply
12 DAYS • 18 MEALS £ FROM 3049
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Watch for puffins and whales on a nature cruise to Witless Bay. •• Experience a cruise through fjords and watch for whales and eagles.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Come to know St. John’s, North America’s oldest and easternmost city. •• Spend time at Cupids Cove Plantation. •• Explore Gros Morne National Park’s fjords, stark mountains and highland tundra.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 3 | Visit an active archaeological dig of the first English settlement in Canada or go for an easy hike on the Burnt Head Trail Loop. Day 6 | E xplore Newfoundland’s history at Mary March Museum or learn about Atlantic salmon at the Salmonid Center. Day 9 | Learn the traditions of Basque whalers at the Red Bay National Historic Site or hike along Tracy Hill Trail for extraordinary views of Red Bay.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 11 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 6 dinners •• Enjoy a traditional Newfoundland gathering known as a “Jiggs dinner.” •• Learn how to make partridgeberry and bakeapple into jams, sauces and vinegars.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 JAG Hotel, St. John’s Days 3, 4 Clarenville Inn, Clarenville Day 5 Sinbad’s Hotel and Suites, Gander Days 6, 7 Ocean View Hotel or Fisherman’s Landing Inn, Rocky Harbour Day 8 Hotel North 3, St. Anthony Day 9 Northern Light Inn, L’anse Au Clair Days 10, 11 Glynmill Inn, Corner Brook On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
76 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Wonders of Newfoundland TS538 2019_TCT.indd 76
Gros Morne National Park ©Courtesy Newfoundland & Labrador Tourism
Fog-kissed mountains, charming old-world culture and contemporary elegance intertwine in Newfoundland. Discover it now. START E ARLY St. John’s: Give yourself the gift of time to explore this picturesque city off the coast of the Atlantic. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: St. John’s, Newfoundland - Tour Begins The tip of the Avalon Peninsula is your gateway to an unforgettable journey through the wonders of Newfoundland and Labrador. Start in the 500 yearsyoung coastal city of St. John’s, where contemporary elegance melds seamlessly with the charms of the old world. Day 2: St. John’s Meet your fellow travellers at breakfast before setting out on a discovery of North America’s easternmost city. On a tour that highlights the best of the best in St. John’s, get caught up in the windswept trails of Signal Hill, and step in to maritime history at Cape Spear Lighthouse, the oldestsurviving lighthouse in the region. Visit the quaint fishing community of Quidi Vidi, whose lake plays host to the annual St. John’s Regatta, and see the Government
House and the Basilica of St. John the Baptist. Watch for puffins on a nature cruise to Witless Bay Ecological Reserve. Your onboard guide will engage you in the region’s connection to marine life – specifically the thousands of Humpback and Minke whales that call this corner of the world home. This evening, sample a brew before a welcome dinner with new friends at a local restaurant. (B, D) Day 3: St. John’s - Clarenville Area In the breathtaking surround of Concepcion Bay, enjoy a scenic drive along the coast. Stop in charming Brigus before continuing on to Cupid’s Cove. When you arrive, it’s your choice! Learn what life was really like in the 1600s when you join an expert for a private tour of the Legacy Centre at Cupid’s Cove Plantation, where you’ll view a curated selection of artefacts that brings you closer in to the history of Newfoundland and Labrador. Continue on to the site of the first attempt at permanent English settlement in what would become Canada; visit an active archaeological dig where historic treasures have been uncovered for more than 20 years -OR- go for an easy hike along the gentle ups and downs of the Burnt Head
8/18/18 3:22 PM
LY TO
y
Trail Loop, where woods, meadows, and sprawling ocean vistas comingle with a waterfall and sea arch. (B, D) Day 4: Clarenville - Cape Bonavista Clarenville Welcome to Trinity Village, a time capsule of the 19th century come to life, where houses, museums, and historic buildings have been painstakingly preserved. Relive days gone by on a visit to the historic Georgian-designed Lester-Garland House, and a living history blacksmith museum, the Green Family Forge. Pause at the legendary Cape Bonavista Lighthouse, one of the few where you can still climb up the stone tower. Whether you choose to hike to the top or stay on the ground, you’ll have an amazing vantage point for sweeping views of Trinity Bay to the south and Bonavista Bay to the north. If you look closely enough, you may even spot an iceberg! (B) Day 5: Clarenville - Terra Nova National Park - Twillingate - Gander Earthly wonders are all within reach at Terra Nova National Park. From secluded boreal forests to sheltered bays and dramatically-indented coastlines, Terra Nova is a natural paradise that spans more than 250 miles. Explore the interactive exhibits at the Marine Atlantic Centre and learn more about this incredible place, where beavers fashion personal fortresses and eagles glide over roaming lynx and moose. Next, venture to Twillingate’s Long Point Lighthouse, a prime location to see Iceberg Alley (an epic setting for a selfie). This evening, take part in a traditional Newfoundland gathering known as a “Jiggs dinner.” (B, D) Day 6: Gander - Rocky Harbour Today it’s your choice! Make passage on the Exploits River to the Salmonid Centre, where you’ll learn about the history, biology, and habitat of the Atlantic salmon -ORvisit the Mary March Museum and trace Newfoundland’s natural and human history. If you’d prefer, set out on a light hike along the Corduroy Trail, one of the Exploits region’s crown jewels. This afternoon, become lost in the majesty of hundreds of butterflies that light up the Butterfly House, and relax in the tranquil garden. Later, arrive in Rocky Harbour. (B) Day 7: Gros Morne National Park To see Mother Nature’s effect on the physical world, you need only step inside Gros Morne National Park. Visit the park’s Discovery Centre and learn how forces of nature have dictated the shape of this enigmatic, raw landscape. From hidden fjords, stark peaks and highland tundra, you’ll get the chance to explore
Tableland Mountains on a guided tour that uncovers a never-ending series of wonders on the Earth’s mantle. Board a boat and watch the waters for whales, and the open sky for eagles – all to a live soundtrack of traditional Newfoundland music. Take part in a “Screech-In,” a traditional ceremony that commemorates your new status as an honorary Newfoundlander – sealed with a shot of rum. Tonight, enjoy dinner overlooking the semi-enclosed sea that is the Gulf of St. Lawrence. (B, D)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
St. John’s • Quidi Vidi Village • Puffin & Whale Watching Cruise • Cupid’s Cove Plantation • Gros Morne National Park • Viking Trail • L’Anse aux Meadows • Red Bay
Day 8: Rocky Harbour - St. Anthony Set course on the Viking Trail to L’Anse aux Meadows for a journey back in time to A.D. 1000, when the Vikings first made landfall. See how Newfoundlanders have adapted to this forbidding landscape and experience firsthand their unique solutions to living under extreme conditions. Later, visit an ecomuseum and meet two local culinary stars: partridgeberry and bakeapple. Learn the secrets to making jams, sauces, and vinegars from these famous regional berries. (B, D) Day 9: St. Anthony - L’Anse Au Clair, Labrador This morning, cross the Straits of Belle Isle to Labrador by ferry. When you arrive in Red Bay, it’s your choice! Recount the traditions of 16th century Basque whalers at the UNESCOdesignated Red Bay National Historic Site -OR- embark on an interpretive hike along Tracy Hill Trail for extraordinary views of Red Bay. (B, L) Day 10: L’Anse Au Clair - Corner Brook, Newfoundland Cut through the mists on board a ferry bound for Newfoundland this morning. On land, travel the same area surveyed by Captain James Cook during his expeditions in the 1760s. Be sure to have your camera ready to record the spectacular scenery that unfolds along the way. (B) Day 11: Corner Brook Retrace the steps of a legendary British explorer, navigator, and captain of the Royal Navy at the Captain James Cook National Historic Site. Stop at the breathtaking Bay of Islands on your way to picture-perfect Lake Harbour. This afternoon, a local mineral and stone specialist leads you in a discussion about the labradorite – a colourful gem said to harbour mystical powers. Tonight, stomp your feet to the traditional and original sounds of the music trio, Sharecroppers. (B, D)
Cape Spear Lighthouse ©Barrett & MacKay Photo
DOUBLE
Starting from £3049
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 6 June 2019 departure
May – September 2019
30 May 6, 13, 20 June
4, 11, 18 July 1, 7, 15 August 5, 12, 19 September
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3749
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Wonders of Newfoundland and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into St. John’s and depart from Deer Lake. Our air passengers will depart from Corner Brook to Deer Lake. Airport transfers are available for purchase. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport.
Day 12: Corner Brook - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today in Corner Brook. (B)
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 77
Wonders of Newfoundland TS538 2019_TCT.indd 77
8/19/18 11:52 AM
Iguazu Falls, Brazil
78
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 78
8/16/18 11:55 AM
CENTRAL &
SOUTH AMERICA Featuring Costa Rica, Panama, Peru, Argentina, Brazil, Galapagos This dynamic part of the world is filled with wonders from Panama City to Buenos Aires. Delve into the secrets of the region; the biodiversity of the rainforest, the energetic atmosphere along grand boulevards, ancient historical sites steeped in history, renowned wine regions and delectable cuisine. Immerse yourself in the sights, sounds and tastes of each destination as you learn about the fascinating culture.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 79
79
8/16/18 11:55 AM
TROPICAL COSTA RICA 9 DAYS • 14 MEALS £ FROM 1199
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Uncover the importance of conservation in Costa Rica during a visit to a tree nursery. •• Discover the charming town of Zarcero and its whimsical topiary garden.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Enjoy the breathtaking scenery surrounding Arenal Volcano. •• Spot indigenous wildlife while on a Cano Negro riverboat cruise. •• Learn about Costa Rica’s vegetation on a guided walk in the cloud forest.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 5 | C limb high into the trees for your choice of a “Hanging Bridges” tour or zip lining in the cloud forest.
Arenal Volcano
Discover Costa Rica’s good life on a rendezvous with abundant wildlife, exotic fauna, lush rainforests, and endless coastlines. CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 8 breakfasts • 6 dinners •• Discover the history of coffee in Costa Rica during your visit to a coffee plantation.
START E ARLY San Jose: Enjoy more of Costa Rica’s exciting capital city, San Jose. CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATIONS Day 1 DoubleTree by Hilton Cariari, San Jose Days 2, 3 Nammbu Beachfront Bungalows - Playa Carrillo, Guanacaste Days 4, 5 El Establo Hotel, Monteverde Cloud Forest Days 6, 7 Mountain Paradise Hotel or Arenal Springs Resort, Arenal Day 8 DoubleTree by Hilton Cariari, San Jose On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
80 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Tropical Costa Rica TS89 2019_TCT.indd 80
Day 1: San Jose, Costa Rica - Tour Begins Explore lush forests and stunning waterfalls…exotic wildlife and endless coastlines. Your tour opens in the colourful capital city of San Jose, the perfect place to relax and soak up the sights as your adventure begins. Day 2: San Jose - Coffee Plantation Guanacaste Welcome to the Central Valley. Begin with a tour of a local coffee plantation highlighting the history and cultivation of this driver of the Costa Rican economy. This afternoon, arrive in breathtaking Guanacaste, known for its fine sandy beaches. Settle in for a relaxing 2-night stay at your resort and take in the mesmerising ocean views. (B, D) Day 3: Guanacaste Fun in the sun is in store today as you explore the nearby beaches, or simply relax
by the pool and take advantage of your resort’s lovely amenities. This afternoon, visit the delightful beach town of Samara, one of the top sunset spots in Costa Rica. Soak in the spectacular colours as the sun illuminates the natural landscape. (B, D) Day 4: Guanacaste - Monteverde It’s off to the secluded Monteverde Cloud Forest, a place you have to see to believe, where trees grow to heights of 100 feet! Set off on a nature walk through this spectacular ecosystem, where you’re sure to encounter many incredible species of flora and fauna. Keep your eyes peeled and you may be lucky enough to spot the elusive quetzal! (B, D) Day 5: Monteverde It’s your choice! Explore one of the world’s largest butterfly gardens and a dazzling gallery containing more than 100 beautiful hummingbirds. Then, join an expert for a leisurely paced “Hanging Bridges” walking tour to gain a different perspective of the cloud forest’s lush ecosystem -OR- take an exhilarating ride on one of the longest canopy zip line tours in Costa Rica. If you would like to do both the hanging bridges and the zip line tour, you may purchase the
8/18/18 3:50 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
San Jose • Coffee Plantation • Guanacaste • Monteverde Cloud Forest • Arenal Volcano • Lake Arenal Cruise • Cano Negro Refuge • Zarcero
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Tamarindo Beach
3-NIGHT JUNGLE ADVENTURE
Explore Tortuguero National Park. Enjoy a night in San Jose and 2-night stay in an eco-lodge. CALL FOR DETAILS
Red Macaw Parrot second as an option on tour. This evening, take part in an expert-led discussion about the migratory birds that flock to Costa Rica. (B, D) Day 6: Monteverde - Lake Arenal Cruise - Arenal Uncover the importance of conservation in Costa Rica during a visit to a tree nursery. Learn about indigenous trees and Monteverde’s reforestation efforts. Cross beautiful mountainous landscapes to Arenal, where spectacular views of the famous volcano await your discovery. Enjoy a delightful cruise on Lake Arenal, Costa Rica’s largest and most important lake. Later, check in for another 2-night stay at a lodge overlooking the majestic Arenal Volcano. Get to know the Costa Rican culture this evening. Taste your way through a cooking demonstration featuring local ingredients. End your evening dining on the recipes of Costa Rica as a guitarist serenades you. (B, D) Day 7: Arenal - Cano Negro - Arenal What’s next? A Cano Negro guided riverboat trip in a covered canoe known as a panga. These 20,000 acres are home to the largest viewable collection of indigenous wildlife in all of Costa Rica. Go in search of crocodiles, river otters, sloths, river turtles, exotic birds
Tropical Costa Rica TS89 2019_TCT.indd 81
and rare butterflies. Later, return to Arenal for the chance to relax during an optional spa visit. (B) Day 8: Arenal - Zarcero - San Jose Today, get a little whimsical as we journey to the charming town of Zarcero to explore its fanciful topiary garden. Continue to San Jose to see the treasures of the city on a panoramic tour. See the bustling Plaza de Cultura. This evening, bid farewell to paradise over a wonderful dinner with your fellow travellers. (B, D). Day 9: San Jose - Tour Ends Today you depart for home with fabulous memories of your Costa Rican adventure. (B)
DOUBLE
“
”
Experience more with a 3-NIGHT JUNGLE ADVENTURE POST TOUR EXTENSION
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 25 May 2019 departure
January – April 2019
(different itinerary – see note)
5, 7, 10, 12, 14, 17 January 19, 21, 24, 26 January 28, 31 January 2, 4, 7, 9, 11, 14 February 16, 18, 21, 23 February 25, 28 February 2, 4, 9, 11, 16, 18, 21 March 23, 25, 30 March 1, 4, 6, 8, 11, 25, 27, 29 April Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour
departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
May 2019 – April 2020 (featured itinerary)
4, 25 May 8, 15 June 20 July 24 August 14, 21 September 5, 12, 19, 26 October
2, 4, 9, 11 November 2, 7 December 11, 13, 18, 20 January 25, 27 January 1, 3, 8, 10, 15, 17 February 22, 24, 29 February 7, 9, 14, 16, 21 March 23, 28 March 18, 20, 25 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about
additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £1 399 ♥
The service on this tour was excellent from the knowledgeable tour manager, excellent bus driver, sightseeing options and beautiful hotels.
Starting from £1199
TRAVEL WITH IMPACT
♥
This special tour date blends sightseeing with volunteering. Give back to the local community while having a truly immersive experience. Call for more details.
24 January 2019
This trip requires a passport. Taxes/fees to be paid in local currency or USD upon exiting the country are approximately $32 USD per person. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https:// esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport. Our air passengers will arrive and depart from San Jose. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 81
8/20/18 7:36 AM
DISCOVER PANAMA
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£200pp
T&C’s apply
9 DAYS • 15 MEALS £ FROM 1449
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Join your guide for a nature walk through the jungle forest. •• Discover the various arts of creating Panamanian hats, masks and dresses. •• Peruse a local handicraft market filled with crafts made by indigenous artisans.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Enjoy three nights in a river view room in Gamboa — with a balcony and hammock! •• Travel by dugout canoe to an Emberá village to learn about indigenous culture. •• Traverse the Panama Canal through two locks aboard the Pacific Queen.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 4 | Enjoy a guided walking tour showcasing the Plaza de la Independencia and the National Theatre or journey through this same neighbourhood with a local resident who will highlight the incredible revitalization of this historic area.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 8 breakfasts • 3 lunches • 4 dinners •• Sample fresh Panamanian ceviche at the Mercado de Mariscos. •• Taste the sweet sugarcane juice called guarapa at a sugar mill. •• Experience the local culture at a dinner featuring a folkloric dance performance.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Gamboa Rainforest Reserve, Gamboa Days 4, 5 Los Mandarinos Hotel, Anton Valley Days 6, 7 Cubitá Boutique Resort and Spa, Chitré Day 8 Westin Playa Bonita, Playa Bonita
ROOM UPGRADE AVAILABLE
Upgrade your room to an Ocean View Suite. CALL FOR DETAILS On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
82 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Discover Panama TS381 2019_TCT.indd 82
Panama Canal
Encounter a land nestled between turquoise seas in enchanting Panama, where jungle forests, diverse culture and stunning coastlines abound. START E ARLY Gamboa: Enjoy this quaint small town found along the bend of the Chagres River. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Gamboa, Panama - Tour Begins Experience a land of contrasts. Remote rainforests, rich history, diverse wildlife and spectacular coastlines abound in Panama. Your tour opens at the Gamboa Rainforest Reserve where you’ll enjoy your private balcony and hammock overlooking the beautiful surroundings. During your leisure time, you may choose to explore by kayak or bicycle. Day 2: Gamboa - Emberá Village - Gamboa Meet your fellow travellers during a welcome breakfast. Then board dugout canoes and set off on an excursion up the Chagres River to an Emberá indigenous village. As the “Keepers of the Rainforest,” the Emberá strive to preserve their heritage and take pride in sharing their traditional techniques of home building and handicrafts – such as basket weaving and tagua nut carving. Join in their dances
and partake in a traditional lunch. The remainder of your day is free to enjoy your resort. This evening, you may choose to join your guide on a nature walk through the resort’s jungle forest and gardens for a chance to spot unique birds and other wildlife. (B, L, D) Day 3: Gamboa - Panama Canal Cruise Gamboa Today we explore the canal! Board the Pacific Queen for a partial transit cruise through the Panama Canal. Enjoy lunch onboard and pass through two locks as you revel in a once-in-a-lifetime chance to see this incredible engineering feat firsthand. Learn all about its construction and operation from your onboard guides. Disembark at Flamenco Marina in Panama City. (B, L) Day 4: Gamboa - Panama City - Anton Valley Arrive at Miraflores Locks Visitor Centre to view the Panama Canal and learn about its past, present and future as you watch ships traverse the lock system. Continue to Casco Viejo, the Old Quarter (UNESCO). Then, it’s your choice! Follow your guide for a short walking tour showcasing the
8/18/18 3:54 PM
LY TO
y
Plaza de la Independencia and the National Theatre -OR- for a more immersive experience, journey through this same neighbourhood with a local resident…hear the story of Casco Viejo’s comeback from a member of the community who will take you through the place he calls home, highlighting the incredible revitalization of this historic area and its people. Visit the Mercado de Mariscos, a seafood market, and try fresh Panamanian ceviche. Next, head to Anton Valley, a community nestled inside the world’s second largest volcanic crater. Afterwards, check in to your hotel at the base of the mountains. (B, D) Day 5: Anton Valley Delve into history and biodiversity. This morning, visit a frog conservation centre that protects endangered species, including the Panamanian Golden Frog, said to bring good luck to anyone who sees it. Then we explore a orchid nursery which dedicates itself to conserving regional orchids. We follow that with a visit to the Butterfly Haven exhibit; stroll through the screened tropical displays that are home to over 250 live butterflies. Meet the locals at the handicraft market. Try your hand at negotiations (a local pastime) as you peruse items made by indigenous peoples, including the “mola” embroidery of the Kuna Yala. This afternoon, visit El Chorro Macho waterfall. Embark on a moderate hike along the rainforest trails, crossing several bridges before arriving at the impressive waterfall. You may even take a swim in the natural pool. The evening is yours to continue exploring this charming mountain community. (B) Day 6: Anton Valley - Chitré Step into the heartland of Panama as you visit a village of artists. Interact with makers of the famous Panama hat and see firsthand how these wearable works of art come to life. Next, meet the legendary cigar rollers of Panama. Head north to Chitré. Established in 1558, it is one of Panama’s first Spanish settlements. Spend the day meeting the people of Chitré, the “folklore capital” of Panama. Talk to a famous local artist whose whimsical masks are used in traditional Panamanian parades. Next, pause to experience the region’s preColumbian and colonial times at the local museum. Tonight, immerse yourself in the local culture during dinner. Learn about the various Panamanian drums and how they are incorporated into song and dance during a folkloric dance performance. (B, D) Day 7: Chitré Today it’s off to spend time with Panamanian women who have dedicated their lives to making the handwoven pollera dress. Later,
Discover Panama TS381 2019_TCT.indd 83
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Gamboa Rainforest Reserve • Emberá Indigenous Village • Panama Canal Cruise • Panama City • Miraflores Locks • Anton Valley • Chitré • Pollera Dress Making Visit • Finca Experience • Rum Tasting • Playa Bonita
Pollera Dress
Panama coast see what a typical day in the life of a Panamanian farmer is like during an inclusive finca experience. Choose to explore the farm by horseback or carriage, milk the cows or feed the sheep. Put your hands to work as you prepare some local dishes to accompany a farm to table lunch. Savour the tastes of a well-known, locally crafted rum cocktail. The rest of the afternoon is yours to enjoy at your hotel. Tonight you may opt to join a home hosted dinner experience; take this opportunity to learn about a local family’s life, culture and food. (B, L) Day 8: Chitré - Playa Bonita Before departing Chitré, get to know a traditional way of cooking at a clay oven bakery and sample artisanal bread and sweets along with some sugarcane juice known as guarapa. Your journey continues to Playa Bonita, just outside of Panama City. Arrive midday to soak up the sun and ocean views from your beachfront property. After enjoying some fun and relaxation at your resort, bid farewell to Panama at a special dinner. (B, D) Day 9: Playa Bonita - Tour Ends Your journey comes to a close today. (B) STAY LO NG E R
Anton Valley
DOUBLE
Starting from £1449
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 20 June 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
17, 24, 31 January 7, 14, 21 February 14, 21 March 4, 25 April
30 May 20 June 20 September 24 October 5 December 9, 23 January 6, 13, 27 February
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
5, 12, 19 March 17, 23 April Visit thomascooktours. com for pricing details.
Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £1 799
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Discover Panama and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. An ESTA visa is required for all UK passport holders travelling to or via the USA, at your own expense. Please refer to the following website to purchase your visa: https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. All travellers using the ESTA scheme must have a biometric chip passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Panama City. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Panama charges an international airport departure tax of approx. $60 USD – the cost of this is included in your air ticket (subject to change). Rates are approximate and can be changed at any time based on governing authority. Due to flight schedules, a pre or post night may be required in Atlanta, Georgia, or Miami, Florida, (at an additional cost). Please enquire at time of booking. Each guest is responsible for proper documentation and inoculations that may be required and/or recommended to participate on this tour. Please contact your local travel clinic or personal doctor for specific details.
Playa Bonita: Keep your toes in the sand an extra day in this small beach town. CALL FOR DETAILS.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 83
8/18/18 4:06 PM
PERU: ANCIENT LAND OF MYSTERIES
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
T&C’s apply
11 DAYS • 17 MEALS £ ROM 2779
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Learn centuries-old Andean textile methods at a living museum. •• Explore the colourful markets of Peru, including the famous Pisac village market. •• Discover the artist’s techniques and designs at Pablo Seminario Ceramic Studio.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Venture through the Andes in a domed train to Machu Picchu. •• Spend the afternoon with a guide uncovering the mysteries of Machu Picchu.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 2 | View the elegant Cathedral at Plaza de Armas and visit the Casa de Aliaga – where the energy of colonial and republican Lima comes to life or choose to explore Lima’s modern side with a visit to the fashionable suburbs of Barranco and Miraflores.
Machu Picchu
From the sacred citadel of Machu Picchu to the floating islands of Lake Titicaca, the magical wonders of Peru are waiting behind every corner.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 10 breakfasts • 2 lunches • 5 dinners •• Enjoy a culinary demonstration at your hotel at the base of Machu Picchu. •• Delight in a home hosted farm-to-table lunch at a local Quechua community.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 El Pardo DoubleTree by Hilton, Lima Days 3, 4 Casa Andina Premium Sacred Valley, Sacred Valley Day 5 Sumaq Machu Picchu Hotel, Aguas Calientes Days 6, 7 Hilton Garden Inn, Cuzco Days 8, 9 Libertador Lake Titicaca, Puno Day 10 El Pardo DoubleTree by Hilton, Lima On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
START E ARLY Lima: Spend your first evening getting more time to explore the “City of Kings.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Lima, Peru - Tour Begins Welcome to Peru, one of the treasures of South America. Travel through this intriguing land visiting some of the world’s most legendary sites, including Machu Picchu, the “Lost City of the Incas.” Arrive into Lima, the “City of Kings.” Day 2: Lima Today, it’s your choice! Discover Lima’s fascinating history during a colonial tour through the historic city centre, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Admire the artwork at San Francisco Monastery and enter the catacombs. View the elegant Cathedral at Plaza de Armas and visit the Casa de Aliaga – former house of the conquistador Jeronimo de Aliaga y Ramirez – where the energy of colonial and republican
Lima comes to life -OR- choose to explore Lima’s modern side. Visit the fashionable suburbs of Barranco and Miraflores for insight into the daily life of the Limeños during a walking tour. See the Park of Love, featuring unique sculptures and artwork, along with a stop at the Pyramid Huaca Pucllana. Visit the Pedro de Osma Museum featuring Peruvian art from the 5th - 18th century. This evening, get to know your fellow travellers during a welcome dinner of artfully crafted Peruvian dishes; you will quickly discover why Peru is consistently named the world’s top food travel destination. (B, D) Day 3: Lima - Cuzco - Sacred Valley of the Incas Fly to Cuzco, located in the heart of the Inca civilisation. Journey through the Andes to the majestic Sacred Valley of the Incas, the agricultural centre of their grand empire. Learn the centuries-old methods of spinning, dyeing and weaving traditional textiles during a visit to Awana Kancha, a living museum of the Peruvian Andes. After a short lesson on the local language,
84 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Peru_Ancient Land of Mysteries TS454 2019_TCT.indd 84
8/23/18 9:28 AM
LY TO
y
stop in Pisac village to browse the colourful handicraft market. Settle into your hotel nestled in the heart of the Sacred Valley. (B, D) Day 4: Sacred Valley of the IncasOllantaytambo-Sacred Valley of the Incas This morning, visit the spectacular Ollantaytambo ruins, the only Incan settlement that has been continually inhabited since its inception. A uniquely terraced complex topped with carved stone panels, these ruins reflect ancient Incan architecture and heritage. Then, head to the Pablo Seminario Ceramic Studio where you’ll get first-hand knowledge of this internationally renowned artist’s techniques and designs, inspired by ancient Peruvian cultures. Experience the lifestyle of the modern Andean people and delve into their culture when you travel to a nearby Quechua community and interact with the locals. You’ll get a true taste of their daily life when participating in small group workshops that teach you traditional methods of growing, harvesting and weaving. Celebrate their culture as you learn their dances and listen to their musical instruments before enjoying a home-hosted, farm-to-table lunch featuring local specialities. (B, L) Day 5: Sacred Valley of the Incas Machu Picchu - Aguas Calientes Climb aboard the Machu Picchu Vistadome train for breathtaking views through domed windows as you ride through the Andes to the “Lost City of the Incas.” Hidden by mountains and semi-tropical jungle, Machu Picchu is considered the most spectacular sight in South America. Spend the afternoon with your guide uncovering the mysteries of these majestic ruins. Tonight, stay at the base of Machu Picchu for a chance to further soak up its atmosphere. Enjoy an exclusive culinary demonstration and learn how to craft the perfect ceviche and pisco sour before your dinner featuring a Peruvian menu. (B, D) Day 6: Aguas Calientes - Machu Picchu - Cuzco With leisure time this morning you may take an optional tour to return to Machu Picchu and view the sunrise or explore the local markets in Aguas Calientes on your own. Return by Vistadome train to the Sacred Valley. This evening you may join an optional home hosted meal experience with a local Cuzco family. (B) Day 7: Cuzco The morning is yours to relax or explore Cuzco on your own. Perhaps you’ll choose to take
an optional tour to the San Blas neighbourhood to peruse its artisan shops, or delve further into Peruvian cuisine at an optional cooking class. This afternoon, join your local guide and travel above the city to discover the important sacred Incan ruins of Sacsayhuaman Fortress, followed by a visit to explore Cuzco’s central market. Continue on a walking tour of the city, visiting Plaza de Armas, the Cuzco Cathedral and the Santo Domingo Convent. This evening, you are treated to an authentic dinner highlighting local flavours in the heart of Cuzco. (B, D) Day 8: Cuzco - Puno This morning, fly to Puno, hugging the shores of Lake Titicaca. Known as the birthplace of the Inca Empire, ancient legends say that life began here. Have time to meet the locals and discover the history of this region as you explore the village centre before checking into your lakeside hotel. Tonight, enjoy an evening at leisure. (B) Day 9: Uros Floating Islands - Las Chullpas de Sillustani - Lake Titicaca The Titicaca area, steeped in tradition and folklore, is the centre of Incan legends. Enjoy a morning cruise to the floating islands of the Uros people of Lake Titicaca. Experience walking on the spongy surface made from compacted beds of tortora reeds and meet the locals, learning about their history and lifestyle. Later, mingle with some local residents during an authentic home-hosted lunch where you’ll taste regional specialities and engage in lively conversation. In the afternoon, visit the mystical Chullpas de Sillustani – an archaeological area boasting 13th-century funerary monuments. Participate in a local home visit to gain insight into daily life. (B, L) Day 10: Puno - Lima As your tour comes to a close, spend the morning relaxing on the shores of Lake Titicaca before flying to Lima. Upon arrival we head to the Larco Museum, a former mansion built on the site of a pre-Columbian temple. The museum offers a collection of over 3,000 years of ceramic, textile, and precious metal artefacts. After this incredible trip through history, your tour concludes with a sumptuous farewell dinner on the grounds of the museum. (B, D) Day 11: Lima - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today. (B)
Experience more with a
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Lima • Sacred Valley of the Incas • Local Andean Cultures • Ollantaytambo Ruins • Home-Hosted Lunches • Machu Picchu • Cuzco • Lake Titicaca • Uros Floating Islands • Larco Museum
3-NIGHT PERUVIAN AMAZON EXTENSION
Complete your journey with a Peruvian Amazon Extension. Adventure further into the Amazon with a naturalist guide by your side. CALL FOR DETAILS
DOUBLE
Starting from £2779
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 18 May 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
12, 19, 26 January 2, 16, 23 February 9, 16, 23, 30 March 6, 27 April
11, 18, 25 May 8, 23 June 24 August 7, 14, 21, 28 September 5, 12, 19 October 2, 9 November 11, 18 January 1, 8, 29 February
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
7, 14, 21, 28 March 18, 25 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3 479
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Peru: Ancient Land of Mysteries and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. The internal flights on this programme are included in the land price of your tour. Each guest is responsible for proper documentation and inoculations that may be required and/or recommended to participate on this tour. Contact your local travel clinic or personal physician for specific details. In general, hotels outside of Lima are small with one or two levels and do not have elevators, which may require you to climb 10-15 steps to get to/from the room. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Lima. Airport transfers are available for purchase. On Day 11, a late checkout may be available at your last hotel, but it is not guaranteed.
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
The Peruvian Amazon
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 85
Peru_Ancient Land of Mysteries TS454 2019_TCT.indd 85
8/23/18 9:28 AM
HIGHLIGHTS OF SOUTH AMERICA 9 DAYS • 13 MEALS £ FROM 2559
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Move to the passionate rhythms of tango during a stunning performance. •• Step behind-the-scenes at Carnival and meet the artists who are designing the floats, costumes and dances for Rio’s biggest event.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Visit Corcovado and the mighty Christ the Redeemer statue overlooking Rio de Janeiro. •• Behold the Argentine and Brazilian sides of Iguazu Falls. •• Venture to the top of Sugarloaf Mountain.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE! (Be sure to arrange before trip departure)
Day 2 | In Buenos Aires, experience the lively capital with a local guide either by bus or on a walking tour. Day 3 | In San Antonio de Areco, go horseback riding through the countryside or take a scenic horse-drawn carriage ride.
Christ the Redeemer, Rio de Janeiro
Savour South America as you journey from Argentina’s lively Buenos Aires to Brazil’s beautiful Iguazu Falls and marvellous Rio de Janeiro. START E ARLY
CULINARY INCLUSIONS
Buenos Aires: Experience your first evening taking in this lively capital city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
•• 8 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 4 dinners •• Dine on a traditional Argentinian barbecue (asado) at a countryside estancia. •• Learn how to craft caipirinhas - a Brazilian cocktail with sugar cane liquor and lime. •• Dine in a typical Brazilian churrascaria.
ACCOMMODATION Overnight Flight
Day 1
Days 2 – 4 The Brick Hotel MGallery Collection, Buenos Aires Days 5, 6
Bourbon Cataratas Convention & Spa Resort, Foz do Iguazu
Day 7 – 9
Sheraton Grand Rio Hotel & Resort, Rio de Janeiro
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
86 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Highlights of South America TS455 2019_TCT.indd 86
Day 1: Buenos Aires, Argentina - Tour Begins Welcome to Buenos Aires. Stretching along the banks of the Rio de la Plata, the “Paris of South America” is a mosaic of European-styled architecture and South American spirit. Meet your fellow travellers and enjoy a cocktail reception at your beautiful hotel located in the heart of the chic Recoleta neighbourhood. Tonight, head to the Esquina Carlos Gardel Tango House, named after Argentina’s most famous tango maestro, and savour Argentine cuisine and wine before witnessing a stunning tango performance. (D) Day 2: Buenos Aires It’s your choice! Join a panoramic city tour by bus of lively Buenos Aires featuring the famous Avenida 9 de Julio, Teatro Colon opera house, and the Metropolitan Cathedral. Make stops at the Plaza de Mayo, La Casa Rosada Presidential mansion, and the famous Recoleta Cemetery, resting place of Eva Peron;
continue your city tour on the motorcoach with free time to explore colourful San Telmo, the oldest neighbourhood of the city and the birthplace of tango -OR- embark on a walking tour with a local guide highlighting the Recoleta and Palermo neighbourhoods; see the city’s architectural gems, monuments and museums including embassy row, the largest Japanese garden outside of Japan, and the Decorative Art Museum, which is known as one of the city’s most beautiful buildings. The remainder of the day is yours to create your own adventure. Maybe you’ll stroll through San Martin Park or Calle de Florida, a shopper’s paradise; or take the optional Tigre y Delta trip where you’ll pass by an array of historic mansions before boarding a cruise through the canals. (B) Day 3: Buenos Aires - San Antonio de Areco - Buenos Aires This morning we cross the Argentine Pampas, the nation’s version of the “wild west.” Embark on a guided tour of the charming country village of San Antonio de Areco, the birthplace of gaucho traditions. Head to a typical estancia where you’ll dine on a hearty asado lunch – a traditional Argentine barbecue. While on the ranch, it’s your choice! Go horseback riding through the countryside -OR- take a scenic
8/23/18 9:43 AM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
T&C’s apply
choose an optional jungle boat ride at the base of the falls. (B) Day 6: Iguazu Falls - Rio de Janeiro Fly to Rio de Janeiro. Magnificent views, beautiful beaches, flamboyant Carnival costumes, great cuisine and friendly people make Rio the cultural capital of Brazil. Venture to the top of Sugarloaf Mountain for breathtaking views. Check into your beachfront hotel in the exclusive Leblon neighbourhood. Then, cap the night off at Rio Scenarium, a lavishly decorated restaurant and music venue in the historic Lapa district. Meet local Cariocas (the name for people from Rio de Janeiro) for a night of dinner, music and dancing. (B, D) Day 7: Rio de Janeiro Journey to Corcovado by train to see Christ the Redeemer, one of the largest Art Deco statues in the world. Take in the panoramic vistas from Tijuca Forest National Park and 360-degree views around the city. Then spend time with locals at one of the city’s open-air markets. Break into small groups with market guides as you discover and taste over a dozen different types of exotic fruits from Brazil. Your afternoon is at leisure. Relax by the beach or perhaps take an optional jeep ride through the Tijuca forest followed by a visit to historic Santa Teresa. (B)
horse-drawn carriage ride. Meet authentic gauchos who will share stories about what life is like in the countryside. You’ll get the chance to relax on the estancia grounds before heading back to Buenos Aires for a free evening. (B, L) Day 4: Buenos Aires - Iguazu Falls, Brazil Fly to Iguazu Falls – located at the crossroads of Brazil, Argentina and Paraguay – hailed as the most beautiful waterfalls in the world and one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World. Board the Rainforest Ecological Train inside the national park on the Argentine side and walk to the platform overlooking powerful Devil’s Throat. Discover unparalleled views of five waterfalls as they plummet into the Iguazu River. Cross to the Brazilian side and check into your resort. Cap off your day with a relaxing dinner. (B, D) Day 5: Iguazu Falls Soak up the breathtaking views of the waterfalls from the Brazilian side. Join your local guide as you discover how Brazil and Argentina have both fought to protect the beauty and raw power of the falls by making each side a national park. You will see first-hand why Eleanor Roosevelt, upon seeing Iguazu Falls, exclaimed “Poor Niagara.” The afternoon is yours to relax and enjoy the many amenities at your resort or you may
Highlights of South America TS455 2019_TCT.indd 87
Day 8: Rio de Janeiro This morning, step behind-the-scenes of Carnival and meet the artists who are designing the floats, costumes and dances during their year-round preparations for Rio’s biggest event. Later we gather to enjoy a panoramic city tour that includes a visit to the Metropolitan Cathedral with architecture that was inspired by a Mayan pyramid. Stop by the Maracanã football stadium, which hosted the 2014 World Cup finals, before continuing on to the Carnival parade route, the Sambadrome. Learn how to craft caipirinhas – Brazil’s famous cocktail made with sugar cane liquor and lime. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a farewell feast in a typical Brazilian churrascaria. Indulge in wine and meats slow-roasted to perfection. (B, D) Day 9: Rio de Janeiro - Tour Ends Your tour ends this morning. For guests with evening flights, you may choose an optional visit to the famous Botanical Gardens, along with a historic walking tour of the waterfront district which underwent a fantastic transformation for the 2016 Olympics. (B)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Buenos Aires • Tango Show • Estancia Barbecue • Iguazu Falls • Rio de Janeiro • Sugarloaf Mountain • Christ the Redeemer • Churrascaria Dinner
TOUR EXTENSIONS
Salvador de Bahia
• Extend your trip with a 3-night extension and spend your days exploring the Brazilian Amazon, taking in a multitude of natural wonders. CALL FOR DETAILS
• Extend your trip with a 3-night extension in Salvador de Bahia and discover colonial architecture, a charming fishing village and a folklore performance. CALL FOR DETAILS
DOUBLE
Starting from £2559
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 20 May 2019 departure.
January – April 2019
Please confirm at time of reservation.
7, 21, 28 January 4, 11 February 4, 18 March 1 April
May 2019 – April 2020
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for January – April 2019 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary.
(featured itinerary)
20 May 23 September 14 October 11 November 20 January
10 February 16 March 27 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3 1 59
This trip requires a passport and visa. This tour may require a certificate of Yellow Fever inoculation when applying for your Brazilian visa, especially if you have traveled to Peru prior to Brazil. These fees are at your own expense. Rates are approximate and can be changed at any time based on governing authority. Due to flight schedules, a pre/post night may be required in some gateway cities (at an additional cost). Please enquire at time of reservation. Each guest is responsible for proper documentation and inoculations that may be required and/or recommended to participate on this tour. Please contact your local travel clinic or personal physician for specific details on the destinations you are travelling to and from. Rates include the internal flights on tour. Our air passengers will arrive into Buenos Aires and depart from Rio de Janeiro. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
ALS O AVAILABLE STAY LO NG E R Rio de Janeiro: Spend your final evening absorbing the wonders of this vibrant city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Highlights of South America featuring Chile to Argentina Lake Crossing | 15 days • 20 meals | Double starting at £3379 South America beckons. Discover Rio de Janeiro, the thundering Iguazu Falls, dynamic Buenos Aires and the beautiful Andean Lakes.
July 2019 - March 2020 4 July, 27 August, 10 September, 3 December, 28 January, 22 March Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Rates are land only, per person, double occupancy.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 87
8/23/18 12:39 PM
THE COMPLETE SOUTH AMERICA 23 DAYS • 38 MEALS £ FROM 7009
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Discover centuries-old Andean textile methods at a living museum. •• Embrace the art of tango at a live performance. •• Embark on a full-day cruise through the breathtaking Chilean Fjords.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Spend an afternoon exploring the fabled ruins of Machu Picchu. •• Behold the majestic Torres Del Paine National Park. •• Venture to Argentina’s famous Perito Moreno Glacier.
Machu Picchu IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
DAY 7 | E xplore Cuzco, the former capital of
the Incan Empire, with a local guide on a walking tour of the city or, board a coach for a comprehensive tour of the city’s main sites.
An amazing adventure awaits you in South America when you explore Rio de Janeiro, Iguazu Falls, Machu Picchu, the Chilean Wine Country and more.
DAY 16 | I n Buenos Aires, explore the city
by bus or embark on a bicycle tour with a local guide.
START E ARLY Lima: Travel south a day early with more time to explore this exceptional city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Lima, Peru - Tour Begins Welcome to Peru, one of the treasures of South America. The enduring cultures and breathtaking beauty of the Andes await. Travel through this intriguing land and visit some of the world’s most legendary sites, including Machu Picchu, the “Lost City of the Incas.” Arrive in Lima, the “City of Kings.”
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
88 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
The Complete South America TS using 2018_TCT.indd 88
Day 2: Lima Discover Lima’s fascinating history during a tour through the historic city centre, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Admire the artwork at San Francisco Monastery and enter the catacombs. View the Government Centre; the elegant Cathedral at Plaza de Armas; an abundance of colonial architecture; and the fashionable suburbs of San Isidro and Miraflores for insight into the daily life of the Limeños. Then it’s on to your exclusive visit to the Archbishop’s Palace to witness the changing of the guard. This
evening, get to know your fellow travellers during a welcome dinner with a tasting menu of artfully crafted Peruvian dishes and drinks. You will quickly discover why Peru has been named the world’s top food travel destination four years in a row. (B, D) Day 3: Lima - Cuzco - Sacred Valley of the Incas Fly to Cuzco, in the heart of the Inca civilisation. Journey through the Andes to the majestic Sacred Valley of the Incas, the agricultural centre of their grand empire. Learn the centuries-old methods of spinning, dyeing and weaving traditional textiles during a visit to Awana Kancha, a living museum of the Peruvian Andes. Stop in Pisac village to browse the colourful handicraft market. This evening, settle in at your hotel nestled in the heart of the Sacred Valley. The rest of the evening is yours… perhaps you’ll take this opportunity to discover your hotel’s planetarium to gaze at the stars. (B) Day 4: Sacred Valley of the Incas Ollantaytambo - Sacred Valley of the Inca This morning you visit the spectacular Ollantaytambo ruins, the only Incan settlement that has been continually
8/23/18 10:04 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Lima • Sacred Valley of the Incas • Pisac Market • Ollantaytambo • Machu Picchu • Culinary Demonstration • Cuzco • Santiago • Chilean Wine Region • Patagonia • Fjord Cruise • Torres Del Paine • Perito Moreno Glacier • Buenos Aires • Tango Show • Colonia del Sacramento, Uruguay • Iguazu Falls • Rio de Janeiro • Christ the Redeemer
£100pp
T&C’s apply
Rio de Janeiro
Chilean Winery
Perito Moreno Glacier
inhabited since its inception. A uniquely terraced complex topped with carved stone panels, these ruins reflect ancient Incan architecture and heritage. Then, head to the Pablo Seminario Ceramic Studio where you’ll get first-hand knowledge of this internationally-renowned artist’s techniques and designs, inspired by ancient Peruvian cultures. Experience the lifestyle of the modern Andean people and delve into their culture when you travel to a nearby community and interact with the locals. You’ll get a true taste of their daily life when participating in small group workshops that teach you traditional methods of growing, harvesting and weaving. Celebrate their culture as you learn their dances and listen to their musical instruments before enjoying a home-hosted farm-to-table lunch featuring local specialities. Tonight, savour an authentic Pachamanca dinner, a unique process where food is placed on hot stones and buried in the ground to cook. (B, L, D) Day 5: Sacred Valley of the Incas - Machu Picchu Climb aboard the Machu Picchu Vistadome train for breathtaking views through domed windows as you ride through the Andes to the “Lost City of the Incas.” Hidden by mountains and semi-tropical jungle, Machu Picchu is considered the most spectacular sight in South America. Spend the afternoon with your guide uncovering the mysteries of these majestic ruins. Tonight, stay at the
The Complete South America TS using 2018_TCT.indd 89
base of Machu Picchu for a chance to further soak up its atmosphere. Enjoy an exclusive culinary demonstration before experiencing an award-winning tasting menu at your resort. (B, D) Day 6: Machu Picchu - Cuzco With leisure time this morning you may return to Machu Picchu on your own or explore the local markets. Return by Vistadome train to the Sacred Valley and continue to Cuzco, a city that blends Inca and Spanish colonial influences. Make a stop at the Sacred Valley Brewing Company, a not-for-profit brewery created to support a local orphanage. Taste these Andean-inspired beers and learn about their efforts to support their community. (B) Day 7: Cuzco The morning is yours to relax and acclimate to the altitude. This afternoon, it’s your choice! Explore Cuzco, the former capital of the Incan Empire, with a local guide on a walking tour of the city -OR- board a coach for a comprehensive tour of the city’s main sites. Whichever you choose, you will experience the architectural legacy visible in the Cathedral, Santo Domingo and the Plaza de Armas; you’ll also stop by the central market. Later, gather together and travel above the city to discover the sacred Incan ruins of Sacsayhuaman Fortress. Enjoy a toast at sunset while overlooking the city before arriving at your authentic dinner and folklore show in the heart of Cuzco. (B, D)
Day 8: Cuzco - Santiago, Chile Say farewell to this mystical land of the Incas and fly south to cosmopolitan Santiago, Chile’s vibrant capital city. (B) Day 9: Santiago This morning, embark on a walking tour of Santiago’s historic city centre. View such sights as the La Moneda Presidential Palace, Plaza de Armas and Santiago’s Cathedral. Then venture out to Chile’s wine region and visit a local winery for lunch. Sample some of Chile’s famous cabernet and carmenere wine while a local expert teaches you about winemaking in this part of the world. Next, explore artwork and artefacts from Central and South America during your visit to the Chilean Museum of Pre-Columbian Art. Your evening is at leisure to further explore Santiago on your own. (B, L) Day 10: Santiago - Punta Arenas - Puerto Natales Leave Santiago behind and fly to the region of Patagonia, the southern portion of Chile and Argentina that is filled with natural wonders. Arrive in Punta Arenas, built along the Strait of Magellan. Visit the old port village and Fort Bulnes, a historical reconstruction based on the original fortified settlement. Take in the stunning scenery before heading CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE...
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 89
8/18/18 5:22 PM
THE COMPLETE SOUTH AMERICA (CONTINUED)
23 DAYS • 38 MEALS £ FROM 7009
land only, per person, double occupancy
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 22 breakfasts • 6 lunches • 10 dinners •• Relish renowned Chilean wines during a visit to a winery. •• Savour a Brazilian churrascaria featuring an assortment of grilled meats. •• Enjoy a dinner featuring Peruvian cuisine and festive entertainment.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2
El Pardo DoubleTree by Hilton, Lima
Days 3, 4 Casa Andina Premium, Sacred Valley Day 5 Sumaq Machu Picchu Hotel, Aguas Calientes Days 6, 7
Hilton Garden Inn, Cuzco
Days 8, 9 Hotel Plaza San Francisco, Santiago Days 10 – 12 Hotel Costaustralis, Puerto Natales Days 13, 14 Esplendor El Calafate Hotel, El Calafate Days 15 – 17 The Brick Hotel MGallery Collection, Buenos Aires Days 18, 19 Mabu Thermas Grand Resort, Foz do Iguazu Days 20 – 22 Sheraton Grand Rio Hotel & Resort, Rio de Janeiro On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
Iguazu Falls
...CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE
to Puerto Natales, the stepping off point to Chile’s Torres del Paine National Park. (B, D) Day 11: Puerto Natales Embark on a full-day cruise through the Chilean Fjords, visiting the breathtaking Serrano and Balmaceda glaciers. As you pass through the Seno Ultima Esperanza – “Channel of Last Hope” – behold the pristine beauty of Bernardo O’Higgins National Park, Chile’s largest natural reserve. This rugged landscape and unspoiled territory is a site you will never forget. (B, L) Day 12: Puerto Natales - Torres Del Paine Puerto Natales Today you’ll venture into the UNESCO biosphere reserve – Torres Del Paine National Park. Take in the panoramas of jagged mountains and emerald-blue lakes. Marvel at the cascading waterfalls and the flora & fauna that are unique to the area. You are sure to be awed at every turn when exploring what is known as South America’s most incredible national park. (B) Day 13: Puerto Natales - El Calafate, Argentina Make your way from the Chilean side of Patagonia to El Calafate in Argentina, the gateway to Los Glaciares National Park. En route, meet some local gauchos at a typical Patagonian estancia. Partake in a traditional lamb roast lunch and learn about the local culture. Then you are treated to a dog show and sheep shearing demonstration. Revel in the beauty of the landscape during your
drive through the countryside before settling into your hotel, perfectly situated near downtown and featuring spectacular views of magnificent Lake Argentino. (B, L, D) Day 14: El Calafate - Perito Moreno Glacier Discover the jewel of Argentina’s Patagonia – Perito Moreno Glacier in Los Glaciares National Park. This UNESCO site forms part of the Patagonian Continental Ice Field and is one of the few glaciers in the world still advancing. Gaze off the shoreline in search of floating icebergs as you listen to the sounds of crashing ice breaking off the massive glacier. (B, L) Day 15: El Calafate - Buenos Aires Board your flight to Buenos Aires, birthplace of the tango and the “Paris of South America.” Stretching along the banks of the Rio de la Plata, the city is a mosaic of European-styled architecture and South American spirit. Tonight, head to Esquina Carlos Gardel, named after Argentina’s most famous tango maestro, and savour Argentine cuisine and wine before witnessing a stunning tango performance. (B, D) Day 16: Buenos Aires Start your day with a panoramic tour of lively Buenos Aires. Visit the Palermo district and Recoleta Cemetery, where Evita Peron rests. Drive along the famous Avenida 9 de Julio; view the Teatro Colon opera house; the Metropolitan Cathedral, the former church of Pope Francis I; and the Presidential
90
The Complete South America TS using 2018_TCT.indd 90
8/23/18 10:06 AM
Palace - “La Casa Rosada” - at Plaza de Mayo. Then, it’s your choice! Continue on your city tour by bus -OR- embark on a bicycle tour with a local guide. Either way you will visit La Boca and the Puerto Madero neighbourhoods. The remainder of the day is yours to create your own adventure. Maybe you’ll stroll through San Martin Park or Calle de Florida, a shopper’s paradise; or take the optional Tigre Delta trip where you’ll pass by an array of historic mansions before boarding a cruise through the canals. (B) Day 17: Buenos Aires - Colonia del Sacramento, Uruguay - Buenos Aires Hop aboard the Colonia Express, a ferry that takes you across the Rio de la Plata to the charming village of Colonia del Sacramento, Uruguay. This UNESCO site, dating back to 1680, is the only remaining Portuguese settlement in Uruguay. A local resident joins us for a ride through town to introduce you to its landmarks before leading you on a guided walk through the historic old town. Savour lunch featuring some local delicacies and Uruguayan wine before having free time to relax or explore independently. Later we return to Buenos Aires. (B, L) Day 18: Buenos Aires - Iguazu Falls, Brazil Fly to Iguazu Falls – located at the crossroads of Brazil, Argentina and Paraguay – hailed as the most beautiful waterfalls in the world and one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World. Board the Rainforest Ecological Train inside the national park on the Argentine side and walk to the platform overlooking powerful Devil’s Throat. Discover unparalleled views of five waterfalls as they plummet into the Iguazu River. Cross to the Brazilian side and check into your resort. Cap off your day with a relaxing dinner. (B, D) Day 19: Iguazu Falls Soak up the breathtaking views of the waterfalls from the Brazilian side. Join your local guide as you discover how Brazil and Argentina have fought to protect the beauty and raw power of the falls by making each side a national park. You will see firsthand why Eleanor Roosevelt, upon seeing Iguazu Falls, exclaimed “Poor Niagara.” The afternoon is yours to relax and enjoy the many amenities at your resort or you may choose an optional jungle boat ride at the base of the falls. (B) Day 20: Iguazu Falls - Rio de Janeiro Fly to Rio de Janeiro. Magnificent views, beautiful beaches, flamboyant Carnival costumes, great cuisine and friendly people make Rio the cultural capital of Brazil. Venture to the top of Sugarloaf Mountain for breathtaking views. Check into your
beachfront hotel in the exclusive Leblon neighbourhood. Learn how to craft caipirinhas – Brazil’s famous cocktail made with sugar cane liquor and lime. Then, cap the night off with a feast in a typical Brazilian churrascaria. Indulge in wine and meats slow-roasted to perfection. (B, D) Day 21: Rio de Janeiro Journey to Corcovado by train to see Christ the Redeemer, one of the largest Art Deco statues in the world. Take in the panoramic vistas from Tijuca Forest National Park. With 360-degree views around the city, you’ll soon realise why this statue is one of the new Seven Wonders of the World. Then spend time with locals at one of the city’s open-air markets. Break into small groups with market guides as you discover and taste over a dozen different types of exotic fruits from Brazil. This afternoon, step behind-the-scenes at Carnival and meet the artists who are designing the floats, costumes and dances for Rio’s biggest event. The evening is yours to relax or explore independently. (B) Day 22: Rio de Janeiro Your morning is at leisure to explore fabulous Rio de Janeiro on your own. Relax by the beach at your resort or take a shuttle to Copacabana. Or, perhaps take an optional jeep ride through the Tijuca forest followed by a visit to historic Santa Teresa. This afternoon, witness the city of Rio that captivated the world during the 2016 Summer Olympics. Stop by the Maracanã football stadium, which hosted the 2014 World Cup finals, before continuing on to the famous Carnival parade route, the Sambadrome. Afterward, behold the renowned Metropolitan Cathedral with architecture that was inspired by a Mayan pyramid. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for an exciting farewell dinner at Rio Scenarium, a lavishly decorated restaurant and music venue in the historic Lapa district. Meet local Cariocas (the name for people from Rio de Janeiro) for a night of dinner, music and dancing. (B, D) Day 23: Rio de Janeiro - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a clos today. For guests with evening flights, you may choose an optional visit to the famous Botanical Gardens along with a cruise of Guanabara Bay, or perhaps a historic walking tour of the waterfront district which underwent a fantastic transformation for the 2016 Olympics. (B)
Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
The Peruvian Amazon, The Brazilian Amazon or Salvador de Bahia
TOUR EXTENSIONS
caption Peruvian Amazon TO UR E XTE NSI O NS:
• Peruvian Amazon: Begin your trip with a 3-night extension.
Explore the wonders of the Amazon with a naturalist guide by your side. CALL FOR DETAILS
• Brazilian Amazon: Complete your trip with a 3-night extension. Stand in awe of one of the world’s seven natural wonders. CALL FOR DETAILS
• Salvador de Bahia: Extend your trip with a 3-night extension. Witness colonial architecture, a charming fishing village and a folklore performance. CALL FOR DETAILS
DOUBLE
Starting from £7009
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 10 January 2019 departure
January – March 2019
10, 24 January
21, 28 February 7 March
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about
additional dates.
This tour may vary for departures after April 2019. Call or visit our website for complete information. S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £8 8 59
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with The Complete South America and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. UK passport holders do not require a visa to enter Brazil. However, passports must be valid for at least six months and a return ticket and proof of sufficient funds may be requested on arrival. This tour may require a certificate of Yellow Fever inoculation especially if you have travelled to Peru prior to Brazil. These fees are at your own expense. Each guest is responsible for proper documentation and inoculations that may be required and/or recommended to participate on this tour. Please contact your local travel clinic or personal doctor for specific details on the destinations you are travelling to and from. In general, hotels outside of Lima are small with one or two levels and do not have elevators, which may require you to climb 10-15 steps to get to/from the room. The internal flights on this programme are included in the land price.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 91
The Complete South America TS using 2018_TCT.indd 91
8/23/18 10:23 AM
JOURNEY TO ANTARCTICA: THE WHITE CONTINENT 13 DAYS • 34 MEALS £ FROM 11529
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Discover multitudes of Antarctic wildlife including seals, whales, albatross and Chinstrap, Gentoo and Adelie penguins. •• Enjoy nearly 24 hours of sunlight as you absorb your surroundings ashore and from the expedition ship’s many observatory decks.
caption
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Enjoy a tour of Buenos Aires, the “Paris of South America.” •• Cruise through the waters of Antarctica on a fully stabilised polar expedition ship. •• Cross the Drake Passage, a milestone for any adventurer!
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 12 breakfasts • 12 lunches • 10 dinners •• Savour fresh and varied meals aboard the expedition ship while admiring the scenery around you.
ACCOMMODATION Day 1 Alvear Art Hotel, Buenos Aires Days 2 – 11 National Geographic Explorer Day 12 Alvear Art Hotel, Buenos Aires On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
92 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Journey to Antarctica TS113 2019_TCT.indd 92
Venture to the bottom of the world and discover the wonders of Buenos Aires, Ushuaia and magnificent Antarctica. Day 1: Buenos Aires, Argentina - Tour Begins In association with Lindblad Expeditions and National Geographic, we proudly offer an active, immersive adventure exploring Antarctica in an authentic expedition style. See more of the legendary landscapes and habitats – encounter iconic penguins, leopard seals, and marine mammals; kayak among icebergs and Zodiac cruise past resting leopard seals; and hike on the continent with the best ice team on Earth. Through the efforts of an undersea specialist, you will also experience the seldom-seen Antarctic undersea. Today, you arrive in cosmopolitan Buenos Aires, birthplace of the tango and the “Paris of South America.” Stretching along the banks of the Rio de la Plata, the city is a mosaic of European-style architecture and South American spirit. This afternoon, enjoy a panoramic city tour highlighting its Beaux-Arts palaces, grand boulevards, and the famous balcony forever associated with Eva Peron. In the early evening, gather for an informal reception at the hotel. (L) Day 2: Fly to Ushuaia - Embark Ship - At Sea This morning we fly over Patagonia before landing in Ushuaia, the southernmost city in the world, surrounded by spectacular
mountain scenery. Enjoy lunch while cruising the Beagle Channel. Later, embark the National Geographic Explorer, an authentic expedition ship uniquely equipped with an ice-strengthened hull and advanced navigation equipment for polar expeditions. With just 81 cabins and a maximum capacity of 148 passengers, the spacious and modern Explorer offers a roster of tools for exploration and a variety of public areas that offer astounding views of the passing landscape. In the ship’s spacious lounge you will have informative presentations and a nightly recap of the day’s activities. (B, L, D) Day 3: The Drake Passage - At Sea Cruise south through the fabled Drake Passage, named after the explorer Sir Francis Drake. Set between Cape Horn and the Antarctic Peninsula, a crossing of the legendary Drake Passage is unforgettable - a milestone in any adventurer’s personal travel history. Warmer waters of the north meet the colder, denser waters of the south here in the Antarctic Convergence, making the area rich in marine life. (B, L, D) Day 4: Antarctica The next six days are filled with discovering Antarctica, the last great wilderness stretching across ice-covered desert and
8/18/18 5:31 PM
Buenos Aires
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Buenos Aires • Ushuaia • The Drake Passage • Authentic Expedition Ship • Zodiac Forays • Penguin Colony Close-Ups • Summit Hike • Kayak Excursions • Photography Guidance • On Board Information Sessions
National Geographic Lounge ©Lindblad Expeditions Sisse Brimberg & Cotton Coulson
National Geographic ©Lindblad Expeditions/Michael Nolan mountains for over five million square miles. The ethereal beauty and immense scale of the continent is like nowhere else on the planet. (B, L, D) Day 5: Antarctica The voyage keeps a flexible schedule (daily activities are contingent on weather conditions) to take advantage of the unexpected. With nearly 24 hours of daylight, make the most of your days with daily explorations. (B, L, D) Day 6: Antarctica You may take a Zodiac foray amongst towering icebergs under a bright sun, walk along the shoreline amid a huge penguin colony, hike to a summit for a breathtaking view, or kayak along a cliff-side rookery in search of blue-eyed shags. (B, L, D) Day 7: Antarctica Today you could have the thrill of watching the ship crunch through the packed ice or step ashore to the cries of thousands of Gentoo penguins. (B, L, D) Day 8: Antarctica Learn from the experts how to identify different penguin species and get photo tips from a National Geographic photographer while watching those same penguins. (B, L, D)
Kayaking ©Lindblad Expeditions/Ralph Lee Hopkins Day 9: Antarctica Onboard, the undersea specialist may present video from that day’s dive with rare images taken up to 1,000 feet below the surface. The expert staff will craft an expedition where you will learn more, see more and experience more. (B, L, D) Day 10: At Sea Leave Antarctica and sail back to Ushuaia, crossing the southern waters of the Drake Passage. The ship’s spotters will keep an eye out for marine life, albatross and seabirds that cross the ship’s bow. (B, L, D) Day 11: At Sea You may want to enjoy a wellness treatment, spend time in the gym, catch up on the book you haven’t had a minute to read, or participate in on board discussions reflecting on all you have seen and learned. (B, L, D) Day 12: Ushuaia - Disembark Ship - Fly to Buenos Aires After breakfast, disembark in Ushuaia with time for independent exploration before proceeding to the airport for your flight to Buenos Aires for an overnight stay. (B, L) Day 13: Buenos Aires - Tour Ends Your tour ends today. (B)
DOUBLE
Starting from £11529
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 28 November 2019 departure
January – February 2019
16, 26 January 5 February
Itinerary featured is for November 2019 – February 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
Nov. 2019 – Feb 2020
28 November 8 December 17 January 6 February
Staterooms (starting at)
Double
Single
Inside Cabin Category 1 Inside Cabin Category 2 Outside Cabin Category 3 Outside & Veranda Category 4
£11529 £12314 £12639 £13529
£15279 £16064 £16389 £17279
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
SOLO TRAVELLERS FROM £15279
This trip requires a passport. The Ushuaia airport departure tax, park fees and permits are included in the cost of your tour. Onboard gratuities and alcohol (except superpremium brands) are included in the price of your tour. Special clothing is required for shore landings; please refer to your pre-departure documents for important details. Guests will receive a complimentary parka for use during landings; rubber boots can be purchased or rented through ship-to-shore at your own expense. Transfers to/ from the ship are by small Zodiac boats. Landings are either “dry” or “wet” and you might have to wade ashore in shallow water. In some cases, the terrain can be a little strenuous. We will make every effort to accommodate your cabin category preference at the time of booking. If your preferred category is not available, the next closest category available will be offered and a surcharge may apply. In accordance with IAATO and Lindblad Expeditions, all guests travelling to Antarctica must complete a confidential medical declaration form, signed by a doctor, stating that they are fit to travel. This form will be sent to guests well in advance. The form must be completely filled out and returned to our office 120 days prior to your tour’s departure. Boarding may be denied if this form is not returned to us. Prior to full payment for the program, the cruise line reserves the right to impose a supplemental fuel charge. Should this occur, you will be notified of the additional charges. This tour is operated by Lindblad Expeditions and will have Lindblad representatives accompanying you throughout the program. This program is not exclusive and a Tour Manager will not be accompanying you. Upon your return to Buenos Aires, a representative will not be accompanying you, but will be available at an off-site location. The internal flights are included in the tour cost. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Buenos Aires. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 93
Journey to Antarctica TS113 2019_TCT.indd 93
8/20/18 7:47 AM
The Great Barrier Reef, Australia
94
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 94
8/16/18 11:55 AM
AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND Featuring Australia, New Zealand & Fiji Take your travels to the other side of the world and experience the allure of the South Pacific. Uncover the underwater world of the Great Barrier Reef. Cruise the breathtaking Milford Sound. Encounter the majesty of the Sydney Opera House. Meditate on the beauty of the Southern Alps. Discover the aboriginal cultures, adventurous spirit, inspiring landscapes, lively cities, and idyllic countryside Down Under.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 95
95
8/16/18 12:01 PM
EXPLORING NEW ZEALAND
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£350pp
T&C’s apply
17 DAYS • 26 MEALS £ FROM 3749
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Cruise through the Bay of Islands’ famous “Hole in the Rock.” •• Visit spectacular Mt. Cook National Park where permanent ice fields and glaciers blanket the ragged peaks.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Explore Te Puia, a Maori cultural and geothermal experience. •• Enjoy intimate wine tastings in the famous Marlborough wine region. •• Relish a breath-taking cruise through Milford Sound fjord.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 16 | Go bird watching at the Kiwi Birdlife Park or take a gondola to the top of Bob’s Peak for stunning panoramic views of the region.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 16 breakfasts • 2 lunches • 8 dinners •• Experience an authentic Hangi dinner and learn about Maori culture. •• Enjoy a farewell dinner on the shores of stunning Lake Wakatipu.
Milford Sound
From temperate rainforests and permanent ice fields, to delightful wineries and rich Maori culture, New Zealand is an intriguing South Pacific gem. START E ARLY Auckland: Spend more time in this picturesque “City of Sails.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Day 1 Rydges, Auckland Days 2, 3 Scenic Hotel, Paihia or Copthorne Hotel and Resort, Waitangi, Bay of Islands Days 4, 5 Millennium Hotel, Rotorua Days 6, 7 Novotel, Wellington Days 8, 9 Scenic Hotel Marlborough, Blenheim Day 10 Pavilions Hotel, Christchurch Day 11 The Hermitage Hotel, Mount Cook or Mackenzie Country Hotel, Twizel Days 12, 13 Scenic Hotel Southern Cross, Dunedin Days 14 – 16 Novotel Queenstown Lakeside, Queenstown On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
96 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Exploring New Zealand TS109 2019_TCT2pg.indd 96
Day 1: Auckland, New Zealand - Tour Begins Cross the International Dateline and begin the adventure of a lifetime by skipping a day ahead. Your tour opens in Auckland, the “City of Sails.” This evening, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner. (D) Day 2: Auckland - Bay of Islands Come to know the best of Auckland during a panoramic city tour featuring the America’s Cup Village, the War Memorial, Queen Street, and the Auckland Harbour Bridge. Next, depart Auckland and travel to the sun-soaked Bay of Islands, your home for the next two nights. Visit the Waitangi Treaty House where Maori and British leaders signed the 1840 treaty establishing New Zealand as a nation. Tonight, experience an authentic Hangi dinner celebration where you learn about the warm-hearted Maoris and their lives. (B, D) Day 3: Bay of Islands Begin the day with a cruise that features the bay’s Hole in the Rock and a stop off
at Urupukapuka Island. Relax on the beach or walk to a higher elevation to enjoy 360° views. Look out at the Cape Brett Lighthouse which stands nearly 500 feet above sea level at the edge of the Cape Brett Peninsula. The rest of the day is yours to independently explore Paihia – the quaint town known as “the jewel of the Bay of Islands.” (B) Day 4: Bay of Islands - Rotorua Leave the sparkling waters of the Bay of Islands behind and head to Matakohe in the heartland of the North Island. Make a stop at the Kauri Museum where you will come to know the stories surrounding the giant kauri tree that can live for 2,000 years. Discover how the early settlers used this abundant tree to build a life for themselves. Later, continue on to the town of Rotorua, known for geothermal activity and Maori culture. (B, D) Day 5: Rotorua Today, find yourself amid the dramatic geothermal landscape of Rotorua. With over one-third of its population boasting Maori roots, this city is known as the Maori capital of New Zealand. Visit Te Puia, New Zealand’s premier Maori cultural and geothermal experience. The National Carving School and National Weaving School are located here, passing on age-old customs by teaching the tribal youth these
8/18/18 6:37 PM
LY TO
y
traditional skills. Enjoy the chance to view the Kiwi bird and learn what is being done in an effort to remove this marvellous creature from the endangered species list. (B) Day 6: Rotorua - Wellington Travel through the rolling countryside of the North Island to Wellington, New Zealand’s capital city. (B, D) Day 7: Wellington This morning we embark on a tour of Wellington. See the Beehive, New Zealand’s Parliament; historic St. Paul’s Church; and the Old Government Building. Following the tour, visit the Te Papa Tongawera Museum, a fascinating centre dedicated to art, history and the Maori culture. The remainder of your day is at leisure. (B) Day 8: Wellington - Picton Blenheim, Marlborough Board a ferry and sail across Cook Strait. This has been called “the most beautiful ferry ride in the world.” Arrive in Picton on the South Island where you will have free time for lunch. Next, drive along the coast to the picturesque village of Havelock where you will have leisure time to explore. Upon arrival in Blenheim, relax at your hotel before heading to a local winery where you will enjoy a tasting and dine at the cellar door bistro. (B, D) Day 9: Blenheim The morning is yours to enjoy the town of Blenheim. Next, we continue our introduction to the world-famous wine region of Marlborough with a visit to another of the family-owned wineries in the region for a tasting and tour. The area is famous for its Chardonnays, Pinot Noirs, and late harvest Riesling wines, all of which you will taste today. (B) Day 10: Blenheim - Christchurch This morning depart Blenheim and travel to the historic city of Christchurch. Devastated by an earthquake in early 2011, see firsthand how the “Garden City” is recreating itself during a sightseeing tour that highlights the city’s magnificent gardens and elegant park district. Tonight, enjoy dinner in the region’s earliest home, Riccarton House. (B, D) Day 11: Christchurch - Mt. Cook Region The Maori word for Mt. Cook is Aoraki, which means “cloud piercer.” Journey through New Zealand’s unspoiled wilderness and arrive at Mt. Cook National Park, where permanent ice fields and glaciers blanket the ragged peaks. This is where famed New Zealand mountaineer Sir Edmund Hillary honed his skills before conquering Everest. You may choose to take a nature walk, enjoy an optional glacier flightseeing tour (weather
Exploring New Zealand TS109 2019_TCT2pg.indd 97
permitting) or simply meditate on the beauty of the Southern Alps. (B, D) Day 12: Mt. Cook - Dunedin Travel to Dunedin, on the southeast coast of New Zealand. One of the earliest European settlements on the islands, Dunedin holds proudly to its Scottish heritage and traditions. (B)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Auckland • Bay of Islands • Rotorua • Wellington • Blenheim • Marlborough Wine Tastings • Christchurch • Mt. Cook • Dunedin • Queenstown • Milford Sound
Day 13: Dunedin This morning’s panoramic drive reveals Larnach Castle as well as Baldwin Street, the world’s steepest public road. Later, visit the Royal Albatross Centre, the only mainland breeding location in the world for these magnificent birds. Their epic wingspan can reach nearly 10 feet! (B) Day 14: Dunedin - Queenstown Set off today for one of the world’s prettiest towns. You may choose to embark on an optional trip on the spectacular Taieri Gorge Railway; this line was begun in 1879 to serve the inland region of Otago and includes 10 tunnels and 35 bridges. Before arriving in Queenstown, stop in the beautiful 19th century gold rush settlement of Arrowtown, and take some time to explore its quaint, historic streets. (B) Day 15: Queenstown - Milford Sound Queenstown En route to Milford Sound, enjoy the rugged grandeur of the Hollyford Valley. You’ll travel through ancient beech forest via the Homer Tunnel. During a cruise of the breathtakingly beautiful Milford Sound you will see why this fjord is one of the most visited sights on the South Island. With rock faces that rise nearly 4,000 feet on either side, the scenery will take your breath away. (B, L) Day 16: Queenstown Journey into the heart of New Zealand’s high country to visit an authentic, family-owned merino sheep farm. En route, enjoy the spectacular scenery of the Remarkables, Cecil Peak, Bob’s Cove and Mt. Earnslaw as you cruise across spectacular Lake Wakatipu to Mt. Nicholas High Country Farm. During your exclusive, behind-the-scenes visit, follow the journey of merino wool from mustering sheep through the creation of modern wool garments. Enjoy a freshly prepared farmer’s lunch before sailing back to Queenstown. Later this afternoon, it’s your choice! You may go bird watching at the Kiwi Birdlife Park -OR- take a gondola to the top of Bob’s Peak for stunning panoramic views of the region. Gather for a farwell dinner overlooking Lake Wakatipu and the Remarkable Mountains. (B, L, D) Day 17: Queenstown - Tour Ends Your adventure comes to a close today, leaving you with many pleasant memories of a wonderful trip. (B)
3-NIGHT FIJI EXTENSION
Complete your journey with a 3 night stay in Fiji. Take time after your adventure to revel in this beachy paradise and relax along its sun-drenched shores. CALL FOR DETAILS
DOUBLE
Starting from £3749
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 24 June 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
14, 28 January 4, 18, 25 February 4, 25 March 29 April
20 May 24 June 29 July 26 August 23 September 14 October 4, 11 November
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
13, 20, 27 January 10, 24 February 9, 16 March 20 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £4999
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Exploring New Zealand and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Auckland and depart from Queenstown. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
“
So many memorable places under the guidance of a terrific tour manager and driver. Loved Rotorua, Wellington, Queenstown, Milford sound and Mount Cook – the icing on the cake.
”
Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Fiji
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 97
8/19/18 12:16 PM
EXPLORING AUSTRALIA
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£500pp
T&C’s apply
16 DAYS • 23 MEALS £ FROM 4699
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Come to know the Walpiri Aboriginal people during a “Dreamtime Tour.” •• Enjoy a dinner and performance at the famous Sydney Opera House. •• Tour Kata Tjuta and the base of “The Rock” (Ayers Rock).
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Explore the Great Barrier Reef. •• Tour Sydney, the birthplace of modern-day Australia. •• Traverse the “Red Centre” on your drive to Uluru (Ayers Rock).
Kangaroo in the wild IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 14 | Travel to the stunning Blue Mountains of New South Wales or experience the sites of Sydney on board a high-speed boat.
Cross the International Dateline and embark on an authentically Australian adventure. START E ARLY
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 15 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 7 dinners •• Delight in a bush dinner in the Australian Outback. •• At sunset, enjoy a champagne toast while gazing at Uluru. •• Take in the sights during a dinner cruise of Sydney Harbour.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Novotel South Wharf, Melbourne Days 3, 4 Novotel Barossa Valley Resort, Barossa Valley Days 5, 6 Doubletree by Hilton, Alice Springs Day 7 Desert Gardens, Uluru, Ayers Rock Days 8 – 11 Pacific Hotel, Cairns Days 12 – 15 Mantra 2 Bond Street, Sydney On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
98 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Exploring Australia TS459 2019_TCT.indd 98
Melbourne: Settle in to this seaside city and prepare for an adventurous trip. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Melbourne, Australia - Tour Begins The adventure of a lifetime awaits as you set out to see Australia’s vibrant cities, coastal gems, captivating Outback, and so much more! Arrive today in Melbourne, a Victorian city with an energetic modern vibe. You’re in for a treat tonight as you dine aboard the famous Colonial Cable-car Restaurant, the first travelling cable-car restaurant in the world! (D) Day 2: Melbourne Get to know Melbourne on a tour that features the historic Fitzroy Gardens. Later, you may join an optional tour to Phillip Island, the home of the world’s largest colony of Little Penguins. Protected and studied by rangers, hundreds of them waddle out of the sea and cross the beach to their burrows in the dunes. At the interpretation centre, you have a chance to learn about the lives of the Little Penguins and their significance to the area. (B) Day 3: Melbourne - Adelaide - Barossa Valley Fly to Adelaide and explore this lovely coastal city before proceeding to the Barossa Valley, Australia’s most
famous wine region. Renowned among connoisseurs, the valley’s award-winning winemakers attract visitors from around the world. Tonight, enjoy a scenic dinner overlooking the vineyards. (B, D) Day 4: Barossa Valley Set out for the 19th-century Hutton Vale Farm, an 8th generation working farm and winery set on 2,000 acres of picturesque countryside. Caretakers John and Jan Angas will welcome you and share their family’s story that extends back to the founding of Australia. Tour the farm’s historic buildings, see their livestock and one of the many vineyards before partaking in some tea and homemade specialties. Perhaps you’ll give their sweet crisp Riesling a try. Next, travel to the Seppeltsfield winery for a private tour, followed by a tasting of their world-class wines. Quench your palate with varietals ranging from fruit-forward Chardonnays to earthy Pinot Noirs. (B) Day 5: Barossa Valley - Alice Springs Fly to the Outback. Your Alice Springs tour highlights the Old Telegraph Station and Anzac Hill, with amazing panoramas of the area. Meet the young Aboriginal group, Drum Atweme. Supported by the Collette Foundation, Drum Atweme is a musical organisation comprised of at-risk youth from the local community. Tonight, savour a memorable bush dinner set against the desert backdrop. (B, D)
8/22/18 11:42 AM
LY TO
y
Day 6: Alice Springs Come to know the history and culture of the Walpiri Aboriginal people during a “Dreamtime Tour.” A specialist guide shares Aboriginal creation stories and explains everyday life. Later, gain insight into the educational system in the Outback at the School of the Air; you may even see a class in session. Take the rest of the day to explore this quintessential Outback town. (B) Day 7: Alice Springs - Uluru (Ayers Rock) Traverse the “Red Centre” as you drive to Uluru (the Aboriginal name for Ayers Rock). This huge monolith and the sandstone domes known as Kata Tjuta were created through the process of upheaval and erosion. Prepare for a truly majestic sunset as you witness the changing colours of Uluru while enjoying a champagne toast. (B) Day 8: Uluru - Cairns Set off in the cool of the morning for Kata Tjuta and the base of “The Rock” to learn about its geology and significance to Aboriginal culture. Later, fly to Cairns – the tropical gateway to one of the world’s most spectacular natural attractions – the Great Barrier Reef (UNESCO World Heritage site). Established as a marine park in 1975, the reef is a haven for thousands of species of sea life, as well as turtles and birds. (B) Day 9: Cairns Board the Skyrail Rainforest Cableway for an unforgettable ride above the rainforest canopy. There are two stops where you may get off and experience the forest floor’s diversity of plants, birds and animals from specially designed boardwalks. The afternoon is at leisure to enjoy the tropical surroundings. (B, D) Day 10: Great Barrier Reef Board a catamaran and sail to the Low Isles to explore the fascinating underwater world of the Great Barrier Reef. Choose how you want to spend your day in paradise by making your time on the reef as educational or as laid back as you like. Perhaps you will relax and independently explore the pristine shores of this tiny sand island located on the outer reef. Or maybe you are a bit more adventurous and will go snorkeling, revealing a wealth of vibrant sea life. You also have the opportunity to meet with a marine biologist during an informative presentation. Or you may also opt to join an expert for a beach and heritage trail walk along the island. (B, L) Day 11: Cairns This morning, explore the town at your own pace or simply relax. Later, set out for Hartley’s Croc Farm. Get up close and personal
Exploring Australia TS459 2019_TCT.indd 99
with crocodiles in their natural habitat! Boardwalks take you on a path of adventure through rainforests and woodlands, home to birds, reptiles and wallabies. You may meet some of the local koalas and chat with a wildlife naturalist to learn more about these cuddly creatures. Then, take an exciting cruise on the lagoon and watch for crocodiles before enjoying an authentic Aussie barbecue. (B, D)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Melbourne • Barossa Valley • Hutton Vale Farm and Winery • Alice Springs • Uluru • Cairns • Great Barrier Reef • Sydney • Sydney Opera House Performance
Day 12: Cairns - Sydney After a leisurely morning, fly to Sydney, Australia’s largest city, where British settlers first dropped anchor in 1788. (B) Day 13: Sydney See where the original English colonists first settled in 1788 during a city tour of Sydney. Highlights of the tour include Kings Cross, the Harbour Bridge, Chinatown, the Rocks, Circular Quay, the Botanic Gardens, and the fashionable suburb of Darlinghurst. Discover the world’s most fascinating architectural sights as you take a guided tour of the Sydney Opera House, poised majestically on Sydney Harbour. Then you are in for a unique experience as you learn first-hand about opals during a special presentation at the National Opal Collection. Later, experience a once-in-a-lifetime dinner and performance at the Sydney Opera House. (B, D) Day 14: Choice of the Blue Mountains or Sydney by Sea It’s your choice! Travel to the stunning Blue Mountains of New South Wales (UNESCO) and come to know its countless geological wonders – sandstone plateaus, rich valleys, river gorges and endless pristine wilderness; see the Three Sisters sandstone rock formations, the region’s most notable attraction -OR- further experience Sydney at your own pace with a Sydney cruise pass; travel by high-speed boat to a variety of spots on Sydney Harbour; visit the famous beach resorts of Manly and Watson’s Bay, historic Fort Denison or Taronga Zoo; hop off to explore places of interest or stay on and relax during a narrated cruise. (B) Day 15: Sydney Enjoy a day at leisure. Perhaps you will explore more of Sydney’s fascinating attractions, do some shopping or find yourself relaxing at a local café. This evening, say farewell to Sydney and take in the sights during a delightful dinner cruise of Sydney Harbour. Marvel at the scenic vistas of the harbour showcasing Sydney’s magnificent skyline, the iconic Sydney Opera House, and the Harbour Bridge. (B, D) Day 16: Sydney - Tour Ends You depart for home with wonderful memories of this inspiring country. (B)
Experience more with a
3-NIGHT FIJI EXTENSION
Your corner of paradise awaits with a 3-night stay in Fiji. Take time after your adventure to relax and enjoy the Fijian culture. CALL FOR DETAILS
DOUBLE
Starting from £4699
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 16 June 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
20, 27 January 3, 17 February 3, 10 March 28 April
5 May 16 June 21 July 25 August 8, 22 September 13, 27 October 3 November 19, 26 January
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
2, 23 February 8, 22 March 19, 26 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £5 899
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Exploring Australia and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport and visa. An ETA visa is required for entry into Australia which is provided by us free of charge. Please ask for details at the time of booking. Our air passengers will arrive into Melbourne and depart from Sydney. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Guests will transfer from the hotel to the welcome dinner at 5:10 p.m. If your arrival at the hotel is after that time, we have arranged for you to enjoy dinner at your hotel. The internal flights are included in the land price of your tour.
GIVING BACK Australia - Drum Atweme creates a positive environment for at-risk Aboriginal girls through traditional music.
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Fiji
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 99
8/22/18 11:42 AM
THE COMPLETE SOUTH PACIFIC 25 DAYS • 37 MEALS £ FROM 7399
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Discover the origins of the Aboriginal people on a “Dreamtime Tour.” •• See koalas in their natural setting during a stop at a koala conservation center.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Explore the Great Barrier Reef. •• Tour the sandstone domes known as Kata Tjuta at the base of Ayers Rock. •• Witness the Little Penguins on the beach at Phillip Island.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 24 breakfasts • 2 lunches • 11 dinners •• Savour a memorable bush dinner in the Australian Outback. •• Experience a dinner and performance at the famous Sydney Opera House.
Sydney Harbour
Toss a boomerang, meet a tasmanian devil, savour an Outback bush dinner – this is the South Pacific in all its glory. START E ARLY Cairns: Give yourself the gift of an extra day exploring this tropical getaway. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Cairns, Australia - Tour Begins Cross the International Dateline as you begin a comprehensive adventure through Australia and New Zealand. Your tour opens in Cairns, the tropical gateway to one of the world’s most spectacular natural attractions – the Great Barrier Reef (UNESCO). Established as a marine park in 1975, the reef is a haven for thousands of species of sea life, as well as turtles and birds. (D)
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
100 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
The Complete South Pacific TS105 2019_TCT.indd 100
Day 2: Cairns Rise high on the Skyrail Rainforest Cableway for an unforgettable ride over the rainforest canopy. Embrace the opportunity to explore the forest floor up close with access to specially designed boardwalks. Your evening is at leisure to enjoy your tropical surroundings. (B)
Day 3: Great Barrier Reef Board a catamaran and sail to the Low Isles to explore the fascinating underwater world of the Great Barrier Reef. Choose how you want to spend your day in paradise by making your time on the reef as educational or as laid back as you like. Perhaps you will relax and independently explore the pristine shores of this tiny sand island located on the outer reef. Or maybe you are a bit more adventurous and will go snorkeling, revealing a wealth of vibrant sea life. You also have the opportunity to meet with a marine biologist during an informative presentation. Or you may also opt to join an expert for a beach and heritage trail walk along the island. (B, L) Day 4: Cairns - Uluru (Ayers Rock) Fly to Uluru (the Aboriginal name for Ayers Rock) in the heart of the Australian Outback. Tour the sandstone domes known as Kata Tjuta and the beautiful area surrounding the base of “The Rock.” Later, witness a stunning sunset over a glass of champagne
8/19/18 10:21 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Cairns • Great Barrier Reef • Ayers Rock • Alice Springs • Darwin • Melbourne • Little Penguins • Tasmania • Sydney Opera House Performance • Queenstown • Milford Sound • Mt. Cook • Christchurch • Wellington • Rotorua • Auckland
£500pp
T&C’s apply
Snorkel the Great Barrier Reef
Koala
Sunset at Ayers Rock
as the Rock’s hues change dramatically with the setting sun. (B) Day 5: Uluru - Alice Springs Hop over the “Red Centre” on a short flight to Alice Springs. Tour the area and learn how people once communicated in the remote Outback at the Old Telegraph Station, dating back to the 1800s. Visit the School of the Air to find out more about the educational system of the Outback. There’s even a chance of witnessing a class in session! Become locally invested as you have the opportunity to meet the young Aboriginal group, Drum Atweme. Supported by the Collette Foundation, Drum Atweme is a musical group comprised of at-risk youth from the local community. Tonight, continue your cultural immersion with a memorable bush dinner set against the backdrop of this unique desert environment. (B, D) Day 6: Alice Springs - Darwin Access the history and culture of the Aboriginal people during a “Dreamtime Tour.” A specialist guide shares Aboriginal creation stories and explains everyday life. You’ll even taste native cuisine. Later, board your flight to the city of Darwin on the northern edge of Australia. (B, D) Day 7: Darwin Explore the city of Darwin on a full day tour. Learn about Darwin’s history during World
The Complete South Pacific TS105 2019_TCT.indd 101
War II at the Military Museum, stroll along the esplanade, and experience a thrilling up close and personal experience with Australian saltwater crocodiles! (B) Day 8: Darwin - Melbourne Transfer to the Darwin airport for your flight to the beautiful Victorian city of Melbourne. (B) Day 9: Melbourne Set out on a city tour and see Fitzroy Gardens and bustling “laneways” of Melbourne. There is time at leisure to explore the city independently. Later, see koalas in their natural setting during a stop at a koala conservation centre before arriving at Phillip Island, a renowned nature reserve and home of the world’s largest colony of Little Penguins. Protected and studied by rangers, hundreds of them waddle out of the sea and cross the beach to their burrows in the dunes. At the interpretation centre, you have a chance to learn about the lives of the Little Penguins and their significance to the region. (B) Day 10: Melbourne - Hobart A flight to Hobart, Tasmania brings you to Australia’s second oldest city. The rugged and pristine beauty of Tasmania provides the backdrop to your 2-night stay. (B, D) Day 11: Hobart Brace yourself for the Tasmanian Devil! Visit
the Tasmanian Devil Conservation Centre and learn about this unique marsupial, its fight for survival, and the efforts in place to save it from extinction. Later, take a guided tour of the Port Arthur Historic Site, the best-preserved example of Australia’s original penal colonies and home to stabilized ruins and restored buildings dating back to 1833. En route, witness the spectacular coastal rock formations known as Tasman Arch, Devil’s Kitchen and the Blow Hole. (B) Day 12: Hobart - Sydney Fly to mainland Australia today and arrive in the bustling city of Sydney. This evening it’s Diner’s Choice as you choose from a variety of local restaurants along bustling Darling Harbour. (B, D) Day 13: Sydney See where the original English colonists first settled in 1788 during a city tour of Sydney. Highlights of your tour include Kings Cross, the Harbour Bridge, Chinatown, the Rocks, Circular Quay, the Botanic Gardens and the fashionable suburb of Darlinghurst. Discover one of the world’s most fascinating architectural sights as you take a guided CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE...
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 101
8/19/18 10:22 AM
THE COMPLETE SOUTH PACIFIC (CONTINUED)
25 DAYS • 37 MEALS £ FROM 7399
land only, per person, double occupancy
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Pullman International, Cairns Day 4 Sails in the Desert, Ayers Rock Day 5 Doubletree by Hilton, Alice Springs Days 6, 7 Hilton Darwin, Darwin Days 8, 9 Crown Promenade, Melbourne Days 10, 11 Hadley’s Orient Hotel, Hobart Days 12 – 14 Hyatt Regency Darling Harbour, Sydney Days 15 – 17 Millennium Hotel or Novotel Queenstown Lakeside, Queenstown Day 18 The Hermitage (Mt. Cook Region), Mount Cook Day 19 Novotel Hotel Cathedral Square, Christchurch Days 20, 21 Novotel Wellington, Wellington Days 22, 23 Millennium Hotel, Rotorua Day 24 Rydges Hotel, Auckland
Queenstown
...CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
tour of the Sydney Opera House, poised majestically on Sydney Harbour. Then you’re in for a unique experience as you learn firsthand about opals during a special presentation at the National Opal Collection. Later this evening, take in dinner and a once-in-a-lifetime performance at the famous Sydney Opera House. (B, D) Day 14: Sydney Enjoy a day at leisure. Marvel at the scenic vistas of the harbour showcasing Sydney’s magnificent skyline, the iconic Sydney Opera House and the Harbour Bridge. (B) Day 15: Sydney - Queenstown, New Zealand Fly to one of the world’s best-kept secrets – New Zealand! Arrive in gorgeous Queenstown. Enjoy dinner overlooking Lake Wakatipu and the Remarkable Mountains. (B, D)
102
The Complete South Pacific TS105 2019_TCT.indd 102
Day 16: Queenstown - Milford Sound Queenstown En route to Milford Sound, enjoy the rugged grandeur of the Hollyford Valley. You’ll travel through beech forest via the Homer Tunnel. During a cruise of the breathtakingly beautiful Milford Sound you’ll see why this fjord is one of the most visited sights on the South Island. With rock faces that rise nearly 4,000 feet on either side, the scenery will take your breath away. Following your
cruise, you return to Queenstown. You may choose to return via a short optional flight (weather permitting) for spectacular views of New Zealand’s Southern Alps. (B, L) Day 17: Queenstown A free day in Queenstown offers limitless diversions set amidst breathtaking Alpine scenery. Shop in the charming village centre or enjoy an optional and exhilarating jet boat ride on the Shotover River. Or, perhaps you will join the optional “Gold Seeker – Metal and Movie Discovery” tour which takes you through the majestic Remarkable Mountains and the breathtaking Queenstown countryside showcasing many of the spots where “The Lord of the Rings” movies were filmed. (B) Day 18: Queenstown - Arrowtown - Mt. Cook National Park Set out for the beautiful turn-of-the-century gold rush settlement of Arrowtown. Take time to explore independently and stroll its quaint, historic streets. Next, follow the Kawarau River and cross Lindis Pass before arriving in New Zealand’s most famous national park, Mt. Cook. There will be time to enjoy the Alpine paradise of Mt. Cook – a larger-than-life experience. You may choose to take a nature walk, enjoy an optional glacier flightseeing tour (weather permitting) or simply meditate on the beauty of the Southern Alps. (B, D) Day 19: Mt. Cook - Christchurch Travel to the historic city of Christchurch, the “Garden City”. Enjoy some free time to
8/19/18 10:22 AM
Maori Wood Carving
3-NIGHT FIJI EXTENSION
Your corner of paradise awaits with a 3-night stay in Fiji. Take time after your adventure to relax and enjoy the Fijian culture. CALL FOR DETAILS
Rotorua xx explore. Perhaps you’ll stroll the city’s magnificent gardens or learn about its more recent history at the Quake City exhibition at the Re:Start Mall. (B) Day 20: Christchurch - Picton Wellington On your journey to Picton, admire the coastal views, scenic river valleys and vineyards. From there, sail across Cook Strait to experience what has been called “the most beautiful ferry ride in the world.” Your final destination is Wellington, New Zealand’s capital city. (B, D) Day 21: Wellington Come to know Wellington on a tour viewing the Beehive, New Zealand’s Parliament; historic St. Paul’s Church; and the Old Government Building – the largest wooden building in the Southern Hemisphere. Explore the Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongawera, a fascinating centre dedicated to art, history and the Maori culture. (B) Day 22: Wellington - Rotorua Drive to Rotorua with its dramatic geothermal landscape. Over onethird of its population boasts Maori roots making it known as the Maori capital of New Zealand. (B, D) Day 23: Rotorua Discover Te Puia – New Zealand’s
The Complete South Pacific TS105 2019_TCT.indd 103
premier Maori cultural and geothermal experience. Witness how the Maori keep their culture alive by teaching the tribal youth traditional carving and weaving. Enjoy the chance to see the Kiwi bird and learn about the preservation efforts being made to remove this marvellous creature from the endangered species list. Next, meet the skilled carvers who work with pounamu, New Zealand greenstone, at a jade factory. At the Agrodome, see a sheep shearing demonstration and learn about the importance of agriculture to the nation. (B) Day 24: Rotorua - Auckland Travel through the majestic countryside of the North Island, arriving in New Zealand’s largest city, Auckland, “The City of Sails.” A panoramic city tour features the America’s Cup Village, the War Memorial, vibrant Queen Street, the Auckland Harbour Bridge, and spectacular views from the harbourside. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a farewell dinner where you will toast the end of a fabulous trip! (B, D) Day 25: Auckland - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close in Auckland. (B) Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Fiji
DOUBLE
Starting from £7399
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 24 June 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
14 21, 28 January 4, 11, 18, 25 February 4, 11, 18 March 8, 27, 29 April
27 May 24 June 22 July 19 August 9, 23 September 7, 14, 28 October 2, 11 November 13, 20, 27 January
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
3, 10, 17, 24 February 9, 16, 23 March 20, 27 April Visit thomascooktours. com for pricing details.
Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £95 49
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with The Complete South Pacific and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport and visa. An ETA visa is required for entry into Australia which is provided by us free of charge. Please ask for details at the time of booking. Our air passengers will arrive into Cairns and depart from Auckland. Airport transfers are available for purchase. The internal flights on this programme are included in the tour cost.
“
The tour was well organised and the itinerary was awesome. We saw so much. There was enough down time to recharge a bit, but the coordination and the timing of all the stops was outstanding.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 103
8/19/18 11:47 AM
FROM THE OUTBACK TO THE GLACIERS 19 DAYS • 28 MEALS £ FROM 5564
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Meet the young Aboriginal group, Drum Atweme. •• Take a guided tour of the Sydney Opera House – an architectural wonder. •• Visit Hartley’s Croc Farm for a chance to get up-close and personal with crocodiles.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Explore the Great Barrier Reef. •• Discover the origins of the Aboriginal people on a “Dreamtime Tour.” •• Explore Kata Tjuta and the base of Ayers Rock (Uluru).
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 18 breakfasts • 2 lunches • 8 dinners •• Witness Ayers Rock at sunset while you sip champagne. •• Take in the sights during a delightful dinner cruise of Sydney Harbour.
Sydney Opera House
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Pacific Hotel, Cairns Days 4, 5 Rendezvous Grand Hotel, Melbourne Days 6, 7 Doubletree by Hilton, Alice Springs Day 8 Desert Gardens, Uluru Days 9 – 11 The Tank Stream Hotel, Sydney Day 12 Pavilions Hotel, Christchurch Day 13 Scenic Franz Josef Glacier Hotel, Franz Joasef Days 14 – 16 Novotel Lakeside, Queenstown Day 17 The Hermitage, Mount Cook Day 18 Pavilions Hotel, Christchurch On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
104 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
From the Outback to the Glaciers TS97 2019_TCT2pg.indd 104
Satisfy your curiosity of lands Down Under and uncover the culture of the Aborigines, the rugged Outback, and the Alpine paradise of Mt. Cook. START E ARLY Cairns: Enjoy more time in this sunny getaway that’s home to the Great Barrier Reef. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Days 1-3: Cairns, Australia Your tour opens in Cairns, the tropical gateway to one of the world’s most spectacular attractions –the Great Barrier Reef. Here, your adventures will include a visit to Hartley’s Croc Farm and a catamaran ride to the Low Isles to explore this fascinating reef. Days 4-5: Cairns – Melbourne Fly to the beautiful Victorian city of Melbourne. Set out on a city tour of the iconic Fitzroy Gardens. An optional tour takes you to Phillip Island, nature reserve and home to the largest colony of adorable Little Penguins.
Days 6-7: Melbourne – Alice Springs It’s on to the vast landscapes and tranquility of the Outback in Alice Springs. Get the chance to meet a young Aboriginal group, Drum Atweme, supported by the Collette Foundation. Enjoy a bush dinner set against the backdrop of the red-hued desert. The following day, access the history and culture of the Walpiri Aboriginal people, discover a more modern side to Outback living at the Royal Flying Doctor Service, and tour the Old Telegraph Station and Anzac Hill. Days 8-9: Uluru –Sydney Traverse the “Red Centre” and drive through Uluru in the heart of the Australian Outback. Tour the base of “the Rock,” learning about its geology and significance to Aboriginal culture. Enjoy a champagne toast as you watch the sunset on the majestic Uluru. The following day, tour Kata Tjuta before saying farewell to the Outback and flying to Sydney.
8/23/18 10:18 AM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£500pp
T&C’s apply
in the marvelous snowcapped peaks, rugged mountains and stunning river gorges as you cross the Southern Alps into the Franz Josef Glacier Region. Experience a living glacial landscape in a temperate environment. If weather permits, see the beautiful glacier region from high in the sky on a flightseeing tour. Then, you’ll encounter a dramatic change in scenery as you cross the Haast Pass in to Queenstown, one of New Zealand’s prettiest towns. Enjoy dinner overlooking lake Wakatipu and the Remarkable Mountains. Days 15-16: Milford Sound - Queenstown Journey to Milford Sound where you’ll soak in the rugged grandeur of the Hollyford Valley. Cruise its breathtaking waters and come to know why it’s one of the most visited sites on South Island. Following the cruise, you’ll return to Queenstown. You can choose to return via a short optional flight (weather permitting) for spectacular views of New Zealand’s Southern Alps. You’ll enjoy one day of leisure in Queenstown where you can choose between activities like shopping in the village center or an optional jetboat ride on the Shotover River. Days 17-18: Mt. Cook – Christchurch Set off for the beautiful 19th century gold rush settlement of Arrowtown. Follow the Kawarau River and cross Lindis Pass before arriving in New Zealand’s most famous national park, Mt. Cook. Enjoy free time in this Alpine paradise, taking a nature walk or opting for a glacier flightseeing tour (weather permitting). As you return to Christchurch this morning, pay a visit to Willowbank Wildlife Reserve. A leader in conservation of New Zealand species, Willowbank offers the chance to view New Zealand’s “Big 5” up close and personal.
Savour dinner in the bustling Darling Harbour restaurant area. Days 10-12: Sydney – Christchurch, New Zealand In Sydney, you’ll see where the English colonists first settled in 1788 during a city tour, discover Sydney’s architectural gem–the Sydney Opera House–on a guided tour, and learn firsthand about opals during a special presentation at the National Opal Collection. Then, enjoy an optional dinner and show at the famous Opera House. The following day is yours at leisure to explore Sydney’s many wonders. Your last evening here will be spent soaking in the scenic vistas of Sydney Harbour on a delightful dinner cruise. The following day, leave Australia behind and fly to the historic city of Christchurch, New Zealand.
Day 19: Christchurch - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close, leaving you with many pleasant memories of a wonderful vacation.
Days 13-14: Christchurch - Franz Josef Glacier - Queenstown Embark on a sightseeing tour that highlights how the “Garden City” is working to recreate itself. Then, take
From the Outback to the Glaciers TS97 2019_TCT2pg.indd 105
Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Fiji
GIVING BACK Australia - Drum Atweme creates a positive environment for at-risk Aboriginal girls through traditional music.
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Cairns • Great Barrier Reef • Melbourne • Alice Springs • Ayers Rock • Sydney • Sydney Opera House • Christchurch • Franz Josef Glacier Region • Queenstown • Milford Sound • Mt. Cook National Park
3-NIGHT FIJI EXTENSION
Complete your journey with a 3 night stay in Fiji. Take time after your adventure to revel in this beachy paradise and relax along its sun-drenched shores. CALL FOR DETAILS
DOUBLE
Starting from £5564
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 25 September 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
16, 23, 30 January 6, 12, 13, 19, 20, 27 February 6, 12, 13, 20, 27 March 9, 10, 17 April
★ 8 May ★ 12, 26 June ★ 10, 24 July ★ 14, 28 August
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
11, 25 September 1, 2, 9, 16, 23, 30 October 6, 20, 27 November 4 December
8, 15, 22, 29 January 5, 12, 19, 26 February 4, 11, 18 March 1, 8, 22, 29 April Visit thomascooktours. com for pricing details.
Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £721 4
This trip requires a passport and visa. An ETA visa is required for entry into Australia which is provided by us free of charge. Please ask for details at the time of booking. Our air passengers will arrive into Cairns and depart from Christchurch. Airport transfers are available for purchase. The internal flights on this programme are included in the tour cost. Due to tour scheduling, flights should arrive prior to 4:00 p.m.
FRE E FIJI
Travel dates from May – August 2019 include 3 NIGHTS IN FIJI for FREE! 24 Days, 32 Meals May - August 2019
8 May; 12, 26 June; 10, 24 July; 14, 28 August Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Rates are land only, per person, double occupancy.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 105
8/23/18 10:18 AM
106
Great Sphinx of Giza, Egypt
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 106
8/17/18 4:17 PM
ASIA, AFRICA &
THE MIDDLE EAST Featuring China, Vietnam, Japan, India, Egypt, Morocco, Israel, South Africa, Botswana & Kenya Diverse. Ancient. Complex. Discover a world completely unlike your own and have a true adventure in Asia, Africa or the Middle East. Encounter the mystique of Asia’s sacred temples. Set out on safari in search of the “Big 5” in Africa. Step back in time and gaze upon the intriguing and breathtaking Pyramids of Giza in Egypt. Explore the starkly beautiful deserts of the Middle East. This magical corner of the globe beckons you to unearth its mysteries and treasures.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 107
107
8/17/18 12:24 PM
CULTURAL TREASURES OF JAPAN
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£50pp T&C’s apply
13 DAYS • 21 MEALS £ FROM 3449
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Explore the famous Yanaka Ginza district, the “shitamachi,” with old town ambience reminiscent of Tokyo’s past. •• Try your hand at the centuries-old art of the Japanese tea ceremony, gold leaf decorating and stenciling. •• Travel by the famous Shinkansen bullet train.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Take in magnificent views of Mt. Fuji from the Hakone Ropeway. •• Visit multiple UNESCO sights including Shirakawa-go, Nijo Castle, Itsukushima Shinto Shrine and Hiroshima Peace Memorial.
Fushimi Inari Taisha CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 12 breakfasts • 2 lunches • 7 dinners •• Stop for a sushi lunch in Tokyo’s famous fish market. •• Enjoy a Hida beef dinner and sake tasting at a local sake brewery. •• Experience a traditional kaiseki dinner with Geisha show in Kyoto.
From the tranquility of ancient temples to the kinetic energy of bustling city streets, the blend of old and new is alive and well in Japan. START E ARLY Tokyo: Experience your first night in this electric capital city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Tokyo Prince Hotel, Tokyo or Shiba Park Hotel, Tokyo Day 4 Odakyu Hotel de Yama or The Prince Hakone Lake Ashinoko, Hakone Days 5, 6 Takayama Green Hotel, Takayama Days 7, 8 Kanazawa Tokyu Hotel, or ANA Crowne Plaza, Kanazawa Days 9 – 12 Westin Miyako, Kyoto or Kyoto Tokyu Hotel, Kyoto On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
108 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Cultural Treasures of Japan TS607 2019_TCT.indd 108
Day 1: Tokyo, Japan - Tour Begins Welcome to Japan, the “Land of the Rising Sun.” Begin in the electrifying city of Tokyo, where pop culture is turned all the way up and traditions are rich and long-kept. Tonight, experience a traditional Japanesestyle meal alongside your fellow travellers at a festive welcome dinner. (D) Day 2: Tokyo Feel the excitement start to build when you see the magnificent view of the city from above at Tokyo Tower, the iconic symbol of Tokyo. Then, enjoy a morning stroll through the outside grounds of the Imperial Palace, the Kokyo Gaien National Gardens, and see the Niju Bridge and Sakurada Gate, the well-known symbols of the Imperial Palace. Walk through Tsukiji, the world’s largest, busiest fish market and a preamble to a true taste of Japan – a sushi lunch at the market. Later, amid a lush forest outside
of Tokyo, visit the Meiji Shrine, dedicated to Emperor Meiji and his wife, Empress Shoken. (B, L) Day 3: Tokyo Begin the day exploring Asakusa, Tokyo’s oldest Geisha district. Visit the famous Buddhist temple, Senso-ji, the colourful temple famous for the red chochin (lantern) hanging at the entrance gate. Experience the long standing tradition of the Japanese tea ceremony, dating back to the 15th century. During your free time, explore the Nakamise Shopping Arcade and feel the energy of the oldest shopping street in Japan. Luckily, you don’t need a time machine to get to Tokyo’s old town, Yanaka Ginza, where quaint shops and vendors selling local cuisine transport you to a different time altogether. Tonight, dine as the locals do at an Izakaya, a preferred establishment among the Japanese “salary man” (business man), featuring Japanese tapas-style food. (B, D) Day 4: Tokyo - Hakone Journey to the lakeside resort of Hakone, renowned for its hot springs. In the shadow of Mt. Fuji (UNESCO), this scenic town
8/23/18 10:21 AM
LY TO
y
hugs the shorelines of Lake Ashi. Make a stop at Owakudani, located in an active volcanic zone. The Owakudani crater was created some 3,000 years ago, when Mt. Hakone erupted. Climb aboard the Hakone Ropeway, an aerial cable car descending from Owakudani for a breathtaking view of Mt. Fuji. Next, take to the deep-blue waters of Lake Ashi on a cruise where you’ll see epic views of the local mountains before stopping in the charming town of Moto-Hakone. (B, D) Day 5: Hakone - Matsumoto Takayama This breathtaking day begins in Matsumoto at Matsumoto Castle, known as the “Crow Castle” because of its striking black exterior. Enjoy the local cuisine as we stop for lunch at a Soba noodle shop. Later, you’ll step back in time in the rural Edo-period town of Takayama, nestled in the Japanese Alps. Well known to the locals for its connection to sake, this is the perfect place to gather for a visit to one of Japan’s 200-year-old sake breweries. Afterward, experience a true Japanese epicurean treat – traditional rice wine paired with a special Hida beef dinner. (B, L, D) Day 6: Takayama The ancient cultures of Takayama come alive this morning in the town’s historic district. Take a walk through the past and glimpse the 19th-century Jinya government building. Stroll through the morning market along the Miyagawa River, a 600-year-old open air market with locally grown products. Circuit the winding streets, where the town’s traditional charms are preserved in the inns and houses. This afternoon, relish some free time to continue your exploration of Takayama on your own. (B) Day 7: Takayama - Shirakawa-go Kanazawa Today, embrace the unique charms of Shirakawa-go (UNESCO). Hidden away in the mountain, this harmonious village is famous for its gassho-zukuri-style houses – thatched-rooftops designed to resemble two hands joined in prayer. Journey to Kanazawa, the origin of gold-leaf making since the 16th century. Visit the Samurai district where we’ll enter the former home of the Nomuras, a wealthy samurai family who served the ruling Maeda family. Then, travel to the Geisha quarters of Kanazawa, the Higashi Tea district. Gather in town this evening for dinner. (B, D) Day 8: Kanazawa More than 25 acres of beauty awaits you today at Kenroku-En – Garden of Six Qualities. From
the beauty of Japan’s most stunning gardens, dive in to the ancient craft of gold leaf making during a hands-on lesson in decorating your own lacquer box at Kanazawa Katani! In the center of town, take in the action of the Omicho fish market before venturing out on your own to really immerse yourself in Kanazawa’s dynamic culture. (B)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Tokyo • Asakusa and Yanaka Ginza • Tea Ceremony • Hakone • Lake Ashi Cruise • Scenic Cable Car • Matsumoto Castle • Takayama • Hida Beef Dinner and Sake Tasting • Shirakawa-go • Kanazawa • Kyoto • Bullet Train • Hiroshima • Geisha Show
Day 9: Kanazawa - Kyoto Kyoto awaits! The former Imperial capital of Japan is now one of the nation’s top cosmopolitan cities. At the same time, Kyoto’s connection with its past is strong; you won’t need to look far to see one of its 2,000 temples and shrines. Visit Kinkakuji (UNESCO), the Golden Pavilion, a zen temple whose top two floors are completely covered in gold leaf. Then, stroll through the Gion district where you may spot women in traditional dress along the narrow lanes of teahouses. Tonight, dine in the heart of the city at a traditional yakitori (grilled chicken) restaurant. (B, D) Day 10: Kyoto - Bullet Train - Hiroshima - Kyoto All aboard the Shinkansen bullet train to Hiroshima. Upon arrival, board a ferry for the short trip to Miyajima Island, or “Shrine Island” (UNESCO), where the iconic torii gate and the Itsukushima Shrine appear to float on water. After lunch, head into Hiroshima city to visit the Peace Memorial Park, and pause to see the ruined Atomic Dome (UNESCO). Reflect at the Hiroshima Peace Memorial Museum. As this moving day comes to a close, return to Kyoto by the Shinkansen bullet train. (B) Day 11: Kyoto Explore Fushimi Inari Taisha for a tour of the most revered shrine of Inari. Follow the spectacular rows of orange torii (made famous in the movie Memoirs of a Geisha) that weave through the forest, leading you to the inner shrine. Move on to the home of the first Shogun, Nijo Castle (UNESCO), and see intricate woodcarvings, wall paintings, and the Ninomaru Garden, designed by Kobori Enshu, a landscape architect and tea master. Next, visit Marumasu Nishumuraya for a lesson in the art of stenciling at a traditional Kyoto townhouse. (B) Day 12: Kyoto Today, spend some time relaxing or set out to explore Kyoto on your own. Fully immerse yourself in Japanese culture tonight during a special kaiseki farewell dinner and Geisha show. (B, D) Day 13: Kyoto - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close in this fascinating land. (B)
Mt. Fuji
DOUBLE
Starting from £3449
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 2 December 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
14, 28 January 4, 25 February 2, 4, 11, 16 18, 23, 25 March 1, 6, 13, 15, 17, 21 April
20, 27 May 10, 24 June 8, 22 July 17, 26 August 7, 14, 21, 28 September 7, 12, 14, 19, 26, 28 October 4, 9, 18 November
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
2 December 25 January 24, 29 February 2, 4, 7, 9, 11, 16, 19 March 23, 26, 28 March 4, 6, 11, 16, 18, 20, 24 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £4 5 49
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Cultural Treasures of Japan and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Tokyo and depart from Osaka. Our air passengers will be departing from Kansai Airport or Itami Airport (depending upon your flight schedule). All transfers will depart from the Kyoto hotel for either Kansai Airport or Itami Airport. Return flights should not be booked from Kansai Airport or Itami Airport prior to 9:00 a.m. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Each guest is responsible for proper documentation and inoculations that may be required and/or recommended to participate on this tour. Please contact your local travel clinic or personal physician for specific details.
“
A really great tour. We were very fortunate to see Mt. Fuji in all its glory! The geisha show at our farewell dinner capped off a very memorable experience.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 109
Cultural Treasures of Japan TS607 2019_TCT.indd 109
8/23/18 10:21 AM
WONDERS OF CHINA & THE YANGTZE RIVER 15 DAYS • 35 MEALS £ FROM 2834
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Take your seat at an amazing acrobatics show. •• All aboard the Maglev train - reach speeds over 260 miles per hour! •• Interact with China’s national treasure at the Giant Panda Breeding Research Base.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Walk on the Juyongguan section of the Great Wall. •• Explore Old Town Shanghai and tranquil Yuyuan Garden. •• Take a relaxing 4-night upstream cruise on the Yangtze River.
RIVER CRUISE TOUR Great Wall of China
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 14 breakfasts • 12 lunches • 9 dinners •• Savour traditional Chinese food including dumplings, noodles and Peking Duck. •• Share lunch with a local family in their Hutong home. •• Partake in a traditional tea ceremony.
The allure of the eastern world unfolds before you on a spellbinding journey that exposes you to the ancient and modern marvels of China. START E ARLY Beijing: Enjoy your first evening in China’s enchanting capital city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 4 Grand Gongda Jianguo Hotel, Beijing Days 5, 6 Grand Dynasty Culture Hotel, Xian Days 7 – 10 Century Paragon, Century Cruises Days 11, 12 Tianfu Sunshine Hotel, Chengdu Days 13, 14 Hongqiao Jinjiang Hotel, Shanghai On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
110 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Wonders of China TS88 2019_TCT.indd 110
Day 1: Beijing, China - Tour Begins Set out on a journey that takes you to Beijing, Xian, Chengdu and Shanghai. Your adventure also includes a 4-night cruise on the captivating Yangtze River. Arrive in the ancient capital of China. As the political centre of China for the past 800 years, and the world’s second most populous city, Beijing is rich in history with both modern and traditional architecture. Day 2: Beijing We begin our day with a stroll through iconic Tiananmen Square. Next,, discover the Forbidden City, an awe-inspiring 15thcentury complex of palaces, courtyards and gardens that were once the home of the Ming and Qing emperors. The remainder of your day is at leisure. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner. (B, L, D). Day 3: Beijing Today’s destination is the Great Wall of China, one of the world’s most incredible
wonders. Learn about the wall’s history before taking a memorable walk on the Juyongguan section, one of the most famous passes. After this bucket list event, visit a jade museum to learn about the jade-making process. Finally, return to the city, driving past the Olympic Village. (B, L) Day 4: Beijing Your day begins at the spiritual Temple of Heaven (a UNESCO World Heritage site), a complex of buildings that symbolises the connection between the earth and heaven. Afterwards, take a rickshaw ride through the hutongs, the traditional alleys of Beijing. Meet a local family and enjoy a dumplingmaking class before a traditional calligraphy lesson. Then, share a simple lunch with them. Later, take part in a traditional Chinese tea ceremony. Tonight, dine on delicious Peking Duck, a favourite of the emperors. (B, L, D) Day 5: Beijing - Xian Fly to the ancient city of Xian where the legendary Silk Road comes to an end. This evening, dine on delicious Shui Jiao dumplings. (B, L, D) Day 6: Xian Today, explore the incredible excavation site of the Terracotta Warriors. This vast clay
8/20/18 10:26 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Tiananmen Square • Forbidden City • The Great Wall • Temple of Heaven • Rickshaw Tour • Hutongs • Xian • Terracotta Warriors • Yangtze River Cruise • Three Gorges Dam • Chengdu • Giant Panda Breeding Research Base • Shanghai • Acrobatics Show • Yuyuan Garden
Shanghai army of 8,000 soldiers was created to guard China’s first emperor in the afterlife. You’ll be amazed at the detail – each statue has a different face. Next, visit the Xian Arts and Ceramic exhibition centre to see life-sized models of the warriors being made. At lunch enjoy a Xian speciality – hand-pulled noodles – with a demonstration on how they are made. Later, enjoy a walk on the Ancient City Wall of Xian. (B, L) Day 7: Xian - Yichang - Board Cruise Ship After a short flight to Yichang, board your ship for a 4-night cruise up the Yangtze River. Relax as this exciting leg of your journey gets underway. (B, D) Day 8: Cruising - Three Gorges Dam - Xiling Gorge Begin your day with a tai chi lesson on the sundeck as we sail towards the dramatic Xiling Gorge, the longest section of the Three Gorges. Discover the state-of-the-art site, Three Gorges Dam, the world’s largest hydroelectric project. Tonight, enjoy the Captain’s welcome dinner and show. (B, L, D) Day 9: Cruising - Shennv Stream Wu Gorge - Qutang Gorge Take in the tranquil surroundings on a ride up the remote Shennv Stream in traditional pea boats. Upon returning to the ship, enjoy the majestic vistas as we sail through Wu Gorge, known for its 12 forestcovered peaks. This afternoon, continue on past the dramatic cliffs that surround the Qutang Gorge. (B, L, D) Day 10: Cruising - Shibaozhai Arrive at Shibaozhai (Precious Stone Fortress). This imposing hill along the banks of the river is adorned with a 9-story red pagoda. You may climb the stairs to the top for a picture perfect view of the river and surrounding countryside. (B, L, D) Day 11: Chongqing - Disembark Cruise Ship - Chengdu We disembark this morning in the mountain city of Chongqing and travel to Chengdu, the capital of the Sichuan Province. Spend time on
Wonders of China TS88 2019_TCT.indd 111
your own strolling through its ancient streets. Come to know the leisurely lifestyle and teahouse culture that make this city so captivating. Tonight, sample the fresh, bold flavours of the local Sichuan cuisine. (B, L, D) Day 12: Chengdu Your morning begins with a visit to the Giant Panda Breeding Research Base. Learn how China’s national treasure is being brought back from the edge of extinction. Your guided tour allows you the rare opportunity to see the Giant Panda in its natural environment. The sanctuary is also home to the rare Red Panda. Enjoy an afternoon visit to the Du Fu Thatched Cottage, the former home to the poet known as the “Shakespeare of China.” End your day by exploring Jinli Ancient Street with its traditional-style buildings. (B, L) Day 13: Chengdu – Shanghai Board a flight to Shanghai, the economic capital of the People’s Republic of China. This bustling city’s futuristic skyline will leave you speechless. Experience the modern side of China as you take the super-fast Maglev train into central Shanghai. Later this evening prepare to be amazed at a Chinese acrobatics show. (B, L) Day 14: Shanghai Enjoy a sightseeing tour of Shanghai. Famous for its impressive colonial buildings, you’ll feel as though you have returned to 19th century Europe. Explore Old Town’s narrow streets and relax in the tranquil Yuyuan Garden before discovering ancient Chinese art and historical treasures during a visit to the Shanghai Museum. Set out for the waterfront district, known as the Bund, which runs along the Huangpu River. Enjoy lunch at a celebrated local restaurant known for its xiao long bao soup dumplings. Then explore the past as we visit a silk museum. Later, celebrate your adventure with a farewell dinner at a local restaurant. (B, L, D) Day 15: Shanghai - Tour Ends Your adventure comes to an end today. (B) Experience more with a
4-NIGHT EXTENSION TO HONG KONG & MACAU
From Victoria Peak to the fishing villages of Aberdeen and the Macau Peninsula, experience a mix of cultural influences along China’s south coast. CALL FOR DETAILS
DOUBLE
Starting from £2834
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 18 May 2019 departure
May – November 2019
4, 18 May 15 June
7, 14, 21, 28 September 5, 12, 19 October 9 November
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3 8 3 4
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Wonders of China & the Yangtze River Cruise and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport and visa. A visa is required for this tour at your expense. It is the traveller’s responsibility to obtain any required visa and/ or documents prior to departure. All document/processing fees are at the expense of the traveller. You are strongly urged to contact the appropriate consulate for details. All guests will be confirmed in balcony cabins during the cruise portion of the tour. Our air passengers will arrive into Beijing and depart from Shanghai. Airport transfers are available for purchase. The internal flights are included in the tour price.
“
Our trip was educational and fun. We had an outstanding tour manager. He brought his love of his country to us in the food he introduced us to, the history he presented, the happiness of the Chinese people, and the beauty of the country. We had a thorough itinerary filled with “the wonders of China” – all with smooth transportation, connections and individual care.
”
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Hong Kong & Macau
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
111
8/20/18 10:26 AM
INDIA’S TREASURES 9 DAYS • 16 MEALS £ FROM 1299
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Discover the holy shrine of Sikhs, Gurudwara Bangla Sahib. •• Behold the stunning Taj Mahal at sunrise. •• Spend 3 night in the vibrant “Pink City” of Jaipur. •• Participate in a relaxing yoga class.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Explore Agra Fort, an impressive walled city that dates back to the 11th century. •• Visit Chand Baori, one of the largest and most beautiful stepwells in the world.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS
Taj Mahal
•• 8 breakfasts • 5 lunches • 3 dinners •• Be treated to dinner with a local family in their home in Jaipur. •• Enjoy lunch at Samode Bagh, a private garden retreat of the Royal family. •• Embark on a food tour of Old Delhi by rickshaw and interact with local vendors.
Delight in the treasure trove that is India’s Golden Triangle as you uncover the stunning gems found in Delhi, Jaipur and Agra. START E ARLY Delhi: Spend your first evening taking in the wonders of this vibrant city.
ACCOMMODATION
CALL FOR DETAILS.
Days 1 – 3 Hyatt Regency, Delhi Days 4 – 6 The Lalit, Jaipur Days 7, 8 Radisson Blu Taj East Gate, Agra On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
Day 1: Delhi, India - Tour Begins Discover the rare beauty and vibrant culture of India as you travel from lively Delhi to colourful Jaipur and on to the historic city of Agra. Begin your tour in Delhi, India’s capital city. Made up of seven ancient cities, today it remains a cultural melting pot. Day 2: Delhi Immerse yourself in India’s bustling capital during a sightseeing tour of Old Delhi. Discover the history of Jama Masjid, India’s largest mosque. Explore Old Delhi’s narrow streets by rickshaw, the traditional mode of transportation, during an exhilarating food tour. Travelling down narrow streets and corridors, see plates bursting with colour as you interact with local vendors and taste some of the best food India has to offer. Enjoy some leisure time to explore independently. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner. (B, L, D)
Day 3: Delhi Following breakfast, visit Humayun’s tomb, built by the widow of a great Mughal Emperor. Drive past the India Gate war memorial, the Parliament and the palatial Rashtrapati Bhawan – the President’s residence. Proceed to the holy shrine of Sikhs, Gurudwara Bangla Sahib. Originally a bungalow owned by Raja Jai Singh, this huge complex features a devotion center, a large pond for the holy dip, a missionary school, an art gallery, a charitable hospital, and a free kitchen – called Langar (community dining). Hear the holy hymns recited by the priests as you marvel at the beautiful gilded structure. At the community dining hall, get a behindthe-scenes look at the work that goes into feeding 10,000 people each day. (B, L) Day 4: Delhi - Jaipur Depart for a scenic drive through the countryside to the “Pink City” of Jaipur. Later, head out for a brief stop at Hawa Mahal, home to a former Maharaja, with its impressive façade of 953 windows. Then it’s on to the City Palace, the residence of the Royal family of Jaipur. Stroll through the gardens and courtyards and delight in the intricate decorative art and carved doorways. (B, L)
112 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Indias Treasures TS532 2019_TCT.indd 112
8/20/18 3:59 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Old Delhi • Gurudwara Bangla Sahib • Hawa Mahal • Amber Fort • Home-Hosted Dinner • Samode • Taj Mahal • Agra Fort
£100pp
T&C’s apply
Yoga Class
3-NIGHT DUBAI EXTENSION
Amber Fort Day 5: Jaipur Board a vintage jeep and ascend to the top of the majestic Amber Fort, a UNESCO World Heritage site and India’s former seat of power. Visit a local school where the children are part of a midday program supported by the efforts of the Collette Foundation. Tap into local customs during lunch when you learn about turban and sari tying. This evening, sit down to dinner at the home of a local family and learn more about Indian culture and their traditions. (B, L, D) Day 6: Jaipur This morning, participate in a relaxing yoga class and learn basic exercises and breathing techniques from a local. Then, travel to the quaint village of Samode, nestled among rugged hills that are dominated by its famous palace. Have time on your own to wander through this interesting village that exudes a rare nostalgic charm, explore its many treasures, and interact with the locals to learn about their daily lives. Then, gather for lunch at Samode Bagh, a private garden retreat of the Royal family. (B, L) Day 7: Jaipur - Agra Continue your journey to Agra, a city rich with the splendours of the past. En route, stop in Abhaneri
village to visit Chand Baori, one of the largest and most beautiful stepwells in the world. Built during the 8th and 9th centuries, this amazing feat of engineering has 3,500 narrow steps arranged in perfect symmetry that descend to the bottom of the well. (B) Day 8: Agra Behold one of the most impressive sites in the world – the Taj Mahal at sunrise. Taking 22 years and 20,000 men to build in the 17th century, this wonder of the world was commissioned by Mughal Emperor Shah Jahan as an expression of his love for his wife Mumtaz Mahal. Then, after breakfast, discover Agra Fort, a UNESCO World Heritage site that dates back to the 11th century. Stand in awe of this sprawling fort that was built as a military structure but later transformed into a palace. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a special farewell dinner at a restaurant popular with locals. (B, D) Day 9: Agra - Delhi - Tour Ends Return to Delhi where you may choose to reserve a day room to freshen up prior to the departure of your return flight home. (B)
Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Start your journey early with 3 nights in Dubai. Visit one of the world’s most scintillating, must-see destinations. CALL FOR DETAILS
DOUBLE
Starting from £1299
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 22 August 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
17, 24 January 7, 21 February 28 March 4, 25 April
2 May 22 August 19 September 3 October 7 November 5 December 30 January
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
20 February ★ 6 March 19 March 16 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £1 649 CELEBRATE TRADITION
Holi Festival Experience a riot of colour and fun at this conic Hindu festival meant to celebrate the triumph of good over evil.
6 March 2020
This trip requires a passport and visa, at your expense. A visa is required for this tour at your expense. The approximate visa cost is £110 GBP. Rates are approximate and can be changed at any time based on governing authority. Each guest is responsible for proper medical documentation and inoculations that may be required and/or recommended to participate on this tour. Please contact your local travel clinic or general practitioner for specific details. The Indian Government charges a camera and/or video fee of approximately £4/16 GBP respectively (total for the entire trip) for taking photos inside attractions. Your Tour Manager will collect these fees at the beginning of the tour and pay the government accordingly. Due to flight schedules, flights arriving into Delhi may arrive very late in the evening on Day 1 or just after midnight the morning of Day 2. A pre or post night may be required (at an additional cost). Due to tour scheduling, return flights should not be booked prior to 4:00 p.m. on the last day. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Delhi. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
Dubai
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 113
Indias Treasures TS532 2019_TCT.indd 113
8/20/18 4:00 PM
ICONIC ISRAEL 9 DAYS • 15 MEALS £ FROM 1899
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Venture to the ancient Roman capital of Caesarea, built by Herod the Great around 22 B.C. •• See a boat that sailed the Sea of Galilee approximately 2,000 years ago. •• Ascend the ancient walls of Masada by cable car.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Discover the ancient cities of Nazareth and Bethlehem. •• Explore the oldest city on earth — the ancient ruins of Jericho. •• Delight in the wonder of the Dead Sea.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 4 | Choose to explore the AHAVA Visitors Center to learn about the Dead Sea cosmetics or “float” in the tranquil, healing waters of the Dead Sea.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 8 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 6 dinners •• Savour dinner at one of Jerusalem’s most popular restaurants. •• Get a taste of the local flavour at a kibbutz.
ACCOMMODATION Day 1 Days 2, 3 Day 4 Days 5 – 8
Isrotel Tower Hotel, Tel Aviv Leonardo Plaza Hotel, Tiberias Isrotel Ganim Hotel, Dead Sea Dan Boutique, Jerusalem
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
114 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Iconic Israel TS238 2019_TCT.indd 114
Western Wall
Travel back in time and discover the ancient world of Israel where legendary stories of mankind’s collective history come to life. START E ARLY Tel Aviv: Start off your journey in this cool and breezy city on Israel’s Mediterranean coast. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Tel Aviv, Israel - Tour Begins - Jaffa Tel Aviv Welcome to Tel Aviv, a bustling city on the Mediterranean coast. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner in the ancient port city of Jaffa. (D) Day 2: Tel Aviv - Caesarea - Haifa - Acre Tiberias Follow the coast to the ruins of the ancient Roman capital of Caesarea, built by Herod the Great around 22 B.C. Marvel at its Roman theatre, aqueduct, and fortress. Travel the Valley of Armageddon to the excavation site of Tel Megiddo, which dates back to the Bronze Age. Next, take in the breathtaking panorama of Haifa and the Baha’i Shrine and Gardens on Mount Carmel (UNESCO World Heritage site). Step back in time in the ancient Crusader city of Acre (UNESCO). Your day comes to a close in Tiberias. (B, D)
Day 3: Tiberias - Cana - Nazareth - Tabgha Capernaum - Sea of Galilee Set off for Cana, considered to be the site of the First Miracle – where Jesus turned water into wine. In Nazareth, visit the Church of the Annunciation and Mary’s Well. Continue to Mt. of Beatitudes, where Jesus delivered the Sermon on the Mount. See Tabgha, the site of the Miracle of the Loaves and Fishes. Before exploring the Galilee Boat Museum, make a stop at the ancient fishing village of Capernaum. Discover a boat that sailed the Sea of Galilee approximately 2,000 years ago – before heading out on a boat ride on those same waters. Get a taste of the local flavour during lunch at a communal settlement, known as a kibbutz. (B, L, D) Day 4: Tiberias - Beit Shean - Jericho Qumran - Dead Sea Peek into Roman times at Beit Shean’s well-preserved ancient theatre. Continue along the Jordan River Valley to Jericho, considered to be the oldest city on earth. Journey to Qumran, the location of one of the most important archaeological finds of all time – the ancient Dead Sea Scrolls. Keep going to the lowest place on earth, the Dead Sea. Then it’s your choice!
8/19/18 12:33 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Tel Aviv • Jaffa • Caesarea • Tiberias • Nazareth • Galilee Boat Museum • Sea of Galilee • Jericho • Qumran • Dead Sea • Masada • Bethlehem • Church of the Nativity • Jerusalem • Mount of Olives • Mt. Zion • The Western Wall
£150pp
T&C’s apply
Masada
4-NIGHT JORDAN EXTENSION
Complete your trip with 4 nights in Jordan. Explore more of this ancient land – from the stone city of Petra to the sands of Wadi Rum. CALL FOR DETAILS
Dead Sea Stop at the AHAVA Visitors Centre and learn about the world-famous cosmetics that come from the Dead Sea -OR- experience the natural buoyancy of the Sea during a tranquil “float” in its healing waters, rich with salt and minerals. Enjoy the rest of your day at leisure. (B, D) Day 5: Dead Sea - Masada Bethlehem - Jerusalem Travel to the former palatial fortress of Masada (UNESCO). Ascend the ancient walls of Masada by cable car to Herod’s Palaces, the Roman Camp and the Synagogue. A stop in the city of Bethlehem, along the spread of the Judean Hills, delivers you to the Church of the Nativity – the birthplace of Jesus and the first church ever built. Tonight you arrive in one of the most captivating cities in the world, Jerusalem. (B, D) Day 6: Jerusalem Drive to Mount of Olives for an allencompassing view of Jerusalem and the surrounding area. See the Church of Ascension and the Garden of Gethsemane. Discover the Kidron Valley and the tombs of Mary, Absalom, Zachariah, and James. Continue to St. Peter in Galicantu and Mt. Zion to discover the room of The Last Supper and the tomb of King David. Marvel at the Shrine of the Book at the Israel Museum, home to a selection of the
Iconic Israel TS238 2019_TCT.indd 115
Dead Sea Scrolls. Your day concludes at the Garden Tomb. (B) Day 7: Old City, Jerusalem Come to know the Holy City of Jerusalem on a walking tour of the old walled city (UNESCO). See the Western (Wailing) Wall, the Temple area, the Dome of the Rock (outside view only), the Pool of Bethesda, and the Church of St. Anne. Next, walk the path of the Stations of the Cross as you traverse the Via Dolorosa, beginning at Pilate’s Judgment Hall and ending at the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. Later, continue exploring the city on your own or peruse the sights and sounds of the world-renowned Mahane Yehuda Market, known as the shuk, or open-air market. (B) Day 8: Jerusalem Enjoy the day at leisure; explore on your own or relax. Perhaps you’ll choose to take an optional tour to the Genesis Land on a jeep ride through the Judean Desert. This evening, join your fellow travellers for dinner at one of Jerusalem’s most popular restaurants. (B, D)
DOUBLE
Starting from £1899
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 13 February 2020 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
31 January 21, 28 February 21, 28 March 4, 11 April
9, 16, 23 May 13, 27 June 11 July 29 August 5, 12, 19, 26 September 10, 17, 24, 28, 31 October 7, 11, 14 November 5 December
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
16, 23 January 6, 13, 20, 27 February 5, 12, 19, 26 March 9, 14, 16, 23, 30 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2499 COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Iconic Israel and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Tel Aviv. Our air passengers will depart from Jerusalem for Tel Aviv. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Due to flight schedules, you may require a very early morning departure from the hotel on the last day (Day 9). Travel distance from Jerusalem to Tel Aviv’s Ben Gurion airport is approximately 1 hour and 15 minutes. It is recommended that you arrive at Ben Gurion airport approximately 3 hours prior to departure.
Day 9: Jerusalem - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today. (B)
Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Jordan
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 115
8/19/18 12:34 PM
TREASURES OF EGYPT
12 DAYS • 22 MEALS £ FROM 2109
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Embark on a leisurely paced 4-night cruise and discover the secrets of the Nile, the world’s longest river. •• Dress up and join the fun during a traditional galabaya party. •• Take in a sound and light show at Karnak Temple.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Explore the expansive Karnak Temple, dating back to 2000 B.C. •• Visit the Pyramids of Giza, one of the seven ancient wonders of the world. •• Explore the Valley of the Kings.
RIVER CRUISE TOUR
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 9 | You may choose to board a felucca (wooden sail boat) and sail to the lush oasis of Kitchener Island or experience Nubian culture past and present during a visit to a fascinating museum.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 11 breakfasts • 4 lunches • 7 dinners •• Enjoy a special welcome dinner overlooking the banks of the Nile.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Fairmont Nile City Hotel, Cairo Days 3, 4 Sonesta St. George Hotel, Luxor Days 5 – 8 Movenpick Royal Lily Day 9 Movenpick Resort, Aswan Days 10, 11 Intercontinental Citystars Hotel, Cairo On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
116 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Treasures of Egypt TS526 2019_TCT.indd 116
Follow the allure of the Nile as you retrace the steps of pharaohs in ancient Egypt. Uncover legends, beauty and history on this awe-inspiring journey. START E ARLY Cairo: Start off your journey in Egypt’s incredible capital city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Cairo, Egypt - Tour Begins Step back in time and explore thousands of years of history, legend and lore as you view Egypt’s timeless wonders. Begin your journey in Cairo, an ancient city with an intriguing past. Day 2: Cairo - Giza - Sakkara - Memphis Cairo Fulfil a lifelong dream! This morning we travel to nearby Giza where we’ll meet a local archaeologist who will lead us on a visit to the Pyramids of Giza, one of the seven ancient wonders of the world. Marvel at the iconic Great Sphinx, one of the oldest and largest monuments in the world. This afternoon, travel south to Sakkara. Explore the site of ancient Memphis, home to a nearly 40-foot statue of Ramses II, and stand before the oldest of all pyramids, the Step Pyramid. This evening, enjoy a special welcome dinner overlooking the banks of the Nile. (B, D)
Day 3: Cairo - Luxor Spend the morning discovering the remarkable collections of the Museum of Egyptian Antiquities. See the statues, reliefs, sarcophagi and the treasures from the tomb of Tutankhamun himself. Later, we transfer to the airport for our flight to Luxor. (B) Day 4: Luxor Travel thousands of years into the past. Cross over to the West Bank of the Nile to begin your day in ancient Thebes. Explore its remarkable sights – the Valley of the Kings and Queens, the Temple of Queen Hatshepsut at Deir El Bahari, and the Colossi of Mennon. This afternoon, return to the East Bank and behold the Luxor Temple, a creation of kings Amenhotep III and Ramses II. (B) Day 5: Luxor - Board Cruise Ship We return to the West Bank this morning and head to the tombs in the Valley of Nobles and the well-preserved temple complex of Medinet Habu. This afternoon, board your cruise ship and begin your adventure on the Nile River. This evening, enjoy the sound and light show at the Karnak Temple. (B, L, D)
8/19/18 4:14 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Giza • Pyramids • Sphinx • Memphis • Sakkara • Museum of Egyptian Antiquities • Luxor • Valley of the Kings • Deluxe 4-Night Nile River Cruise • Temple of Karnak • Kom Ombo • Aswan • Old Cairo
£50pp
T&C’s apply
© Movenpick Hotels & Resorts
Karnak Temple
Pyramids of Giza Day 6: Luxor - Esna - Edfu This morning, explore the expansive Karnak Temple, dating back to 2000 B.C. Then we begin our sail down the Nile towards Esna on your way to Edfu. This evening, dress up and join the fun during a traditional galabaya party. (B, L, D) Day 7: Edfu - Kom Ombo Step into another world at the well-preserved Temple of Horus at Edfu. Peruse the endless carvings of scenes depicting the power and grandeur of the pharaohs. After lunch, set sail for Kom Ombo – your stop for the evening. Following dinner, enjoy a folkloric show featuring a belly dancing performance. (B, L D) Day 8: Kom Ombo - Aswan Set sail to Aswan, the Nubian city. Discover the Philae Temple. Relocated and preserved by a special UNESCO project, this structure remains an architectural wonder. Later, enjoy a free afternoon to explore Aswan. (B, L, D) Day 9: Aswan - Disembark Cruise Ship - Abu Simbel Optional Tour Disembark the ship this morning in Aswan. You may choose to partake in an optional tour to Abu Simbel* and see the extraordinary temples of Ramses II relocated here during the construction of the High Dam.
Treasures of Egypt TS526 2019_TCT.indd 117
3-NIGHT JORDAN EXTENSION
Complete your getaway with 3 nights in Jordan and discover the stone city of Petra and the expansive Wadi Rum. CALL FOR DETAILS
Movenpick Royal Lily It’s your choice! You may choose to board a felucca (wooden sail boat) and sail to the lush oasis of Kitchener Island for a short stroll through the botanical garden -OR- perhaps you would prefer to experience Nubian culture past and present during a visit to a fascinating museum. (B, D) Day 10: Aswan - Cairo Return to Cairo. After our flight, the remainder of the day is at leisure. (B) Day 11: Cairo Venture to the Citadel, a medieval fortification resting on a hill overlooking the city. It’s the perfect place to take in grand views. Learn about the city’s rich history on a walking tour of Old Cairo before enjoying some free time to shop in the world-famous souk of Khan el Khalil. Perhaps you’ll stop for a traditional cup of tea. Join your fellow travellers this evening for a farewell dinner. (B, D) Day 12: Cairo - Tour Ends Your epic adventure comes to a close today. Return home with a new understanding of this mystical land. (B)
Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Jordan
DOUBLE
Starting from £2109
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 26 September 2019 departure.
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
10, 24 January 7, 14, 21, 28 February 7, 14, 21, 28 March 4, 18 April
2 May 26 September 3, 10, 17, 31 October 7, 14, 21 November 5 December 16, 23 January 6, 13, 20, 27 February
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
5, 12, 19, 26 March 2, 16, 23, 30 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £28 09
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Treasures of Egypt and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport and visa. An Egyptian visa is required for this tour and costs approximately $25 USD. If you have purchased either international air and/or transfers through us, your visa will be provided upon arrival at no additional cost. If you purchase your own air and transfers, you must obtain your own visa upon your arrival in Egypt. For visits of up to 30 days, you can get a visa on arrival by payment in Sterling, US Dollars or Euros; the visa fee is $25 USD at approved bank kiosks within airport arrival halls, before reaching immigration counters. Some days will have early departures for excursions to avoid the midday high temperatures. Single accommodations are limited and are available on a first come, first served basis. Due to flight schedules, the Abu Simbel option must be purchased at time of booking. Each guest is responsible for proper medical documentation and inoculations that may be required and/or recommended. Contact your local travel clinic or G.P. for specific details. The internal flights on this programme are included in the land price of your tour. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Cairo. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
117
8/23/18 9:47 PM
SPECTACULAR SOUTH AFRICA
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
T&C’s apply
12 DAYS • 21 MEALS £ FROM 2344
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Visit one of the oldest working ostrich farms in Oudtshoorn, the ostrich capital of South Africa. •• Experience a thrilling cable car ride rising more than 3,000 feet. •• Learn the local beat with a lesson on the djembe drums.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Search for the “Big 5” on an open-air safari game drive! •• Marvel at the breathtaking Drakensberg Mountains. •• Behold the luxurious mansions of Soweto — South West Township.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 6 | Visit Plettenberg Bay to enjoy views of beaches and dramatic rock formations or enjoy your afternoon at leisure in Knysna. Day 10 | Take a tour of the wine cellar at a local winery or embark on a scenic walk through the winelands along the Franschhoek River.
Cape Town
Dive in to South Africa’s delightful blend of intriguing cultures, stunning wildlife, lush winelands and complex history. START E ARLY
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 11 breakfasts • 5 lunches • 5 dinners •• Join locals for lunch at a Shebeen, or house tavern. •• Experience an unforgettable African “Boma” dinner. •• Enjoy lunch amongst the ancient milkwood trees in Knysna.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Da Vinci Hotel and Suites, Sandton Days 3, 4 Casa do Sol Hotel & Resort, Kruger National Park Days 5 – 7 Log Inn, Knysna Days 8 - 12 The Commodore Hotel, Cape Town On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
118 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Spectacular South Africa TS163 2019_TCT.indd 118
Sandton: Give yourself the gift of an extra day to explore this intriguing section of Johannesburg. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Sandton, South Africa - Tour Begins One country with a world of treasures, South Africa awaits your arrival. Breathtaking mountain scenery, winding coastlines, remarkable cultural diversity and abundant wildlife in its natural habitat comprise this incredible experience. Your journey begins in Sandton, a city established in 1969. Famous for its rich veins of gold and other valuable minerals, it is now the bustling cosmopolitan centre of greater Johannesburg. Day 2: Sandton - Soweto - Sandton Today you visit the Apartheid Museum which commemorates the rise and fall of apartheid in South Africa. A guided tour of Soweto – South West Township – showcases luxurious mansions and informal settlements as you learn about the historical significance of the area. Experience the regional lifestyle when joining locals for lunch at a nearby Shebeen, or house tavern.
This afternoon, have some time to ponder history at Liliesleaf, the former centre of the liberation movement and the site of the police raid that led to Nelson Mandela’s lifetime prison sentence. (B, L, D) Day 3: Panoramic Route - Kruger National Park Travel through the spectacular Northern Drakensberg Mountain Range en route to Kruger National Park, the largest game reserve in South Africa. Scenic wonders surround you as you pass through the Blyde River Canyon, made mostly of red sandstone and known as one of Africa’s greatest natural wonders. Along this magnificent route, stop at God’s Window and stand at what seems like the edge of creation. On clear days, you can see as far as Mozambique. This evening, enjoy a traditional Boma dinner where you may sample some local game meat! (B, D) Day 4: Kruger National Park - Safari Game Drive Have your camera ready for an unforgettable day of adventure and excitement! Enjoy a full day open-air-vehicle safari game drive. A local expert leads you in search of the “Big 5” – elephant, buffalo, lion, leopard and rhino – and provides insight
8/22/18 11:44 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
LY TO
Johannesburg • Soweto • Panoramic Route • Kruger National Park • Safari Game Drive • Garden Route • Knysna • Featherbed Nature Reserve • Ostrich Farm Visit • Winery Lunch & Tasting • Cape Town • Table Mountain
y
Safari Game Drive into these fascinating animals along the way. Watch carefully – you may also see a graceful impala, dazzling zebra or gorgeous giraffe. Relax with a picnic lunch surrounded by giraffe in the natural beauty of Kruger National Park. (B, L, D) Day 5: Kruger National Park Johannesburg - George - Knysna Travel back to Johannesburg to board your flight to George. Upon arrival, travel to the picturesque resort town of Knysna, in the heart of the Garden Route, to enjoy a 3-night stay. (B) Day 6: Knysna Today we visit nearby Featherbed Nature Reserve. Begin with a lagoon cruise out to the famous Knysna Heads which mark the entrance to the lagoon. Next, board a 4x4 vehicle and travel deep into the forest. Discover the local flora and fauna during a leisurely paced nature walk. Enjoy lunch amongst the ancient milkwood trees – so called because of their white latex sap – before your return cruise. This afternoon, it’s your choice! Visit Plettenberg Bay, a tranquil and charming town originally known as “Bahia Formosa” (or “Beautiful Bay”); witness views of beaches, dramatic rock formations and lagoons -OR- enjoy your afternoon at leisure in Knysna, with time to independently explore the charming waterfront. (B, L, D) Day 7: Knysna This morning’s township tour will highlight the diversity of this community, followed by a touching experience as you visit a school. Learn about the efforts of the Collette Foundation and the local community to conquer the challenges of educating the children of the region. This evening you may choose to join an optional excursion to Thesen Islands. (B) Day 8: Knysna - Oudtshoorn - Cape Town Travel to Oudtshoorn, the ostrich capital of South Africa. Enjoy a guided tour of one of the oldest working ostrich farms in the area, after which you can catch a glimpse of ostriches big and small while on a tractor safari through the Lucerne fields. An outdoor barbecue lunch adds to an amazing day. Later
Spectacular South Africa TS163 2019_TCT.indd 119
this afternoon, arrive in the beautiful harbourside city of Cape Town. (B, L) Day 9: Cape Town Enjoy a panoramic tour of this lovely city. Cape Town celebrates its noted architecture that fuses the traditions of the French, German and Dutch. Enjoy a thrilling ride on a cable car as it whisks you to an altitude of more than 3,000 feet, landing atop the aptly named – and flat-topped – Table Mountain. The views of Cape Town, Robben Island and Lion’s Head will leave you breathless. Return to the city via Table Bay, passing through the Malay Quarter with its mosques and minarets. Make a special stop at the Milnerton Lighthouse. (B) Day 10: Cape Town - Franschhoek Cape Town Journey to the beautiful winelands region, known for its colourful mountains and endless vineyards. Visit a local winery for a wine tasting, followed by lunch overlooking the vineyards. After lunch, it’s your choice! Take a tour of the wine cellar and learn about the different vintages and blends created at the winery -OR- embark on a scenic walk through the winelands along the Franschhoek River. (B, L) Day 11: Cape Town Explore the coastal scenery and charming towns that populate the Cape Peninsula. Travel out to Cape Point, stopping for a visit with the penguins at Boulders Beach. This evening, experience a unique farewell to Africa as you enjoy a lesson on the djembe drums before a communal African dining experience with dishes from all over the continent! (B, D) Day 12: Cape Town - Tour Ends Your tour ends today in Cape Town. (B) Experience more with a TOUR EXTENSION to: Victoria Falls or Dubai
GIVING BACK
TOUR EXTENSIONS
Victoria Falls
• Dubai: Begin your trip with 3 nights in Dubai. Visit one of the world’s most exciting, must-see destinations.
CALL FOR DETAILS
• Victoria Falls: Complete your trip with a 3-night extension.
Stand in awe of one of the world’s seven natural wonders. CALL FOR DETAILS
DOUBLE
Starting from £2344
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 7 June 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
6, 11, 18 January 1, 8, 15, 22 February 8, 15, 22 March 5, 26 April
3 May 7 June 12, 26 July 9, 23 August 2, 6, 13, 16, 20, 27 September 4, 7, 11, 18, 25 October
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
1, 8, 15 November 17, 24 January 7, 21 February 6, 13, 20 March 3, 17, 20, 24 April Visit thomascooktours. com for pricing details.
Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £28 44
This trip requires a passport. You must have at least 2 blank pages (with visa hologram) remaining in your passport to allow for the entry stamp issued for South Africa. The 2 pages for South Africa MUST be facing each other. Failure to comply with this law will result in denied boarding of your international flight. If you choose to continue on with the Victoria Falls extension, you must have at least 2 additional blank pages remaining in your passport. If you have questions please see your travel professional or call us. Each guest is responsible for proper documentation and inoculations that may be required and/or recommended to participate on this tour. Please contact your local travel clinic or personal doctor for specific details. For guests transiting via Europe, an additional overnight flight will be required. Day rooms or overnight stays can be arranged for a cost upon request. Our air passengers will arrive into Johannesburg and depart from Cape Town. Our air passengers will transfer on Day 1 from Johannesburg airport to Sandton. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
ALS O AVAILA BLE In Knysna, South Africa, our support has provided nutritious meals every day to students. Visit a school supported by our partnership with Knysna Education Trust and meet some of these bright young minds.
Spectacular South Africa with Swaziland - 14 Days, 25 Meals CALL FOR DATES AND PRICING DETAILS See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 119
8/19/18 9:27 PM
Neuschwanstein Castle, Germany
120
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 120
8/17/18 12:24 PM
EUROPE Featuring Croatia, Italy, Central Europe, Iceland, Finland, Portugal & Spain
Moseying through romantic, cobblestone streets. Taking in masterpiece art from world-renowned artists. Enjoying delectable cuisine (and maybe a glass of wine) at a quaint local bistro. Europe offers a plethora of grand cities and storybook charm. Whether your interests are historical, culinary, scenic or a little bit of everything, our tours of this grand continent will deliver all that you seek and more.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 121
121
8/17/18 12:24 PM
ICELAND: LAND OF FIRE & ICE 9 DAYS • 14 MEALS £ FROM 2799
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Learn about the 400-year-old tradition of catching and preserving the Greenland shark. •• Explore Icelandic life at the Skógar Folk Museum. •• Glide past icebergs on a cruise of the ice-strewn Jökulsárlón Glacial Lagoon.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Gain a local’s perspective of Reykjavík on a walking tour. •• Travel to the Golden Circle, one of many of Iceland’s natural wonders. •• Journey to the spectacular Gullfoss waterfall.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 4 | Choose between a lava cave adventure or embark on an exploratory lava fields walk. Day 8 | Choose to explore the Reykjanes Peninsula lava fields and the famous Blue Lagoon or embark on a whale watching adventure.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 8 breakfasts • 6 dinners •• Savour Icelandic cuisine at a popular local restaurant. •• Try cured “hákarl,” an Icelandic delicacy. •• Relish Iceland’s local cheeses during a visit to a family-owned dairy farm.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Centerhotel Plaza, Centerhotel Arnarhvoll, Grand Hotel, or Centerhotel Midgardur, Reykjavík
Day 4
osshotel Stykkisholmur, or F Hotel Borgarnes, Stykkishólmur
Days 5 – 7 Hotel Katla Hofdabrekku, or Hotel Dyrholaey, Vik
Day 8 Centerhotel Plaza, Centerhotel Arnarhvoll, Grand Hotel, or Centerhotel Midgardur, Reykjavík
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
122 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Iceland Land of Fire and Ice TS463 2019_TCT.indd 122
Gulfoss
Unearth a paradise forged by ice and fire. Journey to jagged coastlines and volcanic craters, remarkable icebergs and glacial lagoons. START E ARLY Reykjavik: Start your trip off right with a night in Iceland’s capital city, Reykjavik. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Reykjavik, Iceland - Tour Begins Set out on a journey full of dramatic contrasts. Come to know Iceland, a place where steaming lava fields reflect a volcanic nature and massive glaciers sculpt mountains and valleys, leaving behind thundering waterfalls and plunging fjords. Arrive in the capital city of Reykjavik. Day 2: Reykjavik Join a local expert for a walking tour of the city’s old section featuring Hallgrimskirkja church, city hall, the harbour and Reykjavik’s oldest building, home of the Kraum Icelandic design centre. Tonight, get to know your fellow travellers during a Icelandic dinner at a popular local restaurant. (B, D) Day 3: Reykjavík - Golden Circle Reykjavík Travel the stunning Golden Circle, a route encompassing many of Iceland’s most renowned natural wonders: waterfalls, glaciers, geysers, lava fields and volcanos.
Your adventure begins with a stop at a local dairy farm. You’ll be welcomed in to the family’s home to experience what a “day-inthe-life” is like for them and enjoy various cheeses that are made right there on the farm. Continue to Thingvellir National Park, where Icelanders gathered in A.D. 930 and established one of the world’s first parliaments. Find yourself standing upon one of the globe’s most geologically significant landscapes, Thingvellir’s rugged rift valley. This site marks the crest of the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, the meeting point of the North American and Eurasian tectonic plates. Next, marvel at the beauty of the Gullfoss (Golden Falls) waterfall, a stunning 100-foot double cascade. Stop at the famous thermal area of Geysir to admire the hot spring Strokkur’s explosive vertical spout that reaches a height of up to 90 feet. Your day concludes with a visit to Friðheimar greenhouse cultivation centre, where you’ll learn how the locals grow delicious, pesticide-free vegetables with the aid of Iceland’s geothermal energy. You’ll also learn about their family tradition of breeding Icelandic show horses. (B) Day 4: Snæfellsnes - Breidafjördur Cruise Stykkishólmur Experience the otherworldliness of the Snæfellsnes Peninsula. Take in the dramatic
8/20/18 8:13 AM
landscapes of black and white sand beaches and rocky coastlines, soaring waterfalls and volcanic craters, intimate fishing villages, and the remarkable Snæfellsjökull glacier. It’s your choice! Select a guided Vatnshellir Cave tour and descend 100 feet below ground to an 8,000-year-old lava tube where you’ll experience total darkness and see amazing rock pigments and lava formations -OR- choose to walk the lava field and put your camera to work snapping photos of the varying textures and colours of this dramatic landscape. Next, embark on a true Icelandic cultural adventure as you spend time with a family that keeps alive a 400-year-old tradition of catching and preserving the Greenland shark. See the fishing boat that their grandfather used and the tiny farmer’s church before exploring the museum, where you’ll learn more about Iceland’s deep relationship with this trade. Before you go, taste the Icelandic delicacy “hákarl” – cured shark meat. Your day concludes with a private nature cruise of Breidafjördur Bay with Seatours. Whilst cruising, sample fresh scallops and sea urchin roe straight from the ocean waters. (B, D) Day 5: Stykkishólmur - Vík Continue the adventure travelling along Iceland’s south coast. Learn about geothermal renewable energy on a visit to Hellisheiðavirkjun, the largest power station in Iceland, and the second largest geothermal power station in the world. Make a picture stop at Seljalandsfoss, one of few waterfalls providing you with a walkway for views from the inside out. Arrive in Vík, Iceland’s southernmost village, and one of the most visited spots in Iceland. (B, D) Day 6: Vík - Skógar Museum - Vík Drive along the scenic south shore to the Skógar Museum with its turf-built houses and outstanding collection of farm and domestic artefacts that reflect the various aspects of Icelandic life. Nearby is the impressive Skógafoss waterfall, one of the largest in Iceland. Next, view Reynisfjara, a black volcanic sand beach scattered with caves and surrounded by basalt columns and cliffs. The beach is also rich with bird life, such as the fulmar, black guillemot, razorbill, gannet, and various types of seagulls. Later, see the unique natural rock formations at Dyrhólaey. (B, D) Day 7: Vík - Jökulsárlón Glacial Lagoon - Skaftafell - Vík Set sail among the huge icebergs of the Jökulsárlón Glacial Lagoon. Keep your eyes peeled for possible seal sightings and get to taste the 1,000 year-old ice that surrounds you. Later, stop at Skaftafell, gateway to Vatnajökull National Park, the largest national park in Europe.
Iceland Land of Fire and Ice TS463 2019_TCT.indd 123
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Reykjavík • Golden Circle • Thingvellir National Park • Vík •Gulfoss Waterfall • Geysir • Snæfellsnes Peninsula • Breidafjördur Bay • Waterfall Seljalandsfoss • Skógar Museum • Skógafoss • Jökulsárlón Glacial Lagoon • Vatnajökull National Park • Lava Exhibition Centre
Reynisfjara
Glacial Lagoon Cruise
Geysir Strokkur Iceland
Marvel at the vistas of Iceland’s highest mountains, as well as the Vatnajökull glacier, Europe’s largest. (B, D)
DOUBLE
Day 8: Vík - Lava Exhibition Centre Reykjavík Before departing the south shore, visit the Lava Exhibition Centre, where you’ll learn about Iceland’s historical eruptions and current lava flows that make the island a showcase of volcanism. Next, it’s your choice! Perhaps you’ll embark on a drive to the Reykjanes Peninsula, known for its rugged landscape, lava fields, and numerous hot springs, including the Blue Lagoon, where you can take a dip in the pleasantly warm, mineralrich waters of the geothermal pool located in the middle of a dramatic lava field -OR- you might prefer to further explore the wonders of Iceland’s waters during a whale watching adventure in the bay of Faxaflói; have your camera ready for minke and humpback whale sightings, along with white-beaked dolphins and harbour porpoises. Later, gather with your fellow travellers for a local dining experience and share stories of your days in Iceland. (B, D) Day 9: Reykjavík - Tour Ends Your tour ends today. (B)
Starting from £2799
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 19 May 2019 departure
April 2019 - April 2020
12, 15, 18, 21, 24 April 5, 8, 12, 15, 19, 22, 26 May 2, 5, 9, 12, 16, 19 June 23, 26, 30 June 7, 10, 14, 17, 21, 24, 28 July 4, 7, 11, 14, 18, 21 August
25, 28 August 1, 4, 8, 11, 15 September 18, 22, 25 September 31 March 2, 5, 8, 12, 13, 16 April 19, 22, 25 April
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £35 49
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Iceland: Land of Fire & Ice and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Reykjavik. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Due to flight schedules, a post night may be required in some Iceland Air gateway cities (at an additional cost). Please inquire at time of reservation.
“
Visiting Iceland was a once in a lifetime experience! The scenery was stunning, people were friendly, and almost everyone spoke English. Each day outdid the previous one! The boat ride on the glacial Lagoon was fantastic. A visit to the Blue Lagoon is a must!
”
STAY LO NG E R Reykjavik: Spend an extra night exploring the small, yet lively city of Reykjavik. CALL FOR DETAILS.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 123
8/20/18 8:05 AM
ICELAND’S MAGICAL NORTHERN LIGHTS 7 DAYS • 10 MEALS £ FROM 2199
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Explore Skogar Folk Museum, covering all aspects of Icelandic life. •• Experience the energy at the geothermal fields of Geysir and Strokkur. •• Learn about the volcanic nature of the island of Iceland during a visit to the Lava Exhibition Centre.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Search for nature’s dazzling display on a northern lights cruise. •• See Jökulsárlón glacial lagoon, filled with floating icebergs. •• Relax in the warm, mineral-rich water of the Blue Lagoon.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 5 breakfasts • 5 dinners •• Savour gourmet Icelandic cuisine at a popular local restaurant.
There’s something magical in the air. Chase the aurora borealis across this ethereal wonderland. START E ARLY Reykjavík: Start you trip off right with a night in Iceland’s capital city, Reykjavík.
ACCOMMODATION Day 1, 2 CenterHotel Plaza, CenterHotel Arnarhvoll, or CenterHotel Midgardur, Reykjavík Days 3 – 5 Hotel Katla, Hofdabrekka, or Hotel Dyrholaey, Vík Day 6 CenterHotel Plaza, CenterHotel Arnarhvoll, or CenterHotel Midgardur, Reykjavík On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
124 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Icelands Magical Northern Lights TS563 2019_TCT.indd 124
CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Reykjavík, Iceland - Tour Begins Welcome to Iceland, a land and culture forged by fire and ice. Where steaming lava fields and massive glaciers sculpt mountains and valleys, leaving thundering waterfalls and plunging fjords. In this land of many natural wonders, enjoy the rare opportunity to see the aurora borealis — one of nature’s most dazzling light displays, also known as the northern lights. Day 2: Reykjavík Get acquainted with old town Reykjavík on a walking tour featuring Hallgrimskirkja church, city hall, the harbour, and Reykjavík’s oldest building, now home to the Kraum Icelandic design centre. Tonight, gather with your fellow travellers at a popular restaurant for dinner featuring Icelandic cuisine. Then, take an exhilarating northern lights cruise. Leave behind the bright city lights and sail into the darkness
of Faxaflói Bay in search of the aurora borealis – or northern lights – one of nature’s wonders. When revealed, you’ll be dazzled by the flickering light display of bursting colour that unfolds before your eyes. (D) Day 3: Reykjavík - Golden Circle - Vík Travel the incredible Golden Circle, a route that encompasses many of Iceland’s most renowned natural wonders. Journey to Thingvellir National Park, the nation’s most historic area, where Icelanders gathered in A.D. 930 and established what is considered one of the world’s first parliaments. Find yourself standing upon one of the globe’s most geologically significant landscapes, Thingvellir’s rugged rift valley. This UNESCO World Heritage site marks the point where the North American and Eurasian tectonic plates meet. Experience the eruptive energy of the Icelandic landscape with a stop at the geothermal fields of Geysir and Strokkur. Then, marvel at the beauty of the Gullfoss (Golden Falls) waterfall, a stunning 100foot double cascade. Continue southeast to Vík, the southernmost village in Iceland, surrounded by beautiful valleys, beaches, cliffs and mountains. After dinner amidst the
8/20/18 8:18 AM
.145
Northern Lights
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Seljalandsfoss Waterfall
Reykjavík • Northern Lights Cruise • Golden Circle • Thingvellir National Park • Geysir • Gullfoss • Vík • Seljalandsfoss • Skogar Folk Museum • Skógafoss • Jökulsárlón Glacial Lagoon • Skaftafell National Park • Lava Exhibition Centre • Blue Lagoon
Blue Lagoon
Reykjavík
peace and stillness of rural Iceland, search for the aurora borealis – the elusive northern lights. (B, D) Day 4: Vík - Seljalandsfoss - Skogar Museum - Vík Journey to the mesmerizing Seljalandsfoss, one of Iceland’s most famous and picturesque waterfalls with a walkway behind it. Visit Skogar Folk Museum with its turf-built homes and outstanding collection of artefacts covering all aspects of Icelandic life. Nearby, view the impressive Skógafoss waterfall, one of the largest in Iceland. Later, see Reynisfjara, a black volcanic sand beach surrounded by basalt formations, cliffs scattered with caves, and rich bird life including the Fulmar, Black Guillemot, Razorbill, Gannet and various types of seagulls. See the unique natural rock formations at Dyrhólaey. After dinner, gaze at the sky in search of the northern lights, a truly spectacular sight. (B, D) Day 5: Jökulsárlón Glacial Lagoon Skaftafell National Park - Vík Travel to Jökulsárlón glacial lagoon, filled with floating icebergs. Explore this extraordinary landscape and perhaps see seals swimming in Arctic waters. Travel to Skaftafell, gateway to Vatnajökull National Park, the largest national park in
Icelands Magical Northern Lights TS563 2019_TCT.indd 125
Europe. Vatnajökull is known for having Iceland’s highest mountains, an Alpine environment, and the Vatnajökull glacier, Europe’s largest. After dinner, continue searching for the shimmering northern lights dancing across the night sky. (B, D) Day 6: Vík - Lava Exhibition Centre Blue Lagoon - Reykjavík Drive along the south shore towards the Reykjanes Peninsula, stopping at the Lava Exhibition Centre to learn about Iceland’s historic eruptions and current lava flows that make the island a showcase of volcanism. Known for its rugged landscape, lava fields, and numerous hot springs, the peninsula is home of the Blue Lagoon. Take a dip in the pleasantly warm, mineral-rich waters of the geothermal pool, located in the middle of a dramatic lava field. Return to Reykjavík for your farewell dinner and overnight stay. (B, D) Day 7: Reykjavík - Tour Ends Depart for home with many incredible memories. (B)
STAY LO NG E R Reykjavík: Spend an extra night exploring the small, yet lively city of Reykjavík. CALL FOR DETAILS.
DOUBLE
Starting from £2199
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 28 October 2019 departure
January – March 2019
Sept. 2019 – March 2020
3, 6, 10, 12, 13, 15 , 18 January 20, 25, 26, 30, 31 January 2, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10 February 12, 14, 15, 17, 19 February 21, 22, 24, 27 February 1, 6, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15 March 16, 18, 21, 22, 23, 25 March 26, 28, 30 March
30 September 2, 4, 7, 9, 11, 14 October 16, 18, 21, 23 October 25, 28 October 1, 4, 6, 8, 11, 13 November 15, 18, 20, 22 November 25, 29 November 2, 4, 6, 9, 11 December 13, 16, 27 December 1, 3, 6, 8, 10, 13 January 15, 17, 20, 22 January 24, 29, 31 January
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for September 2019 – March 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
3, 5, 7, 10, 12 February 14, 17, 19, 21 February 24, 26, 28 February 2, 6, 9, 11, 13 March 16, 18, 20, 23 March 25, 27, 30 March Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2699
This trip requires a passport. The northern lights are in the Northern Hemisphere from September through April and are only visible when the sky is clear and free of clouds. As this tour is weather dependent, sightings of the northern lights are not guaranteed. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Reykjavík. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Due to flight schedules, a post night may be required in some Iceland Air gateway cities (at additional cost). Please enquire at time of reservation.
“
This was a trip of a lifetime! I loved the glacial lagoon. To watch the pieces of glaciers swirling around, knocking into each other, heading out into the ocean in so many shades of blue is an experience I won’t forget.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 125
8/23/18 10:44 AM
SPECTACULAR SCANDINAVIA
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£150pp
T&C’s apply
13 DAYS • 19 MEALS £ FROM 3049
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Stop at the Vasa Ship Museum to learn of the vessel’s shocking maiden voyage. •• Visit the intricately-designed Borgund Stave Church, erected in 1180. •• Witness scenic wilderness along the Flåm Railway.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Enjoy a remarkable guided walk along Bergen’s harbour front. •• Immerse yourself in Oslo’s rich history on a city tour. •• Join a local expert for an engaging city tour of Copenhagen.
Copenhagen IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 5 | In Stockholm, choose from a walking tour of Gamla Stan (Old Town) or seeing the city on a panoramic coach tour.
Three countries. Infinite intrigue. Watch a Nordic postcard unfold before your eyes and discover the lands where Vikings reigned. START E ARLY
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 12 breakfasts • 7 dinners
CALL FOR DETAILS.
•• Savour Swedish cuisine in Stockholm’s Old Town. •• Enjoy a local dining experience highlighting New Nordic Cuisine in Copenhagen.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Copenhagen Admiral Hotel, Copenhagen Day 3 PM & Vänner Hotel, Växjö Days 4, 5 Scandic Grand Central Hotel, Stockholm Days 6, 7 Hotel Bristol, Oslo Day 8 Fretheim Hotel, Flåm Days 9, 10 Alexandra Hotel, Loen Days 11, 12 Scandic Neptun, Bergen On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
Copenhagen: Kick off your journey taking in the colourful “City of Spires.”
1
2
3 4 5
126 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Spectacular Scandinavia TS102 2019_TCT.indd 126
Day 1: Copenhagen, Denmark - Tour Begins Set out to explore Scandinavia by land and experience one of the world’s most incredible regions. Your tour opens in the beautiful city of Copenhagen. Take some time to venture out on your own and come to know this cosmopolitan capital, dubbed the “gastro capital of Scandinavia.” Tonight, meet your fellow travellers during a dining experience highlighting the New Nordic Cuisine movement of Copenhagen. (D) Day 2: Copenhagen Join a local expert for an engaging city tour. See Christianborg, Denmark’s centre of Parliament, and Amalienborg Palace, the residence of the Danish royal family, as well as the Royal Theatre. You’ll also get to see the Little Mermaid Statue, a 1913 sculpture honouring Hans Christian Andersen’s famous fictional character. This afternoon, enjoy some free time on your own. Perhaps you’ll join us for an optional excursion to Frederiksborg Castle, the former residence of the Danish royal family which begins with lunch at a local restaurant featuring seasonally-inspired cuisine. (B)
Day 3: Copenhagen - Växjö, Sweden Cross the famous Oresund Bridge into Sweden. Stop at the Ikea Museum and become immersed in the history behind this world-famous furniture brand. Later, travel to Växjö, gateway to Sweden’s famous “glass kingdom” and home to the well-known brand, Kosta Boda. Discover the genuine Swedish tradition of glassblowing at Sweden’s oldest operating glassworks factory, established in 1742. (B) Day 4: Växjö - Stockholm Continue north to Stockholm, Sweden’s capital city. Explore the one-of-a-kind Vasa Ship Museum. You’ll learn about the vessel’s shocking maiden voyage, when it sank in a single nautical mile. The ship, commissioned in the 1600s by King Vasa, was raised 334 years later from the bottom of the harbour. Perfectly preserved, the ship offers a rare glimpse into the amazing craftsmanship of the 17th century. Tonight, enjoy Swedish cuisine in the old town at Fem Sma Hus. Capture the flavour of a bygone era at this stunning restaurant that’s comprised of five connected timberframed houses from the 17th century. (B, D) Day 5: Stockholm Today, it’s your choice! Explore the narrow streets of Gamla Stan (Old Town) during a guided walking tour -OR- see the city on a coach tour that highlights the Riddarholm
8/22/18 11:45 AM
LY TO
y
Church, the Royal Palace and the Parliament, as well as a visit inside Stockholm’s beautiful city hall. Explore Stockholm on your own for the rest of today. Perhaps you will choose to join an optional excursion that offers a privately-guided tour of Stockholm’s spectacular archipelago. (B) Day 6: Stockholm - High Speed Train - Oslo, Norway All aboard! Sit back, relax and enjoy as you travel through Sweden’s picturesque countryside aboard its high-speed train. Cross the Norwegian border and arrive in Oslo, one of Europe’s fastestgrowing cities, nestled between the Oslofjord and forested hills. Norway’s capital since 1814, Oslo is the centre of Norwegian government and home to the royal family. Here, you’ll find a vibrant, cosmopolitan hub with an abundance of world-class museums, restaurants and art. (B, D) Day 7: Oslo A tour of Oslo begins at the remarkable Viking Ship Museum, home of three ancient Viking vessels. View the Royal Palace and city hall in quaint downtown Oslo. Next, visit Vigeland Park, home to the collection of statues and sculptures that comprise Gustav Vigeland’s life’s work. Later this afternoon, enjoy some free time to explore. (B) Day 8: Oslo - Flåm Travel north from Norway’s capital to the majestic fjord region. Visit the Borgund Stave Church, the intricate structure built in dedication to the Apostle, Andrew in 1180. Arrive next in the quaint village of Flåm, nestled at the entrance to the stunning Aurlandsfjord. Embark on the renowned Flåm Railway, one of the world’s steepest train rides, and ascend 3,000 feet past mighty waterfalls, towering mountains and amazing valleys. Journey to the mountain plateau of Myrdal and cascade down to the fjord of Flåm, taking in the breathtaking views each way. (B, D) Day 9: Flåm - Loen Travel across the dramatic Sognefjord to the Briksdal Glacier, considered to be one of the most beautiful glaciers in Norway. Climb the glacier in a traditional “troll” car before arriving in stunning Loen for a relaxing stay in the heart of Norway’s fjord region. (B, D) Day 10: Loen - Geiranger - Fjord Cruise - Loen Spend the day enchanted by the inspiring landscape of the fjord region of Norway. Journey to Geiranger, a UNESCO World Heritage site, and embark on an exhilarating Geirangerfjord cruise, soaking in some of Norway’s
Spectacular Scandinavia TS102 2019_TCT.indd 127
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Copenhagen • Växjö • Swedish Glass Museum • Stockholm • Vasa Ship Museum • High Speed Train • Oslo • Viking Ship Museum • Borgund Stave Church • Flåm Railway • Sognefjord • Briksdal Glacier • Geirangerfjord Cruise • Bergen
Briksdal Glacier 3-NIGHT ICELAND EXTENSION
Encounter a land and culture forged by fire and ice and cap off your trip with a 3-night Iceland Post-Tour Extension. CALL FOR DETAILS
Aurlandsfjord most beautiful scenery along the way. Known to be one of the most famous fjords in the world, Geirangerfjord is where you’ll find Norway’s mightiest waterfalls: the Seven Sisters, the Bridal Veil and the Suitor. You’ll notice that homesteads are a continued presence on the steep sides of the mountains, where these farms have been kept for centuries. (B, D) Day 11: Loen - Bergen Be inspired by Norway’s most impressive landscapes en route to Bergen – the gateway to the fjords. Founded with Viking roots, the Bergen of today is known for its old-world charm and scenic landscapes. (B) Day 12: Bergen Join a guided walking tour of Bergen. Stroll along the historic and iconic harbour front, known as the Bryggen (UNESCO). Enjoy the afternoon at leisure and reunite with your fellow passengers for an atmospheric farewell dinner in the historic Bryggen neighbourhood. (B, D)
DOUBLE
Starting from £3049
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 3 May 2019 departure
May – October 2019
3 May 14, 28 June 5, 12, 19, 26 July
2, 16, 23 August 13, 27 September 4 October
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about
additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3999
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Spectacular Scandinavia and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Copenhagen and depart from Bergen. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
“
Well-planned and thoughtful itinerary that showed us the highlights of each stop. We appreciated the ever-helpful and quite humorous tour manager. The hotels were first-rate, the sights fantastic, and the company great. We had a wonderful time.
”
Day 13: Bergen - Tour Ends Depart for home today with incredible memories of your Scandinavian journey. (B)
Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Iceland
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 127
8/20/18 8:33 AM
NORWEGIAN COASTAL VOYAGE
NEW TOUR
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£50pp T&C’s apply
11 DAYS • 24 MEALS £ FROM 3314
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Travel the breathtaking Bergen Railway through fjords and mountains. •• Travel on the famous Flåm Railway, a masterpiece of engineering.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Cruise the stunning Nærøyfjord, the narrowest fjord in Europe. •• Explore Bryggen, Bergen’s old Hanseatic wharf, and a UNESCO site. •• Unpack once for a truly unforgettable 6-night Norwegian cruise.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 10 breakfasts • 5 lunches • 9 dinners •• Enjoy the freshest culinary products on board the ship with most ingredients locally sourced.
Fjord Cruise ©Hurtigruten Cruise Line
•• Dine in Bergen’s historic neighbourhood.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Day 3 Days 4-9 Day 10
Hotel Bristol, Oslo Scandic Neptun, Bergen Hurtigruten Cruise Ship Hotel Bristol, Oslo
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
128 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Norwegian Coastal Voyage TS576 2019_TCT.indd 128
Journey across Norway by land and sea to discover stunning fjords, breathtaking mountains and Viking legends. Day 1: Oslo, Norway - Tour Begins Welcome to Norway, one of the world’s most incredible regions in Scandinavia. In this land of intense natural beauty and famous for its deep fjords, Viking legends, and well-preserved historical sites you’ll see majestic mountains, fishing villages, historic towns, and experience a true milestone as your ship sails across the Arctic Circle to the very top of Europe. This evening in Oslo, Norway’s fascinating capital city, gather with your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner at a popular local restaurant. (D) Day 2: Oslo This morning set out on a tour of regal Oslo featuring the remarkable Viking Ship Museum, Karl Johan Street, a view of the Royal Palace, City Hall and the new Opera building. Then it’s on to Vigeland Park where you will find the collection of statues and sculptures that comprise Gustav Vigeland’s life’s work. (B)
Day 3: Oslo - Myrdal - Flåm Railway Gudvangen - Voss - Bergen Today you embark on the legendary “Norway in a Nutshell” tour! All aboard the Bergen Railway to experience Europe’s most scenic rail journey. Have your camera ready as this legendary tour takes you through Norway’s most spectacular fjord and mountainous terrain on its way to Bergen. Switch trains in Myrdal and travel 12 miles on the famous Flåm Railway, a masterpiece of engineering, taking you 2,800 breathtaking feet in 55 minutes to the village of Flåm on Sognefjord, Norway’s longest (120 miles) and deepest (more than a mile). Next, cruise Nærøyfjord (UNESCO), the narrowest fjord in Europe with stunning views of waterfalls and small farms clinging to the steep mountainsides. In Gudvangen, your journey continues by bus with the Stalheimskleiven hairpin road (available May through September only), a thrilling ride around 13 hairpin bends. In Voss, board the train for Bergen, one of Norway’s oldest and most iconic cities. (B, D)
8/23/18 10:46 AM
LY TO
y
Day 4: Bergen - Norwegian Coastal Voyage - Board Ship Join your fellow travellers on a leisurely paced walking tour of Bergen. Explore the picturesque, old Bryggen Wharf (UNESCO) with its tiny wooden houses and narrow streets. Mingle with the locals at the fish market located in the “heart” of the city. Then prepare for your memorable 6-night cruise – the “World’s Most Beautiful Voyage” – sailing along the stunning Norwegian coastline. This evening, board your Hurtigruten ship. Sit back and take in the treasure trove of landscapes, scenery, sights and sounds that surround you. (B, D). Day 5: Norwegian Coastal Voyage Northbound This morning’s view from the ship will be of either the tranquil Stadthavet Sea or the majestic Geirangerfjord as we make our way to the charming village of Alesund. Take a stroll through the fairy-tale streets of Alesund, a vibrant town known for its colourful art nouveau architecture and its stunning setting at the entrance of the Geirangerfjord. Then it’s on to Molde for a brief stop at this trading and cultural hub dating back to medieval times. (B, L, D). Day 6: Norwegian Coastal Voyage Northbound Today, enjoy some time in the historic city of Trondheim. Founded by Viking King Olav in A.D. 997, it was the location of the first capital of Norway and is still the city where new kings receive their ceremonial blessings. Later, continue toward the Land of the Midnight Sun, passing rugged coastlines en route to Rorvik which sits among 6,000 islands. (B, L, D) Day 7: Norwegian Coastal Voyage Northbound Today you become one of a select few as your cruise ship crosses the Arctic Circle on our way to Bodo. Gaze at the distant rugged peaks and to the infinite sky…keep an eye out for white-tailed sea eagles found in this region. Continue sailing, crossing the stunning Vestfjord and past the breathtaking Lofoten Islands before pausing briefly at the villages of Stamsund and Svolvaer. Later, sail on past the majestic Trollfjord. (B, L, D) Day 8: Norwegian Coastal Voyage Northbound Take in the serenity as we sail past a chain of islands on our way to the small town of Harstad. Stop here for a moment before continuing on to Tromso, capital of the Arctic. Find yourself immersed in beautiful fjords and mountains. Located 220 miles north of the Arctic Circle, Tromso is home to the world’s northernmost university, botanical garden and cathedral. (B, L, D)
Norwegian Coastal Voyage TS576 2019_TCT.indd 129
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Oslo • Viking Ship Museum • “Norway in a Nutshell” Tour • Flåm Railway • Nærøyfjord Cruise • Bergen • 6-Night Norwegian Coastal Voyage - Northbound • Alesund • Trondheim • Arctic Circle • Tromso • Kirkenes
Bergen TOUR EXTENSIONS
iceland
• Iceland: Further embrace your inner-Viking by enjoying three days in Iceland. From Reykjavik, explore this land of fire and ice.
CALL FOR DETAILS
• Stockholm: Complete your trip with a 2-night extension.
Explore Scandinavia’s sophisticated capital city, the jewel of the Nordic countries. CALL FOR DETAILS
Flam Railway Day 9: Norwegian Coastal Voyage Northbound Your voyage continues along Norway’s northernmost region, pausing briefly along the way at sleepy villages and busy ports surrounded by breathtaking panoramas. Have some time in the peaceful town of Honningsvag, the capital of North Cape, situated closer to the North Pole than it is to Oslo. (B, L, D) Day 10: Norwegian Coastal Voyage Kirkenes - Disembark Ship - Oslo Early this morning we arrive in Kirkenes, home to the Sami people who have herded reindeer for centuries. Disembark your ship and fly back to Oslo. Gather this evening for a farewell dinner celebrating the end of an unforgettable trip filled with the breathtaking scenery and cultural treasures of Norway. (B, D) Day 11: Oslo - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today. (B)
Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Iceland
DOUBLE (INSIDE CABIN) Starting at £ 3314 DOUBLE (OUTSIDE CABIN) Starting at £ 3529
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 13 October 2019 departure Land only, per person, double occupancy.
March 2019
May - October 2019
15 March
11, 17 May 24 June 5, 27 July 2, 18 August
(different itinerary – see note)
(featured itinerary)
Itinerary featured is for September 2019 – March 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
23 September 13 October
Visit collette.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S FRO M £4 01 4 (i nsi de ca bin ) £4 374 (out si de ca bin ) COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Norwegian Coastal Voyage and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Specific cabin categories are available on a first come first served basis. Every effort will be made to accommodate your cabin choice at time of booking; however, if that cabin category is no longer available, the closest available category will be offered. Cabins are assigned by Hurtigruten; stateroom numbers will be supplied upon arrival at the ship in Bergen, Norway. Call for rates for Superior Cabins. The internal flight from Kirkenes to Oslo is included in the price of your tour. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Oslo. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
“
Everything about the trip was very well planned. We enjoyed cruising along the coast and visiting the fishing villages
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 129
8/23/18 11:36 AM
MAGNIFICENT CITIES OF CENTRAL & EASTERN EUROPE
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£150pp
T&C’s apply
13 DAYS • 18 MEALS £ FROM 2249
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Experience the cultures of Germany, the Czech Republic, Austria, Hungary and Poland. •• Take a poignant journey through history at the camps of Auschwitz. •• Local experts provide informative guided tours of Berlin, Prague, Vienna, Budapest, Krakow and Warsaw.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• The fairy-tale city of Prague reveals the remarkable Hradcany Castle. •• Come to know Vienna and its lavish Schonbrunn Palace.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 2 | Choose a city tour that introduces you to Berlin’s rich history or you may join a “Cold War”-focused tour. Day 3 | Enjoy traditional Czech culture during a folklore show and dinner featuring local drinks; and after, take a private dance lesson or dine and take a tour of one of Eastern Europe’s oldest breweries.
Charles Bridge
A blend of world history and fairy-tale charm comes to life in the culturally-rich cities of Central & Eastern Europe. START E ARLY
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 12 breakfasts • 6 dinners •• Dine at one of Vienna’s most beloved restaurants.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Crowne Plaza Potsdamer Platz, Berlin Days 3, 4 K+K Hotel Central, K+K Hotel Fenix or Hotel Grandium, Prague Days 5, 6 Hilton Vienna, Vienna Days 7, 8 Art’Otel, Budapest Days 9, 10 Holiday Inn City Center, Krakow Days 11, 12 Mercure Grand Warszawa Hotel, Warsaw On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
130 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Magnificent Cities of Central_EEurope TS135 2019_TCT.indd 130
Berlin: Begin your time in Germany exploring its storied capital. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Berlin, Germany - Tour Begins Set out to experience the very best of Europe’s cultural capitals. Arrive in Germany’s capital city of Berlin. This city blends a deep history, a modern flare and multi-cultural influences. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner. (D) Day 2: Berlin It’s your choice! Choose a city tour that introduces you to Berlin’s rich history: you’ll see Charlottenburg Palace, Kaiser Wilhelm Memorial Church, Schoenberg City Hall, Kurfuerstendam and the Reichstag Building -OR- you may join a “Cold War”-focused tour that includes a visit to the Berlin Wall Museum followed by a walk through the area that was once “Checkpoint Charlie,” and see what remains of the Berlin Wall. This afternoon you have the opportunity to join an
optional excursion outside the city to visit Potsdam and the famous Sanssouci Palace. (B) Day 3: Berlin - Dresden - Prague, Czech Republic Depart Berlin for the “Golden City” of Prague. En route, make a stop in Dresden, the capital of Saxony, with time to explore this lovely town on the banks of the River Elbe. This evening it’s your choice! Choose to get to know traditional Czech culture during a folklore show and dinner featuring local drinks; as a special treat, meet the dancers and learn some of the moves yourself during a private dance lesson -OR- dine at one of Eastern Europe’s oldest breweries; take in the traditional ambiance as you dine while sipping on a pint; then tour the brewery to see the process of making this famous beer that has been brewed for 500 years. (B, D) Day 4: Prague Your introduction to this fairy-tale city opens with a visit to the remarkable Hradcany Castle and the haunting St. Vitus Cathedral. Continue with a leisurely walking tour through the Old Town, showcasing
8/20/18 9:05 AM
LY TO
y
the Golden Lane, the unique Astronomical Clock and the statuelined Charles Bridge. The afternoon is yours to independently explore this great city. (B)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Germany • Dresden • Czech Republic • Hradcany Castle • Austria • Schonbrunn Palace • Hungary • Matthias Church • Poland • Auschwitz • Warsaw
Day 5: Prague - Vienna, Austria Leaving the Czech Republic, arrive in colourful and vibrant Vienna, the “musical city.” After a short orientation drive through the city, your afternoon is at leisure. Later, enjoy an evening in one of Vienna’s most beloved restaurants where dinner mixes with local cultural flavour to create an unforgettable night. (B, D) Day 6: Vienna This morning, experience the city on a tour showcasing some of its architectural marvels, including the lavish Schonbrunn Palace and the summer retreat of the Habsburg dynasty. The remainder of the day is yours to explore independently. Perhaps you will visit one of the famous museums, sip a Viennese coffee at a local coffee house, or simply relax in this capital of Austria. Tonight you may choose to enjoy an optional Mozart concert and dinner in the city. (B) Day 7: Vienna - Budapest, Hungary Sit back, relax and enjoy the picturesque Hungarian countryside en route to historic Budapest. Upon arrival, a local expert provides an informative city tour featuring Fisherman’s Bastion, Matthias Church, Old Buda, the New Parliament and Gellert Hill. A special stop is made at Heroes’ Square, a unique monument to the many diverse leaders of Hungary. (B, D) Day 8: Budapest The beautiful city of Budapest is often referred to as “the Queen of the Danube.” Today is yours to discover this city divided by the Danube with historic Buda on one side and cosmopolitan Pest on the opposite bank. Relax in the city or perhaps join an optional excursion to a traditional Hungarian horse farm where riders perform amazing feats, followed by a typical lunch in the “Puzsta.” (B) Day 9: Budapest - Donovaly, Slovakia - Krakow, Poland Take in the picturesque landscapes en route to Poland. Make a stop in the hidden village of Donovaly, nestled in the Low Tatras mountain range of Slovakia. Your home for the next two nights is the lively city of Krakow, which still offers an oldworld charm. (B, D)| Day 10: Krakow Discover Krakow’s historic Old Town on a city tour featuring stops at the Market Square, St. Mary’s Church, and the University; you’ll also view Wawel Castle, a former residence of Polish kings. The afternoon is at leisure for you to
Krakow Town Square
Brandenburg Gate enjoy the city on your own. (B) Day 11: Krakow - Auschwitz - Warsaw Today you embark on a poignant journey through history as you travel to witness the camps of Auschwitz. A local expert guides you through the former concentration camp where you will learn firsthand about the terrors as well as the resilience of the human spirit that occurred within those walls. Afterward, travel through the Polish countryside en route to Warsaw, the reconstructed and modern capital of this rejuvenated country. The evening is yours to relax or explore. Browse one of the city’s art galleries or fascinating museums, or simply relax at an outdoor café. (B) Day 12: Warsaw The moving history of Warsaw, both joyous and tragic, is yours to embrace as you embark on a locally guided tour of this capital city. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a farewell dinner celebrating the end of a memorable trip. (B, D) Day 13: Warsaw - Tour Ends Your tour comes to an end today. (B) STAY LO NG E R Warsaw: Encounter even more of the reconstructed modern capital of Poland.
Magnificent Cities of Central_EEurope TS135 2019_TCT.indd 131
CALL FOR DETAILS.
Fisherman’s Bastion
DOUBLE
Starting from £2249
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 4 November 2019 departure
March – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
25 March 5, 24, 29 April
6, 20, 27 May 3, 10, 17, 24 June 8, 15, 22 July 5, 12, 19 August 2, 8, 9, 16, 23, 30 September
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
7, 14, 21 October 4 November 23 March 6, 20, 27 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3 049 Book a Stopover Spend some time in a new city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long is up to you. Choose from: London • Amsterdam • Paris • Frankfurt • Munich
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Magnificent Cities of Central & Eastern Europe and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Berlin and depart from Warsaw. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Visitors are required to have travel/health insurance to travel to the Czech Republic. The minimum coverage has to meet the Czech Republic standards for tourist travel. These standards can be found by contacting the Czech Republic Embassy in the UK.
“
This tour of Central & Eastern Europe had plenty of sights, and was done at just the right pace. Loved all the cities included, and the Tour Manager and Bus Driver were a terrific team.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 131
8/20/18 8:51 AM
IMPERIAL CITIES
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£150pp
T&C’s apply
10 DAYS • 15 MEALS £ FROM 1899
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Enjoy a stop in the fairy-tale town of Cesky Krumlov. •• Tour majestic Prague Castle. •• Get to know Bratislava’s history on a city tour with a local expert.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Visit Lobkowicz Palace, home to the largest and finest art collections in the Czech Republic. •• Embark on a Danube River cruise through the historic Wachau Valley. •• Stop in Melk for a visit to the famous Abbey.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
DAY 3 | Enjoy traditional Czech cuisine at
one of Prague’s popular restaurants or dine and drink at one of Eastern Europe’s oldest breweries and take a tour to see how this famous beer has been brewed for 500 years.
Budapest
Bask in the splendour and storybook charm of Prague, Vienna and Budapest – a trio of cities with infinite majesty. START E ARLY
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 9 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 5 dinners •• Enjoy dinner and sample regional wine in the picturesque Grinzing region. •• Savour a Renaissance-style dinner at a medieval castle restaurant near Budapest.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 K+K Hotel Fenix, Prague Days 4 – 6 Grand Hotel Wien, Vienna Days 7 – 9 NH Budapest, Budapest On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
132 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Imperial Cities TS43 2019_TCT.indd 132
Prague: Take a day to explore “the City of a Hundred Spires.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Prague, Czech Republic - Tour Begins Set out on a grand cultural adventure through the Imperial Cities of Central Europe. Along the way, enjoy traditional entertainment and a scenic cruise on the Danube River Arrive in Prague, the “City of 100 Spires.” Behold ancient landmarks and medieval architecture. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner. (D) Day 2: Prague Feel the magic. Your introduction to this fairy-tale city begins with a panoramic tour. Explore the “Castle District,” including the gothic St. Vitus Cathedral and the majestic Prague Castle. Next, visit Lobkowicz Palace, the only privately owned building in the sprawling Prague Castle complex, and home to the largest and finest art collection in the Czech
Republic spanning over 600 years of family history. A masterpiece of 16th century Baroque architecture, the aristocratic Lobkowicz family lost it under Communist occupation following World War II and regained control only in 2002. The priceless collection also encompasses one of Central Europe’s finest libraries of rare books and a musical archive that includes scores by Mozart, Beethoven and Gluck. After a delightful lunch, gather in the palace’s elegant Baroque concert hall for a mid-day Classical music concert featuring the likes of Mozart, Bach, Dvorák and Smetana. Later, proceed to the lovely statue-lined Charles Bridge. (B, L) Day 3: Prague The day is yours to discover Prague on your own. Shop for famous Bohemian crystal or visit one of the city’s many outstanding museums, such as the Lapidarium, home to 11th-century stone sculptures. Stroll to the Old Town square, home to the famous Orloj, which functions as a clock, calendar and primitive planetarium. Perhaps you will join an optional excursion to Prague’s Old Jewish Quarter to see its historic Jewish
8/20/18 9:06 AM
LY TO
y
Museum and Europe’s oldest surviving Jewish cemetery, founded in 1478. This evening, it’s your choice! Enjoy traditional Czech culture at one of Prague’s popular restaurants -OR- tip a pint while dining at one of Eastern Europe’s oldest breweries and take a tour to see how this famous beer has been brewed for 500 years. (B, D) Day 4: Prague - Cesky Krumlov Vienna, Austria Take a scenic ride through the countryside as we travel from Prague to Vienna. En route, make a stop in the fairy-tale town of Cesky Krumlov to explore the well-preserved streets lined with Baroque architecture before continuing on to the grand city of Vienna where your arrival leads to a free evening to enjoy the city. (B) Day 5: Vienna This morning, join a local resident for a visit to magnificent Schoenbrunn Palace, the summer retreat of the Hapsburg dynasty for more than 200 years. Continue on to Vienna’s centre. Behold the beautiful architecture, scenic parks and gothic spires that fill the city. Tonight, return to Schoenbrunn Palace for an unforgettable Classical music performance featuring the works of Mozart and Strauss. (B) Day 6: Vienna - Danube River - Melk - Vienna Travel along the banks of the Danube, immortalised by Strauss, to the medieval town of Durnstein. Embark on a scenic Danube River cruise through the historic Wachau Valley. Later, visit the 11th-century Melk Abbey, famous for its production and collection of manuscripts. Tonight’s dinner is a real treat: a meal showcasing regional wine and the impressive local cuisine of the Grinzing region. (B, D) Day 7: Vienna - Bratislava, Slovakia Budapest, Hungary This morning we journey to Bratislava, former Imperial capital of the Hapsburg Empire. Get to know the city’s 4000-year-old history on a tour with a local expert. Continue to Budapest, the “Queen of the Danube,” truly one of the world’s most beautiful cities. Upon arrival we drive through this majestic capital on our way to the hotel. Take some time to relax or explore before gathering for tonight’s dinner in the city. (B, D) Day 8: Budapest Capture the true spirit of Budapest. Join a local expert and discover the incredible Neo-Gothic marvel of Matthias Church atop Buda Castle Hill. Next, be enamoured by the Fisherman’s Bastion with its white walls, towers and arcades for
Imperial Cities TS43 2019_TCT.indd 133
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Prague • Prague Castle • Lobkowicz Palace • Cesky Krumlov • Vienna • Grinzing Evening • Classical Music Performances • Danube River Cruise • Bratislava • Budapest • Matthias Church • Fisherman’s Bastion • School Visit • Visegrad • Renaissance Dinner
Schoenbrunn Palace
Classical Music Performance spectacular views. Continue to historic Old Buda and Gellert Hill, followed by the Parliament. At Heroes Square, admire the imposing Millennium Monument which memorialises the 1000th anniversary of Hungarian dominion. (B) Day 9: Budapest - Visegrad - Budapest Begin your day with a visit to a school in Budapest where you will get a glimpse into the daily life of the locals while meeting the young students. In the afternoon, venture outside the city to the former Renaissance capital of Visegrad for a magnificent view of the Danube Bend and the Borzsony Mountains. Travel back in time with a visit to a 14th-century castle where knights with colourful costumes and authentic weaponry recreate the days of chivalry. Then, enjoy a special Renaissance-style dinner at the castle restaurant and re-enact the days of medieval times. Revel in this evening of wine and music. (B, D) Day 10: Budapest - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today. (B)
Prague
DOUBLE
Starting from £1899
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 5 November 2019 departure
March - April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
26 March 2, 9, 23, 30 April
7, 21 May 4, 18 June 9, 16 July 6, 13 August 10, 17, 24, September 1, 8, 15, 22 October
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
5 November 31 March 21, 28 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £23 49 Book a Stopover Spend some time in a new city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long is up to you. Choose from: London • Amsterdam • Paris • Frankfurt • Munich
This trip requires a passport. Return flights should not be booked prior to 10:00 a.m. Our air passengers will arrive into Prague and depart from Budapest. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Visitors are required to have travel/health insurance to travel to the Czech Republic. The minimum coverage has to meet the Czech Republic standards for tourist travel. These standards can be found by contacting the Czech Republic Embassy in the UK. COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Imperial Cities and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS
STAY LO NG E R Budapest: Spend your last evening absorbing the beauty of the “Queen of the Danube.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 133
8/20/18 9:07 AM
DISCOVERING POLAND 11 DAYS • 14 MEALS £ FROM 1749
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Visit the Jasna Góra monastery to witness the world-famous Black Madonna. •• Explore the poignant history of Auschwitz.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• A journey through Warsaw includes a stop at the remnants of its ghetto. •• A tour of Wroclaw brings you up-close to this ethnically diverse city. •• Overnight in medieval Torun, a UNESCO World Heritage site.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 4 | Venture to the resort town of Sopot or enjoy a shopping excursion to learn about Polish amber.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 10 breakfasts • 4 dinners •• Immerse yourself in Polish culture during a folklore show and dinner. •• Learn how to make gingerbread according to a 500-year-old recipe.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Mercure Warszawa Grand, Warsaw Days 3, 4 Radisson Blu Hotel Old Town, Gdansk Day 5
Hotel Bulwar, Torun
Days 6, 7
Art Hotel, Wroclaw
Days 8 – 10 Holiday Inn City Center Hotel, Krakow On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
134 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Discovering Poland TS470 2019_TCT.indd 134
Krakow
Poland’s treasures, uncovered. Embark on a poignant, engaging journey from Warsaw to the shores of Gdansk. START E ARLY Warsaw: Spend an extra night taking in the history found in Poland’s capital city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Warsaw, Poland - Tour Begins Welcome to Warsaw! The city has a blend of old-world charm and a modern energy. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner. (D) Day 2: Warsaw Embrace the moving history of Warsaw, a city reborn after WWII, as you embark on a locally guided tour. Your journey through this capital city includes a stop at the monument dedicated to the heroes of the Warsaw Ghetto. The afternoon is at leisure to take in the alleyways, visit a quaint café in Warsaw’s Old Town, explore a museum or simply relax. (B) Day 3: Warsaw - Malbork Castle - Gdansk Depart for Gdansk this morning. En route, stop in the town of Malbork, home to Malbork Castle, one of the largest castles in the world. A guided tour of this 700-year-old structure introduces you to the world of the Knights of the Teutonic Order. Continue to Gdansk, stopping at the
Gdansk Shipyards, site of the creation of the anti-Communist Solidarity movement in 1980 that helped liberate Poland from Soviet rule. (B, D) Day 4: Gdansk - Choice on Tour This morning, join a local expert for an introduction to this strategic and remarkable port city; get to know its deep history during your tour which highlights City Hall and St. Mary’s Church. Later, the choice is yours. Join your Tour Manager on an excursion to the seaside resort town of Sopot -OR- remain in Gdansk and join a local guide on an educational shopping excursion during which you’ll learn about Polish amber at a demonstration, followed by the opportunity to purchase the stone. The evening is at leisure. Take a stroll through a beautiful square, shop for local handicrafts, or soak in the seaside atmosphere. (B) Day 5: Gdansk - Torun Today you travel to the town of Torun, a UNESCO World Heritage site and birthplace of Nicolaus Copernicus, the famous astronomer. Torun remains one of the best-preserved medieval towns in all of Europe and is one of the “Seven Wonders of Poland.” On arrival, walk past Copernicus’s house before
8/20/18 9:17 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Warsaw • Malbork Castle • Gdansk • Solidarity Shipyards • Torun • Gingerbread Baking • Wroclaw • Black Madonna • Jasna Góra Monastery • Krakow • Auschwitz • Folklore Show & Dinner
£150pp
T&C’s apply
Sopot
Auschwitz stepping back into history while baking and sampling your very own gingerbread according to a 500-year-old recipe. (B) Day 6: Torun - Wroclaw This morning, join a local expert for a walking tour of this unspoiled town. Later this afternoon, arrive in the ancient city of Wroclaw. Tonight, join your travelling companions for some locally-brewed beer and a traditional “home-style” dinner at a local restaurant. (B, D) Day 7: Wroclaw A morning tour of Wroclaw brings you up close and personal to this large and ethnically diverse city. It could be the only location where you can find a Stare Miasto (Old Town) with a Synagogue, a Lutheran church, a Roman Catholic church and an Eastern Orthodox church standing near each other. The remainder of the day is at leisure to savour Wroclaw’s idyllic parks and captivating culture. Be sure to go in search of the many “dwarfs” hidden on the streets of the city! (B) Day 8: Wroclaw - Czestochowa Krakow This morning we depart for Krakow, an enchanting city famous for its well-preserved town centre. En route, stop in Czestochowa, the spiritual capital of Poland, where each year over 5 million pilgrims journey to pay their respects to the
Discovering Poland TS470 2019_TCT.indd 135
famous Black Madonna. Housed in the Jasna Góra monastery, journey inside for an up-close look at this miraculous image. Arriving in Krakow, enjoy some free time to get acquainted with the city. (B) Day 9: Krakow Join a local expert as we explore the city on a panoramic tour that includes Market Square, St. Mary’s Church and the university. You will also see the famous Wawel Castle, the former residence of Polish kings. The rest of your day is at leisure. Perhaps you’ll stroll the quaint side streets of Krakow’s famous Old Town, have coffee in one of the largest squares in Europe, or walk along the river for views of the new sections of the city. You may also visit the Schindler Museum or join your fellow travellers on an optional excursion. (B) Day 10: Krakow - Auschwitz - Krakow Today you embark on a poignant journey through history as you travel to Auschwitz. A local expert guides you through the former concentration camp where you will learn firsthand about the terrors as well as the resilience of the human spirit that occurred within those walls. This evening celebrate traditional Polish culture during a folklore show and dinner, complete with wine and beer. (B, D)
Old Town Gdansk
DOUBLE
Starting from £1749
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 27 October 2019 departure
March – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
8 March 26 April
19, 26 May 9, 23 June 28 July 18, 25 August 1, 8, 15, 29 September 6, 20, 27 October
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
22 March 26 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £21 99 Book a Stopover Spend some time in a new city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long is up to you. Choose from: London • Amsterdam • Paris • Frankfurt • Munich • Zurich
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Discovering Poland and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Warsaw and depart from Krakow. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
“
Everything was wonderful: the tour manager, the fellow travellers, the local guides, the Polish people, the sights, and the historical buildings. The trip was more interesting and more enjoyable than I would have imagined. I had looked forward to Malbork and was not disappointed!
”
Day 11: Krakow - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today. (B) See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 135
8/20/18 9:18 AM
DISCOVER CROATIA, SLOVENIA & THE ADRIATIC COAST
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£150pp
T&C’s apply
11 DAYS • 16 MEALS £ FROM 1799
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Visit Europe’s oldest pharmacy at Dubrovnik’s Franciscan Monastery. •• Stroll through Split and see the famous Diocletian’s Palace. •• Take a Pletna boat ride to the picturesque island in the center of Lake Bled.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Spend three nights in Dubrovnik, the “Pearl of the Adriatic.” •• Explore Opatija, “Croatia’s Riviera,” a retreat for Habsburg Monarchs. •• Experience the wonder of 16 cascading lakes at Plitvice Lakes National Park.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
Dubrovnik
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 2 | J oin a local expert in Dubrovnik’s Old Town for a private cruise followed by a visit to Lokrum Island or explore the medieval walls that surround Dubrovnik’s old city.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 10 breakfasts • 6 dinners •• Visit a local family for dinner in the Konavle region outside Dubrovnik. •• Sample farm-to-table delicacies of the Istrian Peninsula at a local restaurant.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Valamar Lacroma Resort or Hotel Lapad, Dubrovnik Day 4 Atrium Hotel, Split Day 5 Jezero Hotel, Plitvice Days 6, 7 Hotel Bristol, Opatija Days 8, 9 Hotel Lev, Ljubljana Day 10 Sheraton Hotel, Zagreb On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
Ancient towns, tranquil lakes, and shining seas. Delight in the old-world charm found in this sunny Adriatic paradise. Day 1: Dubrovnik, Croatia - Tour Begins Join us and explore Croatia and the countries of the Adriatic. This is a “must see” region filled with ancient cities, medieval architecture, intriguing cultures, rolling hills and stunning coastal scenery. Your tour begins in the medieval city of Dubrovnik. Get to know your fellow travellers during a welcome dinner this evening. (D) Day 2: Dubrovnik Join a local guide on a tour of “Old Dubrovnik,” a UNESCO World Heritage site. Visit the Franciscan Monastery, where Europe’s oldest pharmacy resides, and see Dubrovnik’s many historical sites, from Rector’s Palace to the City Walls. This afternoon, it’s your choice! Join a local expert in Dubrovnik’s Old Town harbour for a private cruise with magnificent views of the medieval city walls before visiting nearby Lokrum Island where you can swim, marvel at exotic plants or take a walk with peacocks -OR- receive a ticket to access the walls that contain the old city of Dubrovnik and gain a different
perspective on this remarkable place (this choice gives you more leisure time to explore the city). This evening, travel to Cilipi in the culturally-rich Konavle region, where you’ll be welcomed for dinner at a family-owned local restaurant. Visit with the family and learn about life in the Croatian heartland as you sample regional wines. At dinner, servers introduce you to a culinary feast, prepared in the way of their ancestors. (B, D) Day 3: Dubrovnik Spend today at leisure. Relax or independently explore the marble streets and beautiful baroque buildings of Dubrovnik’s breathtaking Old Town. Or, you may choose to purchase our optional excursion to Montenegro; if so, leave in the morning to cross the border to Montenegro’s Bay of Kotor, or “the Boka.” Once known as Europe’s southernmost fjord, it is actually a ria (a long, narrow inlet). Your guide will introduce you to the history of the region and share stories of the many cultures and empires that have left their mark here. (B)
136 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Discover Croatia TS258 2019_TCT.indd 136
8/20/18 9:29 AM
LY TO
y
Day 4: Dubrovnik - Split Savour stunning sea views as you travel up the winding coastal road, hugging the sheer cliffs that drop dramatically into the aquamarine of the Adriatic Sea. Enjoy a stop in a quaint village in the Croatian countryside, where you’ll have time to taste some of the local specialities and perhaps take a walk through the village square. Upon arrival in Split, set out on a walking tour featuring the impressive Diocletian’s Palace, one of the most significant late-Roman historical monuments and a UNESCO World Heritage site. Also, see the peristyle of the palace and the Temple of Jupiter. (B) Day 5: Split - Plitvice Lakes Enjoy a morning at leisure in Split. This afternoon, travel to Plitvice Lakes, one of the oldest, largest, and most beautiful national parks in Croatia. Inspiring scenery is one of the wonders you’ll experience at this designated UNESCO World Heritage site. (B, D) Day 6: Plitvice Lakes - Opatija Travel among the park’s dense forests and 16 terraced lakes, where waterfalls and free-flowing cascades connect one lake to the other. Enjoy a short cruise that takes you into the heart of this natural wonder that extends over 73,000 acres. From the forest landscapes of Plitvice Lakes, travel this afternoon to the seaside resort of Opatija, known as “Croatia’s Riviera.” This fashionable region was once the summer retreat for Roman Caesars and Habsburg Monarchs. (B) Day 7: Opatija - Istrian Peninsula Opatija Known as “Croatia’s Riviera,” Opatija was once the summer retreat for Roman Caesars and Habsburg Monarchs. Discover the richness of the Istrian Peninsula with its Italian and Croatian influences. Pay a visit to a local distillery, where the owners use regional plants, fruits, and herbs to produce brandies, snacks and other treats. Discover a picture-perfect example of a rural Croatian town. In the late afternoon, a delightful farm-to-table dinner at a local restaurant lets you sample the regional wines and culinary delicacies of the Istrian Peninsula. (B, D) Day 8: Ljubljana, Slovenia Travel into picturesque Slovenia, to Ljubljana, a capital city in the midst of a cultural renaissance. Take in the spectacular scenery on the drive, and upon your arrival, an afternoon at leisure lets you relax and explore the city. (B, D)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Dubrovnik • Cilipi Family-Style Dinner • Split • Diocletian’s Palace • Plitvice Lakes National Park • Opatija • Istrian Peninsula • Farm-to-Table Dinner • Ljubljana • Lake Bled • Pletna Boat Ride • Zagreb
Split
Lake Bled Day 9: Ljubljana - Lake Bled - Ljubljana This morning, meet a local expert who introduces you to this lovely town nestled along the banks of the river. Your tour includes the impressive City Hall and a visit to the magnificent Cathedral of St. Nicholas. After free time for lunch, drive a short distance to tranquil Lake Bled, and experience the old-world charm that comes with taking a Pletna boat to the picturesque island in the centre. Spend time exploring the 17th-century cathedral, St. Mary’s Church, and the “wishing bell.” Enjoy some time to stroll the quiet paths of this lakeside community at your own pace. (B) Day 10: Ljubljana - Zagreb, Croatia Today we travel to Zagreb, the capital of Croatia. Embark on a tour of this fascinating city that has marked the intersection of Eastern and Central Europe for more than 1000 years. After free time this afternoon for independent exploration, celebrate the end of an unforgettable trip with dinner at a popular local restaurant. (B, D) Day 11: Zagreb - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close this morning in Zagreb. (B)
Plitvice Lakes
DOUBLE
Starting from £1799
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 3 December 2019 departure
March – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
10, 24 March 7, 10, 24, 28 April
3, 10, 17, 31 May 14, 21, 28 June 12, 19 July 9, 16, 30 August 5, 6, 12, 13, 19 September 20, 26, 27 September 4 October 8, 11, 15, 22 October*
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
5, 12 November* 3 December* 28 January* 25 February* 10, 17 March* 24, 27 March 10, 16, 17, 24 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £21 99
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Discover Croatia, Slovenia & the Adriatic Coast and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Dubrovnik and depart from Zagreb. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Based on return flight options, an early morning departure from the hotel may be required on the last day. *Departures 8 October through 22 March will begin in Zagreb. The routing will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
“
First class experience. Hotels were quality, food was great, tours very informative. Best of all, a very nice pace; with enough time to relax and still get a lot done. Highly recommend them for multistop trips. The family-style dinner in Dubrovnik with folk singers was a highlight. You just can’t get that experience on your own.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 137
Discover Croatia TS258 2019_TCT.indd 137
8/23/18 11:07 AM
EXPLORING GREECE & ITS ISLANDS 14 DAYS • 22 MEALS £ FROM 2899
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Visit two breathtaking monasteries in Metéora, built over 600 years ago. •• Experience the Delphi Museum with its priceless collection of ancient artifacts. •• Broaden your knowledge of traditional Greek music with a delightful Greek dance class.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Join a local expert to explore Athens and its famed sites. •• Explore the grandeur of Olympia, birthplace of the Olympic Games. •• Have a day to explore Mykonos, the whitewashed jewel of the Cyclades Islands.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before you trip departs)
Day 2 | Choose a comprehensive tour of the Acropolis or a walking tour of some of the city’s hidden gems, including Pnyx and the Temple of Hephaestus.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 13 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 8 dinners •• Feast on local food and wine at a traditional “taverna.” •• Partake in a Mediterranean cooking experience followed by a Greek lunch.
Santorini
Discover the magnificent ruins of ancient Greece and bask in the brilliance of the Mediterranean. START E ARLY Athens: Start your tour with an extra night in Athens, the “cradle of Western civilisation.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Crowne Plaza City Centre or Holiday Inn Attica, Athens Day 3 Famissi Eden Hotel, Kalambaka Day 4 Domotel Anemolia Mountain Resort, Arachova Days 5, 6 Europa Hotel, Olympia Day 7 Nafplia Palace Hotel & Villas or Amphitryon Hotel, Nafplio Days 8, 9 San Marco Hotel or Myconian Collection K Hotel or Leto Hotel, Mykonos Days 10 – 12 El Greco Resort, Santorini Day 13 Crowne Plaza City Center or Holiday Inn Attica, Athens On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
138 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Exploring Greece_Its Islands TS2 2019_TCT.indd 138
Day 1: Athens, Greece - Tour Begins Your tour begins in the capital city of Athens. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner in Athens’ historic Plaka district. In a traditional taverna, feast on local cuisine and wine while enjoying Greek entertainment. (D) Day 2: Athens Enjoy a panoramic tour of the highlights in Athens showcasing the city’s ancient and glorious monuments, such as the Temple of Zeus, the Royal Palace, the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier, and the Olympic Stadium. Next, it’s your choice! Choose a comprehensive tour of the incredible Acropolis -OR- embark on a walking tour of some of the city’s hidden gems, including Pnyx – where democracy was formed in Greece – and the Temple of
Hephaestus. This evening, perhaps you’ll choose to join an optional local food tour of Athens. (B) Day 3: Athens - Thermopylae - Metéora Kalambaka Travel north through central Greece to Thermopylae. Stop to see a monument dedicated to Leonidas who died defending the city against the Persians. Arrive in Metéora and visit two remote monasteries situated in a unique landscape of limestone rock “towers” that extend nearly 900 feet into the air. Over 600 years ago, Byzantine monks chose to build their monastic community perched atop these virtually inaccessible rocks. End your day at a family-owned taverna where you will savour a delicious meal with recipes passed down from generations. (B, D) Day 4: Kalambaka - Delphi - Arachova This morning, visit a local studio to see painters at work creating beautiful Byzantine icons. Continue to the ancient city of Delphi, one of Greece’s most important religious centres during Classical times. A local expert guides you on a visit
8/20/18 9:57 AM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£50pp
T&C’s apply
musical instruments and folkloric dances with a delightful Greek dance class. (B, L, D) Day 7: Olympia - Mycenae - Nafplio Enjoy spectacular scenery as you cross the Arkadian Mountains en route to the ancient city of Mycenae for a guided visit of the excavations featuring the Beehive Tombs and the Lion Gate. Your day ends in the picturesque seaside resort of Nafplio. (B)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Athens • Taverna Dinner Show • Metéora • Delphi • Olympia • Greek Farm Visit • Cooking Class • Greek Dance Class • Mycenae • Nafplio • Mykonos • Santorini • Ancient Akrotiri
Day 8: Nafplio - Athens - Mykonos This morning, transfer to the port of Athens for the high-speed ferry ride to Mykonos, the whitewashed jewel of the Cyclades Islands. Enjoy magnificent views as you cruise across the brilliant Aegean Sea to this island paradise. (B, D) Day 9: Mykonos Enjoy a relaxing day to independently explore the charms of Mykonos. Don’t miss Mykonos Town, where mazes of narrow streets link the whitewashed buildings and traditional life continues amidst the bustling activity. (B) Day 10: Mykonos - Santorini Cruise to the most spectacular destination in the Mediterranean, the fabled island of Santorini. (B, D)
to the Sanctuary of Apollo, the Doric Temple, the ancient theatre, and the Delphi Museum with its priceless collection of ancient artefacts. It was here that the famous Oracle was consulted to foretell the destiny of Man. Continue on to charming Arachova, a popular ski resort town with breathtaking views of the surrounding mountains and valleys. (B, D) Day 5: Arachova - Olympia Travel along the Gulf of Corinth, crossing into the Peloponnese to the historic city of Olympia, a testament to the grandeur of ancient Greek civilisation. Visit a local farm in the countryside and meet with the owners to learn about everyday life. Following the tour, enjoy a tasting of local wines, olive oil, homemade jams, marmalades and sweets. (B, D) Day 6: Olympia Your guided visit to ancient Olympia includes a tour of the sanctuary of Zeus, the Olympic Stadium – where the first Olympic Games were held in 776 B.C. – and the museum. Next, learn how to cook some of the region’s best dishes as you partake in a Mediterranean cooking experience followed by a traditional Greek lunch. This evening, broaden your knowledge of traditional Greek
Exploring Greece_Its Islands TS2 2019_TCT.indd 139
Day 11: Santorini - Oia - Santorini Begin your day with a visit to the excavation site of ancient Akrotiri, the most important prehistoric settlement found anywhere in the Eastern Mediterranean. Known as the “Minoan Pompeii,” the flourishing town was at once destroyed and preserved by a volcanic eruption around 1450 B.C. Next, travel through a fascinating landscape of vineyards, whitewashed chapels and volcanic cliffs to the spectacular town of Oia, where the best views of the crater are found. End your day with a visit to a local winery that produces the unique and famous wines of Santorini. (B) Day 12: Santorini Your day is at leisure to relax or independently explore Santorini, considered one of the most stunning landscapes in the world. Shop in Thira’s charming town centre, take in the breathtaking scenery, visit a local museum or simply enjoy the amenities of your hotel. (B) Day 13: Santorini - Athens Bid farewell to the Greek Islands and fly back to Athens for your overnight stay. Celebrate the end of a memorable trip to Greece with a delightful farewell dinner. (B, D) Day 14: Athens - Tour Ends Your tour ends today. (B)
STAY LO NG E R Athens: End your tour with one more night in historic Athens. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Parthenon, Athens
DOUBLE
Starting from £2899
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 14 October 2019 departure
March – April 2019
Please confirm at time of reservation.
29 March 5, 12, 18, 26 April
May 2019 – April 2020
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary.
(featured itinerary)
3, 6, 17, 20 May 7, 10 June 5, 8 July
6, 9, 13, 16 September 11, 14, 18, 21 October 30 March 3, 6, 17, 27 April Visit thomascooktours. com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3 699
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Exploring Greece & Its Islands and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Athens. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Due to the ferry schedule on day 8 of some departures, you may be required to depart the hotel in Nafplio as early as 4:00 a.m. Should this be the case, a boxed breakfast will be provided in place of the regular hotel breakfast. Luggage handling is not available when getting on and off the ferries in Mykonos and Santorini. Rates include the internal flights on tour.
“
The tour was great! It’s a lot of early mornings but worth it to see so much in one day. Acropolis was wonderful! Tour in Delphi was great too! My favourite was the islands, more Mykonos. It was so beautiful there and people were so incredibly nice.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
139
8/23/18 11:01 AM
ITALIAN VISTAS 12 DAYS • 17 MEALS £ FROM 2449
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Get an in-depth tour of the famous Colosseum. •• Relax on a scenic boat ride to the enchanting Isle of Capri. •• Enjoy a boat trip to Murano Island for a glass-blowing demonstration.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Visit the Academy Museum in Florence to see Michelangelo’s famous statue of David. •• Stroll the streets of Verona – the backdrop for Romeo and Juliet. •• Enjoy the magic of the Italian lakes in the captivating resort of Stresa.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 9 | Enjoy a walking tour which includes St. Mark’s Square, the Doge’s Palace and the Bridge of Sighs or experience the Castello Sestiere district as you walk by canals through the narrow streets of this unique city.
Rome
From the ancient ruins of Pompeii to the chic charm of Capri, this is one spectacular Italian getaway. START E ARLY
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 11 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 5 dinners •• Visit a Tuscan winery and farm to enjoy lunch and sample the local wines.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Grand Hotel Palatino, The K Boutique Hotel, Mediterraneo Hotel or Kolbe Hotel, Rome Days 4, 5 Towers Hotel or Michelangelo Hotel, Sorrento Days 6, 7 Grand Hotel Baglioni or Starhotels Michelangelo, Florence Days 8, 9 B4 Bellini Venezia, Venice Days 10, 11 Regina Palace Hotel, Stresa On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
140 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Italian Vistas TS21 2019_TCT.indd 140
Rome: Spend an extra evening in the historic “Vatican City.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Rome, Italy - Tour Begins Welcome to Rome. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a special welcome dinner featuring regional delicacies and Italian wines. (D) Day 2: Rome - Classical Rome City Tour A locally guided tour of Classical Rome features such sights as the Piazza Venezia, the Roman Forum, the Circus Maximus and the Arch of Constantine. During an in-depth visit to the Colosseum, your guide recounts its rich history. The catacombs, burial place of early Christians, the mythic Pantheon, and Piazza Navona are also featured. (B) Day 3: Rome Enjoy a full day at leisure to explore Rome’s cultural treasures. Your Tour Manager will be on hand to offer suggestions. Perhaps a trip to Vatican City, with an optional tour to the Vatican Museums and St. Peter’s Basilica, will be on your personal sightseeing list. (B)
Day 4: Rome - Pompeii - Sorrento Coast Journey south towards the brilliant Bay of Naples where charming villages are built into hillsides above a sparkling blue sea. Soak in 2,000 years of history during your discovery of the excavated ruins of Pompeii. A local guide provides an in-depth view of this remarkably preserved archaeological site. Continue to the scenic resort town of Sorrento and take some time to explore the city independently. You may wish to visit the Duomo, a Romanesque cathedral with inlaid woodwork, a famous local Sorrento craft. End your day on the breathtaking Sorrento Coast. (B) Day 5: Sorrento Coast - Isle of Capri Sorrento Coast A scenic boat ride brings you to the enchanting Isle of Capri. Upon arrival, take a panoramic ride to the island’s highest town, Anacapri. Spend time in Capri town with its world-famous piazzetta and explore this island paradise of chic boutiques, lush vegetation and outdoor cafés before returning to the Sorrento Coast. (B, D) Day 6: Sorrento Coast - Florence Tuscany unfolds with its panorama of vineyards and olive groves. Florence, the “Cradle of the Italian Renaissance,” awaits and offers Italy’s best art and architecture.
8/20/18 9:45 AM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Venice
Rome • Colosseum • Ruins of Pompeii • Sorrento Coast • Isle of Capri • Florence • Statue of David • Leaning Tower of Pisa • Tuscan Winery • Venice • Murano Island • Verona • Stresa
£150pp
T&C’s apply
Lago Maggiore
2-NIGHT MILAN EXTENSION
Explore this international hub of high fashion at your own pace. CALL FOR DETAILS Visit the Academy Gallery to see Michelangelo’s magnificent sculpture of David. Tonight, enjoy regional Italian cuisine at a local restaurant. (B, D) Day 7: Florence A locally guided tour highlights the Piazza del Duomo, with its Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore, and the famous Gates of Paradise on the Baptistery of St. John. You also view the magnificent Piazza della Signoria with its imposing Palazzo Vecchio. (B) Day 8: Florence - Pisa - Venice Visit the ancient maritime Republic of Pisa to discover the Piazza Dei Miracoli, the Duomo (Cathedral), and the famous Leaning Tower. A special stop is made at a Tuscan winery and farm to enjoy lunch and sample local wines and specialities. Next, cross the Apennine Mountains en route to Venice where 117 islands are connected by a latticework of 150 canals and 400 bridges. (B, L) Day 9: Venice - Murano Island Venice Embark on a boat trip to Murano Island for a glass-blowing demonstration. Then we make our way to St. Mark’s Square where it’s your choice! Join a local expert who will take you on a walking tour of this famous square to view the Basilica and visit the impressive
Italian Vistas TS21 2019_TCT.indd 141
Doge’s Palace along with the legendary Bridge of Sighs -OR- step off the beaten path and explore the Castello Sestiere district with a local expert; see for yourself how the locals live as you walk canal by canal through the narrow streets lined with churches and historic buildings. The remainder of the day is at leisure. (B) Day 10: Venice - Verona - Stresa Depart Venice for Verona to stroll the streets that were the backdrop for Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet. Arrive in the resort town of Stresa in the breathtaking Italian Lakes District, your home for the next two nights, and admire the beautiful views of Lago Maggiore. (B, D) Day 11: Stresa - Locarno, Switzerland Isola dei Pescatori, Italy - Stresa Today, cross into Switzerland and the picturesque lakeside resort of Locarno for magnificent views, excellent shopping and charming cafés. Tonight, we travel by boat to Isola dei Pescatori for a farewell dinner while surrounded by beautiful scenery. (B, D) Day 12: Stresa - Tour Ends Your Italian adventure comes to a close today. (B)
Experience more with a
POST-TOUR EXTENSION to:
Milan
DOUBLE
Starting from £2449
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 3 December 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
23 January 25 February 11, 13, 18, 27 March 1, 3, 8, 24, 29 April
7, 14, 19, 21, 28 May 4, 11, 16, 23, 25 June 2, 9, 16, 23, 30 July 6, 13, 20, 27 August 1, 3, 8, 10, 15 September 17, 19, 22 September 24, 29 September 1, 6, 8, 13, 15 October 20, 22, 27 October
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
5, 10, 12 November 3 December 28 January 18, 25 February 10, 17, 24, 29 March 7, 14, 19, 21, 26, 28 April Visit thomascooktours. com for pricing details.
Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £3 049 Book a Stopover Spend some time in a new city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long is up to you. Choose from: Madrid • London • Amsterdam • Paris • Frankfurt • Munich
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Italian Vistas and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS
This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Rome and depart from Milan. Our air transfers will depart from Stresa to Milan. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
“
Italian Vistas was a wonderful way to see a lot of Italy in a short time. We saw just about everything you can think of when you think of Italy.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com
141
8/20/18 9:46 AM
REFLECTIONS OF ITALY 9 DAYS • 13 MEALS £ FROM 1849
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Step to the front of the line to see Michelangelo’s famous statue of David. •• Enjoy a boat trip to Murano Island for a glass-blowing demonstration.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Behold medieval Perugia, the historic capital of Umbria. •• Enjoy a scenic journey through Tuscany’s graceful low-lying hills. •• Set out on a locally guided panoramic tour of Rome.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 7 | In Venice, explore St. Mark’s Square and visit the Doge’s Palace along with the Bridge of Sighs or stroll through the Castello Sestiere district.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 8 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 4 dinners •• Enjoy a special welcome dinner featuring regional delicacies and fine Italian wines. •• Visit a historic winery in the heart of the Chianti region and enjoy a chef-led cooking class with lunch.
Venice
Italy shines on this enchanting journey that takes you from the historic piazzas of Rome to the storied canals of Venice and everywhere in between. START E ARLY Rome: Give yourself more time to be acquainted with Italy’s magical capital city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Mediterraneo Hotel or The K Boutique Hotel, Rome Day 3 Sangallo Palace Hotel, Perugia Days 4, 5 Hotel Albani or Starhotels Michelangelo, Florence Days 6, 7 Hotel Carlton on the Grand Canal, Venice Day 8 Crowne Plaza Milan Malpensa, Malpensa On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
142 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Reflections of Italy TS14 2019_TCT.indd 142
Day 1: Rome, Italy - Tour Begins Welcome to Italy, a land rich in history, culture, art and romance. We begin in Rome, the “Eternal City.” This evening, join your fellow travellers for a special welcome dinner at a popular local restaurant featuring regional delicacies and fine Italian wines. (D) Day 2: Rome This morning you’ll come to know the history and traditions of Rome while on a locally guided panoramic tour featuring the impressive Piazza Venezia, the Circus Maximus, the Arch of Constantine, the famous Piazza Navona, and a visit to the Colosseum. The remainder of the day is at leisure. Perhaps a trip to Vatican City, with an optional tour to the Vatican Museums and St. Peter’s Basilica, will be on your personal sightseeing list. (B)
Day 3: Rome - Assisi - Perugia/Assisi Ease your way into the local culture as your Tour Manager shares a few key Italian phrases. Travel to Assisi, birthplace of St. Francis. Take in the old-world atmosphere on a guided walking tour of the old city, including the Basilica of St. Francis. Then you’re off to medieval Perugia, the historic capital of Umbria. Behold one of the grandest squares in Italy – the Piazza IV Novembre – and delight in the medieval palaces and ornate cathedrals. (B) Day 4: Perugia/Assisi - Siena - Florence A scenic journey through Tuscany’s graceful low-lying hills brings you to the mystical city of Siena. Delight in its narrow Gothic streets, magnificent palaces and historic Piazza del Campo. After a walking tour with a local expert, take some time to explore the medieval corners of Siena. You are sure to find many surprises among its shops and outdoor cafés. Later, arrive in Florence – the “Cradle of the Italian Renaissance” – visit the world-famous Academy Gallery to see Michelangelo’s incredible statue of David. Tonight, gather for dinner at a local restaurant. (B, D)
8/20/18 10:34 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Rome • Colosseum • Assisi • Perugia • Siena • Florence • Chianti Winery & Cooking Class • Venice • Murano Island • Milan
£150pp
T&C’s apply
Basilica, St. Francis of Assisi
Cooking Class Day 5: Florence This morning, during your cultural tour of Florence enjoy views of the Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore, the Palazzo Vecchio and the Church of Santa Croce. The remainder of the day is at leisure to enjoy this fascinating city on your own. (B) Day 6: Florence - Venice Start your day with a visit to a historic winery in the heart of the Chianti region. In the shadow of its 12th-century castle, learn about the winery’s famed Tuscan wines and enjoy a chef-led cooking class. Next, sit back and savour regional delicacies during a delicious lunch. This afternoon, journey through central Italy, crossing the wooded Apennine Mountains towards the Valley of the Po. Enchanting Venice awaits with 117 tiny islands and its latticework of 150 canals and 400 bridges. (B, L, D) Day 7: Venice - Murano Island Venice See Venice from the water as we board a boat bound for Murano Island for an up-close glassblowing demonstration. Discover the secrets of this ancient art and marvel at the intricate designs of each one-of-a-kind piece. Then
Reflections of Italy TS14 2019_TCT.indd 143
we make our way to St. Mark’s Square where it’s your choice! Join a local expert on a walking tour of this famous square to view the stunning Basilica and visit the impressive Doge’s Palace and the legendary Bridge of Sighs -OR- go off the beaten path to explore the Castello Sestiere district with a local expert; get to know authentic Venice and see for yourself how the locals live as you walk canal by canal through the narrow streets lined with churches and historic buildings. The remainder of the day is at leisure to explore independently. (B) Day 8: Venice - Milan Malpensa Today you travel to Milan. Take in some of the city’s amazing sights on a locally guided walking tour: view the Opera House La Scala and Vittorio Emanuele Gallery, and visit the Duomo – this magnificent Gothic cathedral is the third largest church in Europe. Later, perhaps you will indulge in some shopping at the “Quadrilatero della Moda,” Milan’s high-fashion district. Continue to Milan Malpensa for a farewell dinner celebrating the end of an unforgettable trip. (B, D) Day 9: Milan Malpensa - Tour Ends Your journey comes to a close in Milan Malpensa this morning. (B)
Colosseum
DOUBLE
Starting from £1849
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 26 November 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
25 January 15 February 5, 8, 12, 14, 19, 21, 28 March 4, 9, 11, 25 April
2, 9, 16, 23, 30 May 6, 13, 20, 27 June 9, 16, 25 July 8, 22 August 5, 10, 12 September 19, 26 September 3, 8, 10, 15, 22 October 24, 31 October 5, 7, 12, 14, 26 November
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
3 December 20 January 11, 13 February 3, 10, 12, 17 March 19, 26, 31 March 2, 14, 21, 23, 28, 30 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £21 99 Book a Stopover Spend some time in a new city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long is up to you. Choose from: Madrid • London • Amsterdam • Paris • Frankfurt • Munich
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Reflections of Italy and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Rome and depart from Milan/Malpensa. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
“
The cities we toured were outstanding, but I must say my favourite was Venice. There was something magical about those canals!
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 143
8/20/18 10:35 AM
SPOTLIGHT ON TUSCANY 8 DAYS • 10 MEALS £ FROM 1349
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Step to the front of the line to see Michelangelo’s famous statue of David. •• See the Gothic Line, one of the Germans’ last lines of defense during WWII. •• Journey to Florence for a tour of the “Cradle of the Italian Renaissance.”
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Stay in the famous spa resort town of Montecatini Terme for seven nights! •• Visit the Museum of Liberation and see WWII fortifications and bunkers. •• Stop in the medieval city of Lucca, encircled by 16th-century walls.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
SPOTLIGHTS
SINGLE HOTEL STAY
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 5 | You can choose to explore the beautiful Siena Cathedral at your own pace or if you prefer, you may join your guide and get to know about local life in a contrada (neighbourhood).
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 7 breakfasts • 3 dinners •• Sample delectable wines during a wine tasting in the Chianti region. •• Spend time at a cheese farm to taste flavourful pecorino cheese. •• Learn about Tuscan cuisine during a cooking class.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 7 Hotel Ercolini and Savi or Grand Hotel Francia and Quirinale, Montecatini Terme On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
144 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Spotlight on Tuscany TS40 2019_TCT.indd 144
Embrace vintage Italia as you savour fine wine, blissful countryside and ancient cities that inspired the Renaissance on this Tuscan getaway. Day 1: Montecatini Terme, Italy - Tour Begins Rolling landscapes, savoury wines, delicious food and stunning architecture... this can only be Tuscany. Unpack once on this journey among Italy’s most charming towns. Your tour opens in the famous spa resort town of Montecatini Terme, nestled in the heart of the rolling hills of Tuscany. This evening, get to know your fellow travellers during a welcome dinner where regional foods and Italian wines kick off your adventure. (D) Day 2: Florence A cultural tour in the “Cradle of the Italian Renaissance” showcases the beautiful city of Florence. Join a local Florentine guide who highlights many of the city’s priceless treasures including a visit to the Academy Gallery – housing Michelangelo’s monumental statue of David. At the Piazza del Duomo, the centre of religious life in medieval Florence, see the impressive Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore and the gilded bronze doors of the Baptistery dedicated to St. John. Take the remainder of your day to explore this unparalleled city as you choose. En route to the hotel, visit a family-owned leather shop and learn
the traditional Italian techniques of leather making. (B) Day 3: Lucca - Borgo a Mozzano - Gothic Line Set out on a guided visit to Lucca, Tuscany’s best-kept secret. Renaissance walls, Romanesque churches, medieval streets flanked by towers, and delightful squares are just some of Lucca’s charms. Visit the medieval Basilica di San Frediano. Its otherwise simple façade is adorned with a colourful 13th-century mosaic. Enjoy some time to explore at your own pace. Then set off for Borgo a Mozzano to see the remarkable Ponte del Diavolo (Devil’s Bridge). Continue on to the Gothic Line. Built by the Germans, it was one of their last lines of defence during WWII. We will visit the Museum of Liberation and see the actual fortifications and bunkers. (B) Day 4: Pisa Explore the many historic sites in the ancient maritime Republic of Pisa including the Piazza dei Miracoli, or “Field of Miracles” (UNESCO). Keep your camera handy during our stop at the famous Leaning Tower of Pisa. You probably won’t be able to resist taking a picture that makes it appear as if you are holding this iconic
8/20/18 10:48 AM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Montecatini Terme • Florence • Lucca • Gothic Line • Pisa • Cooking Class • Siena • Winery Tour • Cheese Farm • San Gimignano
£200pp
T&C’s apply
Tuscany Countryside structure up. Visit the Baptistery, the largest in all of Italy. This impressive building of Romanesque and Gothic architecture is known for its perfect acoustics. This evening we travel to the quiet countryside to learn the secrets of traditional Tuscan cuisine. Partake in a cooking class featuring a bounty of local ingredients and culinary techniques that have been passed down for generations. Then sit down and enjoy the fruits of your labour during dinner. (B, D) Day 5: Siena Welcome to Siena. Discover this charming town with a local guide. Embark on a walking tour through its narrow Gothic streets. Take in stunning palaces, mansions and the historic Piazza del Campo along the way. Then, it’s your choice! Explore Siena’s beautiful Gothic cathedral at your own pace -ORjoin your guide to get to know local life in a contrada (neighbourhood). Next we make our way to a Tuscan winery and meet the people behind some of Chianti‘s finest wines. Learn from experts as you savour a selection of the local varieties. You’ll also learn about the art of winemaking and the process of making olive oil. (B) Day 6: Montecatini Terme The day is yours to relax and
Spotlight on Tuscany TS40 2019_TCT.indd 145
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Duomo, Florence
Wine and Cheese experience the local flavour. Take this opportunity to shop at the local boutiques and dine at one of the many fine local restaurants. Or, perhaps you will choose an optional excursion to Cinque Terre with its rugged coastline dotted with terraced vineyards; explore its string of fishing villages nestled between the mountains and the Mediterranean. (B) Day 7: San Gimignano - Cheese Farm Visit Begin the day travelling to the hilltop village of San Gimignano, one of the most picturesque places in Tuscany. Explore this enchanting medieval town, from its famous 14 towers to its magnificent vistas overlooking the vineyards of Tuscany. Enjoy free time and perhaps indulge in some gelato. Later, enjoy breathtaking views of the Tuscan hills as we make our way to a cheese farm. Learn how the famous pecorino cheese is made before sampling it for yourself. A delightful experience awaits this evening when you attend a Tuscan feast featuring traditional cuisine and savoury wines in the magical Tuscan countryside. (B, D) Day 8: Montecatini Terme - Tour Ends Your journey comes to a close today. Depart with many fond memories of Tuscany. (B)
Pisa
DOUBLE
Starting from £1349
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 6 December 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
18 January 15 February 1, 8, 15, 22 March 5, 7, 12, 24, 26, 28 April
3, 10, 17, 24 May 7, 14, 21, 28 June 5, 12, 19, 26 July 9, 16, 23, 30 August 6, 13, 20, 27 September 4, 11, 13, 18 October 25, 27 October 1, 3, 8, 10 November 15, 17 November
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
6 December 24 January 28 February 6, 13, 15, 20, 27 March 10, 17, 19, 24, 26 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £1 5 49 Book a Stopover Spend some time in a new city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long is up to you. Choose from: Madrid • London • Paris • Frankfurt • Munich • Zurich
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Spotlight on Tuscany and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Florence or Pisa airports. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
“
We picked this tour because we wanted to see Tuscany and we did. Our tour manager and bus driver were great. The tour was everything we hoped it would be.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 145
8/20/18 10:50 AM
ROME & THE AMALFI COAST 9 DAYS • 13 MEALS £ FROM 2049 land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Discover the amazing mountaintop monastery of Montecassino. •• Tour a buffalo milk mozzarella factory. •• Visit the fascinating National Archaeological Museum in Naples.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Take a panoramic tour of Classical Rome featuring an in-depth, guided visit of the spectacular Colosseum. •• Visit the seaside resort town of Sorrento. •• Discover the excavated ruins of Pompeii at the foothills of Mount Vesuvius.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 8 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 4 dinners •• In Minori, sample some of the local specialties at a family-owned limoncello factory.
Amalfi Coast
•• Enjoy a tasting and lunch at a local winery at the foot of Mount Vesuvius.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Hotel Imperial, Rome Days 3 – 7 Hotel Raito, Vietri-sul Mare or Hotel Graal, Amalfi Coast
ROOM UPGRADE AVAILABLE During your stay at the Raito
Hotel you can choose to enjoy a sea view by upgrading your accommodation to a Superior room. CALL FOR DETAILS Day 8 A.Roma Lifestyle Hotel or Donna Laura Palace, Rome On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
Art, food, wine, culture, and history: indulge in the finer things in life across Rome and the Amalfi Coast. START E ARLY Rome: Begin your journey and say “ciao” to beautiful Roma. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Rome, Italy - Tour Begins Journey through southern Italy and experience its rich scenery, art, culture, food and wine. Your tour opens in the “Eternal City” of Rome! Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner featuring wines and local delicacies. (D) Day 2: Rome This morning you may join an optional tour to the magnificent treasures of the Vatican Museums and St. Peter’s Basilica. Later, we set out on a panoramic tour of Classical Rome featuring the Piazza Venezia, the Roman Forum, the Circus Maximus, and the Arch of Constantine, followed by an in-depth, guided visit of the spectacular Colosseum. Then, contemporary Rome is
highlighted through the legendary Piazza Navona. (B) Day 3: Rome - Montecassino - Amalfi Coast Journey to the Amalfi Coast. En route, make a stop at the Benedictine monastery of Montecassino which is perched on a mountaintop south of Rome. Discover its rich history while exploring the monastery’s ornate chapel, peaceful courtyards and fascinating museum. (B, D) Day 4: Amalfi Coast - Sorrento - Amalfi Minori - Amalfi Coast Begin your day exploring the popular and charming seaside resort town of Sorrento. This afternoon you’ll do a double-take as you travel to one of Italy’s most-spectacular destinations, Amalfi. Spend some time on your own to explore this stunning seaside town before continuing on to Minori, where you’ll get to sample some of the local specialities at a family-owned limoncello factory. Savour a traditional Italian afternoon break at a local café and pastry shop, then enjoy an evening at leisure. (B)
146 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Rome_Amalfi Coast TS127 2019_TCT.indd 146
8/20/18 10:57 AM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Rome • Colosseum • Montecassino • Amalfi Coast • Sorrento • Buffalo Milk Mozzarella Factory • Paestum • Capri • Pompeii • Winery Visit • Naples • National Archaeological Museum
£150pp
T&C’s apply
Colosseum
Capri
Limoncello Day 5: Amalfi Coast - Paestum Amalfi Coast After breakfast, discover one of Italy’s most surprising products during a tour of a local buffalo milk mozzarella factory. Visit Paestum next, where a local guide escorts you through some of the bestpreserved Greek temples outside of Greece. Enjoy dinner at a popular local restaurant. (B, D)
ruins of Pompeii at the foothills of Mount Vesuvius. See the preserved original buildings of a typical Roman town from 2,000 years ago as a local guide provides you with an in-depth historical tour of this remarkable archaeological site. At the foot of Mount Vesuvius, stop at a local winery to savour the famous Lacryma Christo wines and enjoy a typical Neapolitan lunch. (B, L)
Day 6: Amalfi Coast - Capri - Amalfi Coast Explore a Mediterranean paradise on the sparkling Bay of Naples when you embark from the port of Salerno and cruise to the wonderful Isle of Capri. Pass the hill towns, colourful homes, lush gardens, and architectural marvels that dot the dramatic Amalfi Coast. On Capri, enjoy a locally guided minibus tour before setting out on your own to admire the charming town of Anacapri and its grand views of the island and the Bay of Naples. Afterward, ride the funicular back towards the Marina Grande, where the ferry waits to return you to the Amalfi Coast. (B)
Day 8: Amalfi Coast - Naples - Rome Bid addio to the Amalfi Coast and head to colourful and vibrant Naples. Enjoy a visit to the fascinating National Archaeological Museum, one of the finest in the world. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a farewell dinner and salud to the completion of a marvellous visit to Italy. (B, D)
Day 7: Amalfi Coast - Pompeii Winery - Amalfi Coast Today, experience the excavated
Rome_Amalfi Coast TS127 2019_TCT.indd 147
Day 9: Rome - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today. (B)
“
The recent trip we took to Rome and the Amalfi Coast was wonderful. Everything was well planned and done with taste. Our guide was wonderful, the accommodation was nice, and the bus driver was super.
”
DOUBLE
Starting from £2049
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 24 January 2020 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
25 January 22 February 15, 22 March 5, 8, 26, 28 April
3, 10, 17, 24, 31 May 7, 14, 21, 28 June 12, 19, 26 July 2, 16 August 6, 13, 15, 20 22, 27 September 4, 11, 18, 25 October 8 November
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
6 December 24 January 21 February 13, 20, 27 March 17, 19, 24, 26 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2499
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Rome & the Amalfi Coast and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Rome. Airport transfers are available for purchase. During your stay on the Amalfi Coast, standard accommodation at the Raito Hotel is limited and available on a first come, first served basis for departures utilising that hotel. Upgrades to superior rooms with sea view are available at an additional cost. Please enquire at time of booking. For departures utilising the Graal Hotel, please note that while this hotel offers amazing coastal views, your daily driving times will increase by approximately 45 – 60 minutes each way.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 147
8/23/18 10:29 AM
TUSCANY & THE ITALIAN RIVIERA 7 DAYS • 10 MEALS £ FROM 1499
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Step to the front of the line to see Michelangelo’s famous statue of David. •• Experience a guided tour including a visit to the beautiful Cathedral of San Martino. •• Marvel at the magnificent architecture of the Piazza Dei Miracoli. •• Spend 3 nights in a beautiful Tuscan Estate.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Journey to Florence for a tour of the “Cradle of the Italian Renaissance.” •• Explore the medieval city of Siena. •• Stop in the medieval city of Lucca, encircled by 16th-century walls.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 2 | Join a Florentine guide and choose between seeing the city’s iconic sites or Florence’s lesser-known treasures.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS
Cinque Terre
From the rolling hills of Tuscany to the sun-soaked coast of the Italian Riviera, a romantic rendezvous with Italia awaits.
•• 6 breakfasts • 4 dinners •• Enjoy an authentic Tuscan dinner expertly paired with locally produced wines. •• Partake in an interactive pasta-making demonstration. •• Savour regional wines with every included dinner.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 3 Hotel Paggeria Medicea or Fattoria degli Usignoli, Tuscany Days 4 – 6 Grande Albergo Sestri Levante, Italian Riviera On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
Day 1: Tuscany, Italy - Tuscan Estate - Tour Begins Experience the romance of travel among the rolling hills of Tuscany and along the colourful coast of the Italian Riviera. Welcome to Tuscany. Settle in for a relaxing 3-night stay at a traditional Tuscan estate. Your journey begins with an interactive pasta-making demonstration with the winery’s on-site chef. Then take your seat for an authentic Tuscan dinner. (D) Day 2: Tuscan Estate - Florence - Tuscan Estate How will you experience the “Cradle of the Italian Renaissance?” It’s your choice! Join a local Florentine guide to see the city’s iconic sites: view the remarkable Piazza del Duomo, the Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore, the impressive gilded bronze doors of the Baptistery dedicated to St. John, the Piazza della Signoria and Piazza Santa Croce -OR- join your local guide and see Florence’s lesserknown treasures – the Piazza Santa Maria Novella, the Orsanmichele Church; see San Lorenzo Church and admire
historic Ponte Vecchio, the oldest bridge in Florence. Afterwards, gather together to visit the world-famous Academy Gallery to see Michelangelo’s incredible statue of David. Delight in leisure time to relax or discover this dynamic city on your own. En route to your hotel, visit a family-owned leather shop and learn the traditional Italian techniques of leather making. (B) Day 3: Tuscan Estate - Siena - Tuscan Winery - Tuscan Estate A scenic journey through Tuscany’s graceful low-lying hills brings you to the lovely medieval city of Siena. Delight in its narrow Gothic streets, magnificent palaces and historic Piazza del Campo. After a walking tour with a local expert, take some time to explore the medieval corners of Siena with its small speciality shops and outdoor cafés. Then it’s on to one of the oldest wine estates in the Siena region. Sit down with a family member to hear about their wine and taste their creations along with other local products. Return to your countryside estate. Perhaps you’ll explore its Medici Villa. Tonight, a local musician
148 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Tuscany and the Italian Riviera TS446 2019_TCT.indd 148
8/20/18 12:01 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Tuscan Estate • Florence • Siena • Tuscan Winery • Lucca • Pisa • Italian Riviera • Cinque Terre • Portofino
£50pp
T&C’s apply
Siena
Statue of David will serenade you at dinner, expertly paired with wines. (B, D) Day 4: Tuscan Estate - Lucca - Pisa Italian Riviera As you head towards Italy’s picturesque Riviera, make a stop in the medieval city of Lucca, encircled by 16th-century Renaissance walls. Join a local guide for a tour showcasing the Cathedral of San Martino and the Piazza Napoleone. Next, spend time in the ancient maritime Republic of Pisa. Discover the Piazza Dei Miracoli, view the Duomo (Cathedral) and, of course, stand before its famous Leaning Tower. Continue on to the spectacular Italian Riviera and check in for your 3-night stay. (B, D) Day 5: Italian Riviera - Cinque Terre Italian Riviera Spend the day exploring the colourful cliff-side villages of the Cinque Terre with a local guide. Take in the picturesque, rugged coastline dotted with terraced vineyards as you travel by rail. We make our way through this seemingly inaccessible string of fishing villages, nestled between the mountains and the Mediterranean Sea. (B)
Lucca
Day 6: Italian Riviera-Santa Margherita Ligure-Portofino-Italian Riviera Travel to the seaside resort of Santa Margherita Ligure. Board a boat to glamorous Portofino. Soak in the view of the town’s colourful harbour, dotted by fishing boats and yachts, set against a backdrop of pastel-coloured buildings. Return to Santa Margherita Ligure for free time to peruse its charming streets and boutiques. Tonight, cap off an unforgettable journey at a farewell dinner with your fellow travellers. (B, D) Day 7: Italian Riviera - Tour Ends Today your journey comes to a close. (B)
DOUBLE
Starting from £1499
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 2 November 2019 departure
March – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
23 March 6, 13 April
4, 11, 18, 25 May 1, 8, 15, 22 June 20 July 31 August 7, 14, 21, 28 September 5, 12, 19 October 2 November
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
14, 28 March 18, 25 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £1 649 Book a Stopover Spend some time in a new city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long is up to you. Choose from: Madrid • London • Paris • Frankfurt • Munich • Zurich
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Tuscany & the Italian Riviera and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS
“
The pace was good, the sites chosen for us to tour were outstanding, All the details were taken care of, our Tour Manager was outstanding and took good care of all of us. What a wonderful experience!
This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into and depart from Florence. Airport transfers are available for purchase. On some dates, this tour operates in reverse.
” See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 149
Tuscany and the Italian Riviera TS446 2019_TCT.indd 149
8/20/18 11:17 AM
SOUTHERN ITALY & SICILY 11 DAYS • 16 MEALS £ FROM 1899
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Be amazed by the Greek Theatre in Taormina. •• Sample fine wine during a vineyard tour. •• Journey to “Sassi di Matera,” the ancient town known for its cave dwellings.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Marvel at the Valley of the Temples, a UNESCO World Heritage site. •• Venture to the breathtaking Amalfi Coast. •• Experience the excavated ruins of Pompeii at the foothills of Mount Vesuvius.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 5 | Join a local guide in Catania to visit its cathedral, view its many iconic sights, and watch the daily bartering at the local market or explore the Allied Landing Museum, which features exhibits on all the nations involved in the conflict. Both tours conclude at Mt. Etna.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 10 breakfasts • 6 dinners •• Wine is included with every meal. •• Indulge in a delicious regional dinner inside a winery’s “agriturismo” restaurant. •• Sample some local specialties at a familyowned limoncello factory.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Hotel Federico II Central Palace or Hotel Garibaldi, Palermo Days 3 – 5 Hellenia Yachting Hotel or Diamonds Hotel Taormina, Giardini Naxos Days 6, 7 MH Matera Hotel or Hotel Del Campo, Matera Days 8, 9 Towers Hotel Stabiae, Michelangelo Hotel or Hilton Sorrento Palace, Sorrento Day 10 Donna Laura Palace Hotel, A.Roma Lifestyle Hotel or Hotel Degli Aranci, Rome On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
150 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Southern Italy and Sicily TS39 2019_TCT.indd 150
Valley of the Temples
Encounter a crossroads of civilisations as you venture from Sicily to the spectacular coastlines of Southern Italy. START E ARLY Palermo: Begin your introduction to Sicily reveling in the food, wine and culture of this gorgeous city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Palermo, Sicily - Tour Begins The hidden treasures of Southern Italy and Sicily are yours to explore, for it is here that you’ll find breathtaking scenery, historic cities, centuries-old hilltop villages and wonderful cuisine. Your tour opens in Palermo, the capital of Sicily. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner featuring authentic Sicilian cuisine. (D) Day 2: Palermo - Monreale - Palermo Acquaint yourself with Palermo on a tour of its lovely squares - the Quattro Canti, Piazza Pretoria and Piazza Bellini - and discover an exotic mix of Moorish, Norman and Spanish Baroque architecture along the way. See the Palace of the Normans, La Martorana church, and the cathedral that houses the Imperial Crown of
Constance of Aragon. In the nearby town of Monreale, visit the 12th-century cathedral with its dazzling interior of multicoloured marbles, paintings, mosaics and cloisters. Enjoy the remainder of your day at leisure to peruse the city’s shops and museums, or simply take some time to relax. (B) Day 3: Palermo - Agrigento - Giardini Naxos Travel over the countryside’s rolling hills, past peaceful farmland towards the town of Agrigento. Explore one of the most important archaeological sites in the world, the stunning Valley of the Temples (UNESCO), where you’ll get an up-close view of the temples of Juno, Concordia, Hercules and Jupiter. Continue on to Giardini Naxos – the “garden of Sicily” – for your 3-night stay. (B, D) Day 4: Giardini Naxos - Taormina - Giardini Naxos Set out for beautiful Taormina with its charming atmosphere, historic monuments and flowering gardens. Alongside an expert local guide, see Corso Umberto and the bountiful public gardens and marvel at
8/20/18 12:05 PM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£150pp
T&C’s apply
wines during a special tasting. Linger over regional cuisine at dinner tonight in the winery’s own “agriturismo” restaurant. (B, D) Day 7: Matera - Alberobello - Matera Explore the “Sassi di Matera,” an ancient settlement of carved cave dwellings. A local guide shares the history of the site and reasons why it has recently caught the eye of many film producers. Continue to a local shop for a chance to sample some regional produce. Enjoy free time in Matera to browse the boutiques or taste the local cuisine before heading to the mystical town of Alberobello. Marvel at some of the town’s most uniquely built homes (UNESCO) known as trulli, and their distinct, coneshaped roofs. (B, D) Day 8: Matera - Salerno - Sorrento Peninsula Travel towards one of the most breathtaking areas of Italy: Campania and the Bay of Naples. Stop in Salerno, where you’ll have the chance to explore the historic city centre independently. Remember to take a moment to gaze at Salerno’s impressive cathedral, considered to be the most beautiful medieval church in all of Italy. Arrive at the Sorrento Peninsula in the late afternoon, then sit back and take in the views of this magical place. (B, D)
the city’s well-preserved Greek Theatre. Enjoy free time to relax or independently explore. (B) Day 5: Giardini Naxos - Catania - Mt. Etna - Giardini Naxos Journey to vibrant Catania where it’s your choice! Join a local guide to visit the cathedral and view other iconic sights of this historic Baroque city (UNESCO); then witness the daily spectacle of bartering for fresh fish and produce at the local market -OR- explore the Museo dello Sbarco (Allied Landing Museum), an emotionally moving museum that’s dedicated to the Allied troops who landed on the southern coast in 1943. Later, gather to discover the impressive Mt. Etna Volcano National Park where a local expert introduces you to the park’s spectacular landscapes sculpted by nature. Return to Giardini Naxos for the evening. (B) Day 6: Giardini Naxos - Matera Venture to Messina for a short ferry ride to Villa San Giovanni on Italy’s mainland. Pass through the unspoiled, beautiful region of Calabria into the Basilicata region. Make a stop at one of the area’s local wineries where you’ll join an expert on a walk through the cellars and vineyards before sampling
Southern Italy and Sicily TS39 2019_TCT.indd 151
Day 9: Sorrento - Amalfi Coast Drive Amalfi - Minori - Sorrento Peninsula Savour time this morning in the lovely seaside resort town of Sorrento. Then begin your adventure traversing the breathtaking Amalfi Coast. Stop in the charming town of Amalfi and spend time exploring its striking provincial beauty before heading to Minori. Use this opportunity to sample regional specialities at a family-owned limoncello factory. Later, sit down for a traditional Italian afternoon break at a local café and pastry shop. Enjoy an evening at leisure. (B) Day 10: Sorrento Peninsula - Pompeii Rome Drive along the Bay of Naples to the excavated ruins of Pompeii, nestled at the foothills of Mount Vesuvius. A local guide gives you an in-depth view of this remarkable archaeologic site, where you’ll become immersed in history as you explore the preserved buildings of this 2,000 year-old Roman town. Later, travel to Rome to celebrate the end of your journey with a delightful farewell dinner. (B, D) Day 11: Rome - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today. (B)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Palermo • Monreale • Agrigento • Valley of the Temples • Giardini Naxos • Taormina • Catania • Mt. Etna Volcano • Matera • Alberobello • Amalfi Coast • Sorrento • Pompeii
Taormina
DOUBLE
Starting from £1899
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 4 December 2019 departure
January – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
23 January 20 February 6, 13, 20, 27 March 2, 3, 9, 24 April
7, 8, 15, 21, 22, 29 May 12, 19 June 10, 17, 24 July 7, 28 August 4, 10, 11, 17 September 18, 24, 25 September 2, 9, 16, 22 October 23, 30 October 6, 12, 13, 19 November
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
4 December 22 January 19 February 4, 11, 18, 25 March 8, 14, 15, 22, 29 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £21 99 Book a Stopover Spend some time in a new city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long is up to you. Choose from: Madrid • London • Amsterdam • Paris • Frankfurt •Munich
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Southern Italy & Sicily and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Palermo and depart from Rome. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
“
The tour was very well organized and it was a treasure to have a local Sicilian Tour Manager. The favourite experience was the Amalfi Coast drive.
”
STAY LO NG E R Rome: Spend one last evening soaking in the charms of the “Eternal City.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 151
8/20/18 12:05 PM
ALPINE LAKES & SCENIC TRAINS 9 DAYS • 12 MEALS £ FROM 2549
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Cruise Lake Como on a traditional open-air commuter ferry. •• Stroll the lakeside boulevards of Lucerne, St. Moritz and Como. •• Journey through the Bernina Pass on one of the world’s most scenic railways.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Enjoy stunning Alpine views on the GoldenPass panoramic train. •• Soak up the mountain air with two nights in the Alpine village of Zermatt. •• Explore the “Swiss Paradise on the Lake,” Lucerne.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 4 | Join a walking tour of charming Zermatt featuring its best-known landmarks or enjoy a visit to the Zermatt Matterhorn Museum to explore at your own pace.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS
Glacier Express ©Christof Sonderegger/swiss-image.ch
Climb aboard three of the legendary Alpine railways and journey across the captivating landscapes and charming cultures of Switzerland and Italy.
•• 8 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 3 dinners •• Savour a wine and cheese pairing at an Italian family farm. •• Relish a traditional dinner on the Isola dei Pescatori in Italy’s Lago Maggiore.
START E ARLY Lucerne: Give yourself the gift of time and explore this Swiss paradise. CALL FOR DETAILS.
ACCOMMODATION Day 1, 2 Ameron Hotel Flora Lucerne, Hotel Monopol or Hotel Waldstaetterhof, Lucerne Days 3, 4 Hotel Alex, Hotel Pollux, or Ambassador Hotel, Zermatt Days 5, 6 Hotel Steffani, St. Moritz Days 7, 8 Zacchera Hotels, Lago Maggiore On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
152 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Alpine Lakes_Scenic Trains TS416 2019_TCT.indd 152
Day 1: Lucerne, Switzerland - Tour Begins Breathtaking Alpine vistas await as you travel through Switzerland and Italy. Experience dramatic views while aboard railways and lake cruises, and enjoy cultural experiences in charming villages in the heart of Europe. Arrive in Lucerne and take some free time to explore this lakeside town on your own. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner in the city. (D) Day 2: Lucerne Today, explore this “Swiss Paradise on the Lake.” Enjoy an Altstadt (Old Town) walking tour that follows the ancient pathways of the city. See the covered Chapel Bridge (1333); the famous Water Tower that once
served as a prison; the watchtower and treasury; the Renaissance-style Town Hall; the Baroque Jesuit Church; and the Lion Monument, carved from sandstone to commemorate the heroic soldiers who were protecting King Louis XVI in 1792. (B) Day 3: Lucerne - GoldenPass Train Montreux - Zermatt This morning, travel to Gstaad and climb aboard the GoldenPass panoramic train to enjoy breathtaking Alpine views along the route to Montreux. Upon arrival, enjoy some free time in this legendary town on the shores of Lake Geneva. Then continue on to the pedestrian village of Zermatt. (B, D) Day 4: Zermatt Today, Zermatt is at your fingertips. It’s your choice! Explore on foot during a guided walking tour -OR- experience Zermatt independently before visiting the Matterhorn Museum; learn more about the triumph and tragedy behind the first ascent of this imposing peak. The remainder of your day is at leisure. (B)
8/20/18 12:11 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Lucerne • GoldenPass Train • Zermatt • Glacier Express Train • St. Moritz • Bernina Pass Train • Ferry Ride on Lake Como • Como • Lago Maggiore • Farm Visit with Wine and Cheese Pairing • Lake Maggiore Cruise • Island Dinner
£150pp
T&C’s apply
Lake Como
Lucerne Day 5: Zermatt - Glacier Express Train - St. Moritz Traverse bridges and tunnels while aboard the world-renowned narrow gauge Glacier Express, the most charming express train in the world. Enjoy the natural beauty of this route through the heart of the Swiss Alps. Filled with forests, fragrant meadows, gurgling streams and deep valleys, it’s a mountain dream come to life. Relax and enjoy a three-course lunch while onboard. Arrive in St. Moritz for your 2-night stay. (B, L) Day 6: St. Moritz - Bernina Pass Train - St. Moritz Embark on a journey through the Bernina Pass while travelling along one of the most scenic railway lines in the world en route to Tirano, Italy. Take in striking views of the Swiss and Italian Alps throughout your adventure, including the famed Morteratsch Glacier. Upon your return to St. Moritz you can relax at your hotel or make use of your included St. Moritz lift pass and take the cable car to the top of Mt. Diavolezza where you can enjoy stunning views of Piz Bernina. (B)
Day 7: St. Moritz - Lake Como, Italy Lago Maggiore Today we make our way back to Italy with a drive to Lake Como. A ferry ride across the waters of Lake Como introduces you to its stunning beauty. Drive along the picturesque shores to the town of Como. You will have free time to explore this famous resort before continuing to Lago Maggiore, a tranquil resort area with crystal clear waters against the backdrop of the Alps. (B) Day 8: Lago Maggiore Travel to an ancient village nestled in the mountains. Stop at a family farm where you will learn about the artisan cheeses they produce. Then sample their delicious creations and learn how to pair them with the region’s local wines. Return to your hotel for a free afternoon. Our evening begins with a wine tasting before we board a lake boat for a cruise to Isola dei Pescatori, the most beautiful of the Borromean Islands. There we savour a traditional farewell dinner. (B, D) Day 9: Lago Maggiore - Tour Ends Your thrilling Alpine journey ends today in Lago Maggiore. (B)
Bernina Pass Train
DOUBLE
Starting from £2549
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 8 October 2019 departure
May – October 2019
7, 10, 14, 17, 21, 24, 28 May 4, 7, 11, 18, 25 June 9, 16, 23 July
6, 13, 20, 27 August 10, 13, 17 September 20, 24 September 1, 8, 15 October
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £28 49 Book a Stopover Spend some time in a new city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long is up to you. Choose from: Madrid • London • Amsterdam • Paris • Frankfurt • Munich
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Alpine Lakes & Scenic Trains and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Arrival gateway is Zurich and departure gateway Milan. Arrival transfer from Zurich to Lucerne and departure transfer from Lago Maggiore to Milan included with purchase of our air. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Due to tour scheduling, arrival flights should arrive into Zurich prior to 4:00 p.m.
“
Tour guide was fantastic. She kept us moving and on time providing lots of info and many great comments about the area and sights. The Alps were beautiful and the weather was great.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 153
Alpine Lakes_Scenic Trains TS416 2019_TCT.indd 153
8/20/18 12:11 PM
DISCOVER SWITZERLAND, AUSTRIA & BAVARIA 9 DAYS • 12 MEALS £ FROM 1699
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Ride the GoldenPass Panoramic Train from Montreux to Gstaad. •• Walk the halls of the medieval Château de Chillon, located on Lake Geneva. •• Enjoy a Tyrolean folklore show.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Spend a day exploring Salzburg’s historic past and charming old town. •• Enjoy a walking tour of Lucerne’s Alstadt (Old Town). •• Travel to Bavaria and see the famous Neuschwanstein Castle.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 5 | In Innsbruck choose between two leisurely walking tours. You may focus on the city’s history and popular attractions or explore its unique architecture and structures.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 8 breakfasts • 4 dinners •• Savour a dinner featuring local cuisine such as traditional cheese fondue. •• Enjoy traditional cuisine in one of Bern’s great restaurants. •• Delight in dinner at the 1,200-year-old St. Peter’s Restaurant, Austria’s oldest.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1 – 4 Hotel Bern, Hotel Baeren or Hotel Ambassador, Bern
Days 5 – 8 Hotel Innsbruck or Hotel Grauer Bar, Innsbruck
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
154 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Discover Switz Austria Bavaria TS45 2019_TCT.indd 154
Bern, Switzerland
Mozart, Oberammergau, Lucerne, fondue. The hills are alive on an enchanting journey across three Alpine countries. Day 1: Bern, Switzerland - Tour Begins Set out to discover spectacular Switzerland, Austria and Bavaria. Your tour opens in Bern, the capital of Switzerland. This UNESCO World Heritage site rests in the Swiss countryside. The cobbled Old Town section is so well preserved that residents who lived here 500 years ago would still find it familiar today. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner featuring local cuisine such as traditional cheese fondue. (D) Day 2: Bern Explore delightful Bern on a panoramic sightseeing tour featuring the Bundeshaus (the Swiss Parliament), the famous Bear Pit, the Rose Gardens and the gothic cathedral which dominates Old Town’s skyline. The remainder of the day is at leisure to explore independently or perhaps take a ride in the red carriages of the Gurtenbahn funicular railway, climbing Gurten Mountain to an altitude of 2,574 feet (858 metres) for impressive views of Bern, the surrounding towns and mountains. (B)
Day 3: Château de Chillon - Montreux Train Ride - Gstaad - Bern Travel along the shores of Lake Geneva to the legendary, medieval Château de Chillon. This princely residence faces the lake and puts forth the image of an imposing fortress from the mountains. Later, enjoy inspiring Alpine views with a ride on the GoldenPass Panoramic Train from Montreux to Gstaad. Discover the delightful ambience of this world-famous Alpine ski resort with its numerous traditional wood chalets. (B) Day 4: Bern - Lucerne - Bern Set out for Lucerne, the “Swiss Paradise on the Lake.” Enjoy a leisurely paced Altstadt (Old Town) walking tour, exploring the hidden treasures of the city. Lucerne has more than 800 years of history. Explore such medieval treasures as the covered Chapel Bridge (1833); the famous Water Tower which has served as a prison, watchtower and treasury; the Renaissancestyle Town Hall; the baroque Jesuit Church; and the Lion Monument, carved from natural rock to commemorate the heroic Swiss Guard. Tonight we dine at one of Bern’s great restaurants. (B, D)
8/20/18 12:16 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Bern • Château de Chillon • Montreux • GoldenPass Panoramic Train • Gstaad • Lucerne • Innsbruck • Austrian Alps • Salzburg • Mirabell Gardens • St. Peter’s Restaurant • Tyrolean Folklore Show • Bavaria • Oberammergau
£150pp
T&C’s apply
Golden Roof, Innsbruck
GoldenPass Train Day 5: Bern - Innsbruck, Austria En route to Innsbruck we make our way through Liechtenstein, the smallest and richest Germanspeaking country in the world and the only country to lie entirely within the Alps. Upon arrival in Innsbruck, it’s your choice! Select one of two leisurely walking tours: join a local guide as you discover the city’s history, culture and popular attractions including Maria Theresien Strasse, the Hofburg and the “Golden Roof” -OR- embark on a tour focusing on Innsbruck’s unique architectural structures including its famous ski jump. (B) Day 6: Innsbruck - Salzburg Innsbruck Travel through the picturesque Austrian countryside to Salzburg. There, enjoy a leisurely paced walking tour featuring Mirabell Gardens (seen in The Sound of Music); the quaint Getreidegasse (birthplace of Mozart); and many other highlights of this beautiful city. Enjoy an afternoon at leisure to independently explore and enjoy Salzburg’s fabulous sights. Complete your day with a delightful dinner at the 1,200-year-old St. Peter’s Restaurant, the oldest in Austria and still owned by the monks. (B, D)
Discover Switz Austria Bavaria TS45 2019_TCT.indd 155
Day 7: Innsbruck Savour a free day in this beautiful city. You may stroll through Old Town and shop at many of the city’s outstanding stores or you may just relax and breathe in the mountain air while enjoying a beverage in one of the many cafés that dot this charming city. Later, experience the rich musical tradition of mountainous Austria during a Tyrolean folklore show hosted by a locally wellknown musical family. (B) Day 8: Innsbruck - Bavaria, Germany Oberammergau - Innsbruck Today fairy tales come to life with a picture stop at Bavaria’s famous Neuschwanstein Castle. Visit Wies Church (UNESCO) before heading to the picturesque village of Oberammergau. Enjoy a brief tour and learn more about this charming place, famous for its Passion Play. Performed every ten years to fulfill a pledge made by the villagers to God for sparing their city from the plague in 1633, the Passion Play has grown into an international event. Tonight you are treated to a farewell dinner in one of Innsbruck’s most famous traditional restaurants. (B, D) Day 9: Innsbruck - Tour Ends Your tour comes to an end in Innsbruck. (B)
Neuschwanstein Castle
DOUBLE
Starting from £1699
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 1 November 2019 departure
March – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
22 March 5, 10, 24, 26 April
3, 10, 17, 24 May 7, 14, 21, 28 June 12, 19, 26 July 2, 9, 16, 23 August 2, 6, 13, 16, 20, 27 September
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
4, 11, 18, 25 October 1 November 20 March 3, 13, 17, 22 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £1 949 Book a Stopover Spend some time in a new city en route to your tour or on your way home. How long is up to you. Choose from: Madrid • Paris Amsterdam • Frankfurt
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Discover Switzerland, Austria & Bavaria and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Zurich, Switzerland airport and depart from Munich, Germany airport. All of our transfers will depart from/return to these airports. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Due to tour scheduling, flights must arrive prior to 4:00 p.m. Return flights should not be booked prior to 10:00 a.m
“
This was our fourth tour with you and it was, as usual, exceptional. Our tour guide was excellent. The views of Switzerland were spectacular. What an experience – having lunch and a beer outside next to the river in Switzerland with the view of the mountains.
”
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 155
8/20/18 12:16 PM
EXPLORING THE ALPINE COUNTRIES 12 DAYS • 17 MEALS £ FROM 2349
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Take a cruise along the Danube River. •• Make a stop at the impressive Benedictine Melk Abbey. •• Meet a Passion Play performer in Oberammergau.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Come to know Vienna and its incredible Schoenbrunn Palace. •• Discover the fascinating city of Munich and its world-famous Glockenspiel. •• Walk through Innsbruck’s charming pedestrian streets.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 9 | E xplore Zermatt on foot during a guided walking tour or independently before visiting the Matterhorn Museum.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS
The Matterhorn
Storybook castles and opulent palaces set amongst Alpine vistas await on this getaway that takes you through Austria, Germany and Switzerland.
•• 11 breakfasts • 6 dinners •• Savour a special dinner in the quaint winemaking village of Grinzing. •• Delight in a Mozart Dinner Concert at the centuries-old St. Peter’s Restaurant in Salzburg.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Mercure Grand Hotel Biedermeier, Vienna Days 3, 4 Arcotel Castellani, Salzburg Days 5, 6 Alte Post Hotel, Oberammergau Day 7 Hotel Hofgut Sternen, Titisee or Maritim Titisee Hotel, Black Forest Days 8, 9 Hotel Alex or Ambassador Hotel, Zermatt Days 10, 11 Ameron Hotel Flora or Hotel Waldstaetterhof, Lucerne On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
156 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Exploring the Alpine Countries TS56 2019_TCT.indd 156
START E ARLY Vienna: Spend more time strolling through the “City of Dreams.” CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Vienna, Austria - Tour Begins Set out to explore three distinct Alpine cultures set amid incredible landscapes. Your tour opens in Vienna. This evening, meet your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner featuring regional wine and a meal highlighting the local cuisine in the quaint winemaking region of Grinzing. (D) Day 2: Vienna Come to know Vienna this morning during a locally guided tour that showcases its architectural marvels. You will visit the incredible Schoenbrunn Palace and see the impressive St. Stephen’s Cathedral. This afternoon enjoy free time to explore on your own. (B) Day 3: Vienna - Salzburg Embark upon a lovely cruise along the Danube, one of Europe’s most important waterways. Later, make a stop at the Benedictine Melk Abbey before continuing
to the “City of Music,” Salzburg. Tonight, transport back in time during a Mozart Dinner Concert in the Baroque Hall of the centuries-old St. Peter’s Restaurant. (B, D) Day 4: Salzburg Discover the splendour of Salzburg on a leisurely paced walking tour of the Old Town. Along the way, you will see the Cathedral, Mozart’s birthplace and Mirabell Gardens. (B) Day 5: Salzburg - Munich, Germany Oberammergau Welcome to Germany. In Munich, feel the energy of this lively and fascinating city during a tour that highlights Olympic Park; the world-famous Glockenspiel, and Marienplatz, a beautiful square surrounded by shops, restaurants and cafés. Later in the day, arrive at your home for the next two nights — the quaint village of Oberammergau, renowned for woodcarvings and the Passion Play. This evening, enjoy a magical dinner and a visit by a local performer from the village. (B, D) Day 6: Oberammergau - Innsbruck, Austria - Oberammergau Take in the scenery of the spectacular Bavarian Alps en route to enchanting
8/20/18 2:30 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Vienna • Danube Cruise • Salzburg • Mozart Dinner Concert at St. Peter’s Stiftskeller • Munich • Oberammergau • Meet a Passion Play Performer • Innsbruck • Bavarian Castles • Black Forest • Château de Chillon • Zermatt • Lucerne
£150pp
T&C’s apply
Old Town Lucerne
Salzburg Innsbruck, located in Tyrolean Austria. Walk through the charming pedestrian streets and see such landmarks as The Golden Roof on a locally guided tour. As you wind through the narrow cobblestone lanes, it is easy to understand why this city was the centre of European culture and politics during the 14th century. (B) Day 7: Oberammergau - Black Forest Today fairytales become reality during a picture stop of Bavaria’s most famous castle, King Ludwig’s Neuschwanstein. Next you are off to the heart of the Black Forest, a region famous for its artisans who create authentic cuckoo clocks and Hummels. (B, D) Day 8: Black Forest - Zermatt, Switzerland Welcome to Switzerland! Your first stop en route to Zermatt is at one of the most photographed castles in the world, the Château de Chillon, located on serene Lake Geneva. Later, enjoy a short train ride aboard the Matterhorn Gotthard Bahn from Tasch to the relaxing pedestrian village of Zermatt in the Swiss Alps. Take a stroll and breathe in the fresh Alpine air. (B, D)
Schoenbrunn Palace
Day 9: Zermatt All of Zermatt is at your fingertips. It’s your choice! Explore on foot during a guided walking tour -OR- experience Zermatt independently before visiting the Matterhorn Museum to learn more about the triumph and tragedy of the first ascent of this imposing peak. The remainder of your day is at leisure. (B) Day 10: Zermatt - Grimsel Pass Lucerne Views of glaciers, crystal clear rivers and snowcapped mountains will invigorate you as you travel through the spectacular scenery of the Grimsel Pass. Your destination is the beautiful city of Lucerne. (B) Day 11: Lucerne Set out on a scenic walking tour of this picturesque place, including a stroll through its romantic Old Town. The remainder of the day is yours to relax or independently explore the best of Lucerne. Tonight, come together with your fellow travellers for a farewell dinner featuring local specialities and toast the end of a wonderful trip. (B, D) Day 12: Lucerne - Tour Ends Your tour comes to a close today. (B) STAY LO NG E R
Starting from £2349
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 4 October 2019 departure
April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
5, 7, 26 April
3, 24 May 7, 14, 21, 28 June 12, 19, 26 July 2, 9, 16 August 6, 13, 15 September
(different itinerary – see note) Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
20, 27 September 4, 11 October 17, 24, 26 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2799
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Exploring the Alpine Countries and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Vienna and depart from Zurich. Our air passengers will depart from Lucerne for Zurich. Airport transfers are available for purchase. Return flights should not be booked prior to 10:00 a.m.
“
Well organised, very good group dinners, hotels were very good, and the tour director was excellent. Trip was a great balance of Austria, Southern Germany and Switzerland. There was so much to see and every day was a scenic adventure.
”
Lucerne: Relax your last evening and bask in the charm of this small, lovely city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Exploring the Alpine Countries TS56 2019_TCT.indd 157
DOUBLE
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 157
8/23/18 10:31 AM
SPAIN’S CLASSICS 10 DAYS • 14 MEALS £ FROM 2049
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Feel the energy of Spain at a flamenco performance in Seville. •• In Cordoba, take a walking tour of the Mezquita, a religious marvel.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Step back in time in Toledo, the former capital of the Spanish Empire. •• Join a local expert for a tour of the worldfamous Alhambra palace. •• Explore Madrid’s Royal Palace, the official residence of the royal family.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 7 | Set out on a walking tour of historic Valencia or explore the Lladro City of Porcelain and the city of Arts and Science.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS
Mezquita
Embrace Spain’s zest for life as you discover architectural masterpieces, grand palaces and sun-drenched Mediterranean coastline.
•• 9 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 4 dinners •• Savour a “paella experience” including a paella-making demonstration and lunch. •• Enjoy local cuisine and regional wines at dinner.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2
H10 Puerta de Alcala, Madrid
Days 3, 4
Melia Sevilla, Seville
Day 5
Barcelo Carmen, Granada
Days 6, 7 SH Valencia Palace Hotel, Valencia Days 8, 9 Hotel Colon, Barcelona or H10 Itaca, Barcelona On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
1
2
3 4 5
158 thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Spains Classics TS263 2019_TCT.indd 158
START E ARLY Madrid: Start your journey early with an extra day to explore Spain’s cosmopolitan capital. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Madrid, Spain - Tour Begins Welcome to Madrid, Spain’s lively capital city. Tonight, enjoy a welcome dinner. (D) Day 2: Madrid - Royal Palace - Toledo Madrid During a locally guided tour of Madrid’s historic centre, see the Puerta del Sol and Plaza Mayor, where events have been held since the 17th century. An expertled tour of the monumental 18th-century Royal Palace reveals lavish halls, banquet rooms, the throne room, royal armoury and the impressive courtyard. This afternoon we travel to Toledo, a UNESCO World Heritage site and the capital of medieval Spain until 1560. A comprehensive tour highlights the magnificent Gothic cathedral and the 13th-century synagogue, a testament to Toledo’s Jewish heritage. You’ll also stop at the Church of Santo Tome to view El Greco’s masterpiece painting, The Burial of Count Orgaz. (B)
Day 3: Madrid - Cordoba - Seville Travel to the extraordinary Moorish city of Cordoba. You may opt to take the AVE high-speed train to reduce travel time and increase leisure time in Cordoba. Upon arrival, embark on a walking tour of the Mezquita. This UNESCO site, an architectural marvel built by the Moors in the 8th century as a magnificent mosque, was converted into the city’s cathedral in the 16th century. Continue your exploration of Cordoba in the city’s well-preserved and Jewish Quarter. Later, transfer to Seville, considered Spain’s “cultural capital.” (B, D) Day 4: Seville Today you will see Columbus’ tomb, the ornate cathedral, and the Giralda Bell Tower. Enjoy a walking tour of the quaint Santa Cruz Quarter with its bright flowers, whitewashed buildings and winding streets; then continue to Plaza de España and the beautiful Maria Luisa Park, one of the loveliest in all of Europe. This evening, enjoy an authentic flamenco show (UNESCO) featuring Seville’s top performers. (B) Day 5: Seville - Granada Travel along the Sierra Nevada to Granada, the last great capital of the Moors in Spain before it fell in 1492. Join a local expert
8/20/18 2:25 PM
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
Madrid • Royal Palace • Toledo • Cordoba • Seville • Flamenco Show • Granada • The Alhambra • Valencia • Paella Experience • Barcelona • La Sagrada Familia • Parc Güell
£50pp
T&C’s apply
Flamenco
Paella for a tour of the world-famous Alhambra*, an immense hilltop palace (UNESCO). Also tour the Generalife, meaning “garden of the architect,” where the grounds are beautifully designed with waterfalls, courtyards and gardens. (B, D) Day 6: Granada - Valencia Today you travel through Spain’s amazing landscape viewing rolling hills dotted with picturesque olive groves while en route to the Mediterranean coast. Arrive in the city of Valencia, a treasure trove of Roman and Arabic architecture, surrounded by citrus groves. (B) Day 7: Valencia - Paella Experience Valencia It’s your choice! Take a walking tour of historic Valencia to see the ornate 14th-century Serranos Tower and 15th-century Quart Tower; then arrive at the bustling central market, one of the largest in Europe, where you’ll shop side-by-side with the locals before concluding your tour at the impressive 13th-century Gothic cathedral -OR- explore the impressive City of Arts & Science, an ultramodern, multi-faceted educational institution, followed by a tour of the Lladro City of Porcelain to learn about the history and creative process of the worldfamous, handmade Lladro figurines. Later, gather together and travel to
Spains Classics TS263 2019_TCT.indd 159
Alhambra
the area where paella cuisine originated. A “paella experience” features a boat ride on the canals surrounding rice field plantations; a visit to a traditional fisherman’s home known as a “barraca”; a paella-making demonstration and an authentic paella lunch. The rest of the day is at leisure. (B, L) Day 8: Valencia - Barcelona Travel to Barcelona, one of Europe’s most beautiful and exciting cities. The afternoon is at leisure to explore Barcelona’s fascinating boulevards including the famous Las Ramblas. (B) Day 9: Barcelona Today, get an in-depth look at vibrant and lively Barcelona. Your panoramic tour showcases the Columbus Monument, Parc de Montjuic, Antoni Gaudi’s UNESCO World Heritage sites including La Sagrada Familia, Batllo House and the unconventional Casa Mila building with a guided visit to Parc Güell. Gather this evening for a farewell dinner celebrating the end of an unforgettable trip to Spain! (B, D). Day 10: Barcelona - Tour Ends You return home with vivid memories of a beautiful land with an old, rich and diverse cultural heritage. (B) STAY LO NG E R
DOUBLE
Starting from £2049
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 18 August 2019 departure
February – April 2019
May 2019 – April 2020
24 February 10, 24, 31 March 3, 5, 7, 26, 28 April
5, 12, 19, 26 May 9, 23 June 14, 28 July 18 August 1, 8, 13, 15 September 22, 29 September 6, 13, 20, 27 October
(different itinerary – see note)
Itinerary featured is for May 2019 – April 2020 tour departures. Departures prior to this date will vary. Please confirm at time of reservation.
(featured itinerary)
3, 10 November 2, 23 February 8, 22 March 19, 26 April Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2599
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Spain’s Classics and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Madrid and depart from Barcelona. Airport transfers are available for purchase. The walking tours of Toledo (day 2) and the Alhambra (day 5) are considered to be more strenuous in nature due to the uneven walkways, number of steps and some uphill walks that are required in order to see the historic sights. *If Alhambra Palace is unavailable, a similar top attraction will take its place.
“
Spain is a beautiful country with very friendly people. Our guide was outstanding. I would recommend this trip to everyone.
”
Barcelona: Take a final evening to explore this captivating cosmopolitan city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 159
8/22/18 11:59 AM
SPAIN & MOROCCO
NEW TOUR
12 DAYS • 18 MEALS £ FROM 2199
land only, per person, double occupancy
TOUR EXPERIENCES •• Embark on a walking tour of Córdoba’s religious marvel, the Mezquita. •• Stroll through the cobbled alleyways of the ancient Medina of Fes.
MUST-SEE INCLUSIONS •• Visit the final resting place of the Catholic Monarchs. •• Explore Marrakech’s ancient El Bahia Palace. •• Visit Chefchaouen, the “Blue City” of Morocco.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE!
(Be sure to arrange before your trip departs)
Day 10 | Visit the beautiful botanical gardens of Jardin Majorelle, a colourful oasis in the centre of Marrakech or visit the Yves Saint Laurent Museum – a showcase of art, fashion, and design.
CULINARY INCLUSIONS •• 11 breakfasts • 1 lunch • 6 dinners •• Enjoy a tour and tasting of sherry at a bodega. •• Learn the secrets of paella during a demo in the region of Andalusia. •• Savour traditional Moroccan fare at a family run riad.
ACCOMMODATION Days 1, 2 Hesperia Madrid, Madrid Day 3 Barceló Carmen, Granada Days 4, 5 Barceló Renacimiento, Seville Day 6 Hilton Tangier City Centre, Tangier Days 7, 8 Hotel Palais Medina & Spa, Fes Days 9, 10 Movenpick Hotel Mansour Eddahbi, Marrakech Day 11 Movenpick Hotel, Casablanca On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
TOUR PACE
See page 190 for details.
160
1
2
3 4 5
thomascooktours.com | 0800 804 8730
Spain and Morocco TS632 2019_TCT.indd 160
Royal Alcázar
Make your way across two continents and discover a vivid tapestry of cultures, customs, and cuisines on this journey through Spain and Morocco. START E ARLY Madrid: Spend your first evening in Spain’s colourful capital. CALL FOR DETAILS.
Day 1: Madrid, Spain - Tour Begins Welcome to Madrid, Spain’s dynamic capital city. Gather with new friends tonight for a welcome dinner. (D) Day 2: Madrid On a local-guided tour of Madrid’s historic centre, see the Puerta del Sol and Plaza Mayor. An expert-led tour of the monumental 18th-century Royal Palace reveals lavish halls and banquet rooms; the throne room, the royal armoury, and the palace’s impressive courtyard. Enjoy the rest of your day at leisure to explore Madrid, or instead, choose to purchase an optional tour to magnificent Toledo, a 192 B.C. UNESCO World Heritage Site on the Tagus River. (B) Day 3: Madrid - Córdoba - Granada Travel to the extraordinary Moorish city of
Córdoba. Reduce travel time and increase leisure time in Córdoba when you choose to take the optional AVE high-speed train! On arrival, embark on a walking tour of the Mezquita, UNESCO World Heritage site. Originally built as a mosque, it was converted into the city’s cathedral when the Christians conquered the region in 1236. Stroll the historic Jewish Quarter, and later, travel to Granada – the last great capital of the Moors in Spain before it fell to the Catholic monarchs in 1492. (B, D) Day 4: Granada - Seville Join a local expert for a tour of the Moorishinfluenced city of Granada. Explore the city’s main sights; see the hilltop palace of the Alhambra, and enjoy a visit to the Royal Chapel. Get a glimpse of what life was like when the Moors occupied the city during a short walk through the Albayzíin neighbourhood; full of rich colour and the aroma of spices. Later, arrive in Seville, Spain’s cultural capital. (B) Day 5: Seville - Paella Demonstration Flamenco - Seville Join a local expert in discovering the city’s
8/23/18 10:33 AM
historic Mudéjar architecture, and uncover the intriguing myths, stories and legends of Seville. Tour the Royal Alcázar (UNESCO), and walk through its beautifully decorated courtyards. Then, stroll the sprawling and colourful Alcázar gardens to find one glorious garden after another. Next, see the Giralda Bell Tower and the majestic Seville Cathedral (UNESCO). Continue on to the winding narrow streets, quaint courtyards, bright flowers, and whitewashed buildings of Barrio Santa Cruz, the old Jewish Quarter of Seville. At a local restaurant this evening, learn the secrets of paella. Then, take your reserved seats for an authentic flamenco show (UNESCO) featuring Seville’s top performers. (B, D) Day 6: Seville - Jerez de la Frontera Tarifa - Tangier, Morocco Depart Seville and journey to Spain’s sherry region. Stop at a bodega in Jerez de la Frontera for a tour and tasting before sitting down for locally-curated tapas. After lunch, head to Tarifa. This is where you board the high speed ferry to the incredible continent of Africa! A short ride across the Strait of Gibraltar brings you to Morocco, and the city of Tangier. Enjoy a free evening to explore this revitalised seaside city. Take a stroll along the oceanfront promenade, visit the new marina, do some shopping in the Medina, or simply enjoy the views from any one of the city’s many restaurants. (B, L) Day 7: Tangier - Chefchaouen - Fes Journey from Tangier to Chefchaouen - the “Blue City” of Morocco. Take in the beauty of the surrounding mountains, enhanced by the contrast of the brightly painted Medina. Enjoy free time to explore the famous indigo-blue streets of this small town, and stop in one of the many handicraft shops that are known for the wool garments and woven blankets that are unique to this region. This afternoon, arrive in Fes (UNESCO). The “Mecca of the West,” Fes has retained its position as a religious capital of the region. This evening, dine at a family run riad in the Medina, and taste traditional Moroccan delights, the recipes of which have been passed down from generation to generation. (B, D) Day 8: Fes Discover Fes, one of the holiest cities in the world. Learn of its historical importance as a centre of government, philosophy, medicine, and religion during a fascinating panoramic tour that includes the Medersa Bou Inania, built in 1325. See the Jewish Quarter, the city ramparts and the gates of the
Spain and Morocco TS632 2019_TCT.indd 161
Palace. Then, set out on a walking tour in the Medina. Founded in the 9th century, it is home to the world’s oldest continuously functioning university. Amid the cobbled alleyways of this ancient market, you’ll find donkeys and mules laden with goods walking alongside buyers. Spend time at the famous leather tanneries that date back to the 11th century and are considered to be among the oldest tanneries in the world. View the honeycomb of vats exploding in brilliant colours. (B)
KEY HIGHLIGHTS
Madrid • Córdoba • Granada’s Royal Chapel • Royal Alcázar of Seville • Paella Demonstration • Flamenco Show • Jerez de la Frontera • Sherry Tasting • Tangier • Chefchaouen • Fes • Meknes • Rabat • Mausoleum of Mohammed V • Marrakech • El Bahia Palace • Koutoubia Mosque Casablanca • Hassan II Mosque
Day 9: Fes - Meknes - Rabat Marrakech This morning, we’re off to the imperial city of Meknes (UNESCO). In this cultural city, amongst lush rolling hills studded with ancient olive groves, see the famous ancient door, Bab El Mansour, and the Bab El Khamis flea market. Continue to Rabat, the capital of Morocco, where you’ll visit the Mausoleum of Mohammed V, and explore the Oudaya Kasbah. This evening, arrive in the exotic city of Marrakech. Choose to explore the city by night during an optional excursion to Jemaa el Fna, Marrakech’s main square, complete with a horse and carriage ride and a unique fusion dining experience. (B) Day 10: Marrakech Explore Marrakech and its ancient El Bahia Palace where you will find a sentry of nesting storks standing guard. Visit the vibrant and historic Jewish Mellah, and see the majestic 12th-century Koutoubia Mosque. Pass by the Royal Palace during a tour of the ancient city wall. Then, it’s your choice! Visit one of the most beautiful botanical gardens in Morocco, Jardin Majorelle, a colourful oasis in the centre of Marrakech with exotic plants, fountains and palm trees designed by French artist Jacques Majorelle -ORvisit the Yves Saint Laurent Museum – a showcase of art, fashion, and design by the iconic Algerian designer. Then, enter the 9th-century walled Medina and enjoy time to mingle with locals and artisans as you shop at the ancient market. (B, D) Day 11: Marrakech - Casablanca This morning, venture to Casablanca and tour the Hassan II Mosque, a stunning and impressive high-tech architectural masterpiece. See the city by night on your drive along the seashore to your farewell dinner at Rick’s Café, the legendary saloon from the film Casablanca. (B, D).
Chefchaouen
DOUBLE
Starting from £2199
Land only, per person, double occupancy.
Prices based on 16 February 2020 departure
May 2019 – April 2020
5 May 16 June 1, 15 September 6, 20 October
3, 10 November 16 February 15, 29 March 19, 26 April
Visit thomascooktours.com for pricing details. Call about additional dates.
S O LO TR AV E L L E R S F RO M £2799
COMBINE TWO TOURS INTO ONE ADVENTURE
Book another tour with Spain & Morocco and create one grand experience. CALL FOR DETAILS This trip requires a passport. Our air passengers will arrive into Madrid and depart from Casablanca. Airport transfers are available for purchase.
Day 12: Casablanca - Tour Ends Your tour of two continents and two countries with a rich, long-shared history comes to a close today. (B) STAY LO NG E R Casablanca: Enjoy your last evening taking in the romance of this Moroccan city. CALL FOR DETAILS.
See this tour online: thomascooktours.com 161
8/20/18 12:46 PM
162 162
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 162
8/17/18 12:24 PM
YOUR
spark
SENSE OF WANDER
This is your time to head off the well-known path and appreciate all the extraordinary moments held in the everyday. It’s time to wander, to wonder, and to awaken your soul. It’s time to experience small group travel, reinvented.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 163
163
8/17/18 12:25 PM
THE NEW EXPLORATIONS EXPERIENCE
What You’ll Do
unique experiences
It’s often said that experience is the best teacher and we couldn’t agree more. Experiences help educate us as travellers about cultures, traditions, and the human spirit. It’s why we take the time to include truly exceptional experiences on Explorations. Some experiences are active and even a little adventurous, some are designed to reveal the heart of a culture, and some may even have the power to change your life. Hard to replicate, and impossible to forget, these experiences will help shape your understanding of a destination, and shape your vision of the world.
Small Group Travel
reinvented
You’ll share the road, a few meals, and a variety of special moments with a small, tight-knit group averaging about 15 people. You won’t be one of the crowd with Explorations, you’ll be an integral part of a cultural expedition. Every Explorations traveller is unique, but you all share a similar agenda—to travel and connect to the world in a more authentic way.
164
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 164
8/17/18 12:25 PM
Where You’ll Stay
authentic surroundings
Explorations includes a variety of unique places to
rest up and rejuvenate during your travels. Each hotel (4-star and above) is carefully chosen to ensure that your exploration never stops, even while you’re relaxing after a full day, or lingering over a morning coffee. Whether it’s the history, the view, the location, or the amenities, your hotels will capture the spirit of your destination. These are but a few of the types of places you can expect to stay with Explorations. Visit thomascooktours.com/explorations to see specific hotel details for your trip.
What’s on the Menu Feel the Freedom to
explore
No one has travelled the same path as you. And no one will experience the world just as you do. While there’s no “one size fits all” travel experience, the travel experiences we craft include a good
culinary adventures
Local cuisine is so much more than taste and
texture. It’s about the experience and ambiance served up alongside a mouthwatering meal. Explorations seeks to delight the entire palate, creating an unforgettable and delicious epicurean adventure. From home-hosted meals to hands-on cooking classes, intimate local restaurants to street food tours, you will savour the many local flavours your destination has to offer.
balance of unique, hard-to-replicate experiences, cultural connections, and plenty of opportunities for “you” time.
thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 165
165
8/17/18 12:25 PM
COSTA RICA: A WORLD OF NATURE 3
EXPERIENCES
beyond expectation 1 CHOOSE YOUR
OWN ADVENTURE When in the birthplace of zip lining, you zip line!
Red-Eyed Tree Frog
Experience Costa Rica’s thrilling landscapes from above as you glide over lush green canopies.
COSTA RICA: A WORLD OF NATURE
-OR- Make your way across lava fields for an upclose-and-personal look at Arenal Volcano on a moderate hike along the trails.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 7 IN ARENAL.
By land and by sea, thrilling journeys await as you seek out to discover the essence of Pura Vida. Pull back the curtain of the rainforest and step inside to experience life unfiltered. This is where the wild things are. FROM
£2149*
DAYS
12
MEALS
23
*Price based on 20 October, 2019 departure. Per person, double, land only.
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
San José 1 Night
11 Breakfasts 4 Lunches 8 Dinners
Doubletree by Hilton Cariari Hotel
Tortuguero 2 Nights Evergreen Lodge
Activity Level
Sarapiquí 2 Nights
Selva Verde Eco-Lodge & Rainforest Reserve
1
2
3
4
5
Active
Arenal 3 Nights
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
Hotel Arenal Springs
Manuel Antonio 2 Nights Parador Resort and Spa
San José 1 Night
Doubletree by Hilton Cariari Hotel
2 BECOME ONE WITH NATURE
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
CENTRAL AMERICA
From a jungle oasis in Tortuguero, to the remote wonders of Manuel Antonio National Park, nature is truly all around you. Enjoy two nights in each locale, where you can seek out the elusive green macaw and
Arenal Volcano Sarapiquí
Tortuguero Nat’l Park
San Jose
166
let monkeys be your alarm clock in Tortuguero, and enjoy free time in Manuel Antonio to hike or go for a swim in turquoise waters.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAYS 2-3 AND 9-10
IN TORTUGUERO AND MANUEL ANTONIO.
Manuel Antonio Nat’l Park
C O S TA R I C A
Costa Rica A World of Nature TS294 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
8/20/18 12:51 PM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£200pp
3 TAKE A FLOAT
T&C’s apply
ON THE WILD SIDE Get up close with crocodiles as you head down the Tárcoles River on an exhilarating jungle safari. Float along beneath the towering jungle, looking just below the water’s surface for a glimpse of these incredible creatures that heavily populate this section of the river.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 9 IN TÁRCOLES.
WHAT YOU’LL DO DAYS 1-3 SAN JOSÉ • TORTUGUERO
DAYS 6-8 ARENAL
Welcome to the Jungle
Awaken Your Sense of Adventure in Arenal
• Start your journey in Costa Rica’s culture hub, the capital of San José. • Venture to Tortuguero National Park, where you’ll stay two nights amongst the wildlife. • Visit the world’s first green turtle research station. • Embark on a nature cruise through Tortuguero for a peek behind the rainforest’s lush green walls. DAYS 4-5 SARAPIQUÍ
Savour the Fruits of Sarapiquí • Cut through the mists of the rainforest as you travel from Tortuguero to Sarapiquí. • Indulge in a taste of Costa Rica’s finest fruits with visits to organic pineapple and cacao plantations. • See the Sarapiquí region from a different perspective on a rafting trip along the river that’s a perfect balance of excitement and relaxation. • Before you set off for Arenal, enjoy an early morning bird-watching excursion.
• Suspended over the rainforest floor, take in a birds-eye view of the jungle on a guided tour of Arenal’s famous hanging bridges. •
IT’S YOUR CHOICE! Zip line over lush green canopies OR take a moderate hike past Arenal’s lava fields.
• Roll up your sleeves for a hands-on cooking demonstration; then savour the local flavours of Costa Rica during a traditional dinner. • Enjoy a full day at leisure to wander the grounds of your resort, soak in the famous hot springs, or set off on an optional excursion. DAYS 9-12 MANUEL ANTONIO • SAN JOSÉ
Get in Touch with Nature at Manuel Antonio • Witness colourful birds, hike rugged rainforests, and enjoy pristine beaches prime for swimming and snorkeling in Manuel Antonio National Park. • Get up close with crocodiles as you head down the Tárcoles River on an exhilarating jungle safari. • Wake up and smell the coffee at a local farm that produces some of Costa Rica’s wellknown beans. • Return to San José and recount your memories and special moments as you bid farewell to Costa Rica and your fellow explorers.
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details.
167
Costa Rica A World of Nature TS294 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
8/20/18 12:52 PM
MACHU PICCHU & THE GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS 3
EXPERIENCES
beyond expectation
Machu Picchu, Peru
MACHU PICCHU & THE GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS Uncover mysteries that dwell among the wonders, ruins, and unspoiled lands of South America. From the “Lost City of the Incas” to the mysteries of the Galápagos Islands, you’ll delve deep into ancient cultures, then dive deeper into the wonders of nature. FROM
£6334*
DAYS
15
MEALS
30
*Price based on 29 October, 2019 departure. Per person, double, land only. Rates include park fees and internal flights on tour.
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
Lima 2 Nights
14 Breakfasts 6 Lunches 10 Dinners
Casa Andina Premium Miraflores
Sacred Valley 2 Nights
Casa Andina Premium Sacred Valley
Activity Level
Aguas Calientes 1 Night
Sumaq Machu Picchu Hotel
1
2
3
4
5
Active
Cuzco 2 Nights
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
Casa Andina Premium
Quito 2 Nights
Mercure Grand Hotel Alameda SOUTH AMERICA
Galápagos Islands 4 Nights
m/v Galápagos Legend
Quito 1 Night
2 SPEND
A LEISURELY MORNING AT THE FOOT OF RUINS
Mercure Grand Hotel Alameda
For some, visiting Machu Picchu once
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
is not enough. This is why we give you a morning of leisure during your stay there.
ECUADOR
Whether you take an optional excursion to
Quito
see the ruins at sunrise, or wander through Baltra Island
Floreana Island
the local markets of Aguas Calientes for San Cristóbal Island
PERU
a taste of Andean culture, you’ll soak up every bit of this iconic site.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 6 IN MACHU PICCHU.
Española Island
T H E G A L Á PA G O S ISLANDS
Lima
168
Machu Picchu_Galapagos Islands TS366 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
Aguas Calientes Sacred Valley Cuzco
8/20/18 12:56 PM
S
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
3 TRY YOUR HAND AT
£100pp
MAKING WORLD-RENOWNED CUISINE
T&C’s apply
Peru’s cuisine consistently ranks high amongst the world’s foodies. Discover why during an interactive cooking class. Hone your skills as you craft signature Peruvian starters like ceviche and pisco sours, then delight in more of the region’s specialties over dinner.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 3 IN SACRED VALLEY.
WHAT YOU’LL DO
1 EMBARK ON A
NATURE CRUISE OF A LIFETIME
With wildlife that seems anything but wild and landscapes that are anything but tame, the Galápagos Islands aren’t just a destination, it’s an experience that will be forever seared into your memory. Accompanied by a naturalist guide for expert exploration, your 4-night cruise will be simply unforgettable.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS DAYS 10-13 IN THE GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS.
DAYS 1-4 LIMA • SACRED VALLEY
DAYS 8-9 QUITO
Get a Taste of Authentic Peru
Check Out Quito’s Colonial Charm
• Uncover Lima’s historic past on a city tour, followed by a trip to a former home of a conquistador. • Kick up your heels during a private salsa class. • Learn centuries-old methods of creating traditional textiles at Awana Kancha and stroll through Pisac’s local handicraft market. • Visit the ruins of Ollantaytambo. • Learn of the thriving culture of the Andean people during a farm-totable lunch. DAYS 5-7 AGUAS CALIENTES • CUZCO
Reach the Peak of Incan Culture • Uncover the mysteries of Machu Picchu, the “Lost City of the Incas.” • Witness an exclusive culinary demonstration and savour an eclectic tasting. • Enjoy a morning of leisure at the foot of Machu Picchu, where you may choose an optional excursion to see the ruins again at sunrise, or wander through the local village for a taste of Andean culture. • Immerse yourself in Peru’s heart and soul during a special community dining experience. •
IT’S YOUR CHOICE in the former
Incan capital of Cuzco. Head out on a comprehensive city tour OR walk the artisan neighbourhood of San Blas.
• Meet some of the children thriving at the Children International community centre, supported by the Collette Foundation. • Tour the Presidential Palace. • Stand at the “Middle of the World” at the Equatorial Line Monument and Museum. • Take some free time to explore the city on your own. DAYS 10-13 GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS
Become One with Nature in the Galápagos Islands • Embark on a 4-night cruise in the company of a naturalist guide. • Get an up-close look at the endangered tortoises at the Cerro Colorado Tortoise Reserve. • Sail to Española Island in Gardner Bay aboard a panga. • Swim and snorkel with manta rays and white-tipped sharks. • Hike the volcanic terrain of Suarez Point. • Stand before giant tortoises, the stars of the Charles Darwin Research Station. • Walk inside dormant lava tubes for a peek into how these primordial islands formed. • Enjoy time on your own to explore Port Ayora. DAYS 14-15 QUITO
Celebrate Your Journey in Quito • Take an evening city tour of colonial Quito. • Feast in a historical restaurant and toast to your memorable journey.
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details. 169
Machu Picchu_Galapagos Islands TS366 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
8/20/18 12:56 PM
EXPERIENCE COLOMBIA 3
EXPERIENCES
beyond expectation
Cartagena
EXPERIENCE COLOMBIA Colombia’s pulse beats strong with a red-hot culture steeped in history, art, and tradition. Thriving cities, remote jungles, and warm, welcoming people await you in this multi-faceted jewel of South America. FROM
£2164*
DAYS
10
MEALS
1 ADVENTURE IS
BREWING IN COCORA VALLEY
14
*Price based on 10 June, 2019 departure. Per person, double, land only. Rates include internal flights on tour.
Feel the wind in your hair and spy vivid green as far as you can see as you ride through Cocora Valley in equipped 4x4 jeeps known as “Willys.”
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
Afterward, choose your next adventure. Hike the
Bogotá 2 Nights
9 Breakfasts 1 Lunch 4 Dinners
valley with a guide, pausing to look up at the sky-
Movich Chicó 97
Pereira Coffee Region 2 Nights
San Carlos Lodge
high wax palms or travel on horseback to see the valley through the eyes of a Colombian farmer.
Activity Level
Medellín 2 Nights
1
Hotel Park 10
2
3
4
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 4 IN COCORA VALLEY.
5
Active
Cartagena 3 Nights
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
Hyatt Regency
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
SOUTH AMERICA
3 GET A TASTE
OF LOCAL LIFE Cartagena
A happy overload of exotic fruit, vegetables, meat, fish, herbs, and flowers, Paloquemao Market is a haven for foodies. Stroll the
Medellín Pereira Coffee Region
Bogotá
market’s rainbow displays while your guide dishes out some favourite samples. A bit off the well-worn path, you won’t find the stalls clogged with tourists, but teeming with locals
COLOMBIA
and thriving with an intoxicating energy.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 2 IN BOGOTÁ. 170
Experience Colombia TS630 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
8/20/18 1:16 PM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£50pp T&C’s apply
2 SEE A
NEIGHBOURHOOD TRANSFORMED BY ART Comuna 13, once Colombia’s most notorious neighbourhood, is a barrio reborn. Meet up with a neighbourhood resident and walk the streets, vibrant with bold murals and stunning graffiti art, to learn of Comuna 13’s past, present, and promising future.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 6 IN MEDELLÍN.
WHAT YOU’LL DO
DAYS 1-2 BOGOTÁ
Feel the Beat of Bogotá • Get to know the city on a lively walking tour. • Explore the artifacts at Museo del Oro. • Stroll Paloquemao Market’s rainbow displays while your guide dishes out some favourite samples. DAYS 3-4 PEREIRA COFFEE REGION
Breathe in the Coffee Region’s Splendour • Learn about the coffee-making process and sample the perks of the region, bean to cup. • Experience the majesty of the Cocora Valley aboard equipped 4x4 jeeps known as “Willys.” • Enjoy a locally sourced picnic lunch. • Explore Salento on your own, discovering quaint streets, local artisans, and paisa architecture.
DAYS 5-7 MEDELLÍN
Behold Medellín’s Vibrant Spirit • Dine with the locals in the city of Medellín and indulge in a specially cultivated tasting menu. • Join a local resident for a poignant walking tour through the vibrantly muralled neighbourhood of Comuna 13. • Meet with a silletero and learn firsthand what a “day in the life” of a flower farmer is like.
DAYS 8-10 CARTAGENA
Step in to Cartagena’s Culture • Take in the history and lively energy of Cartagena during a tour of this stunning Caribbean city. • Enjoy a full day to explore Cartagena at your leisure.
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details. 171
Experience Colombia TS630 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
8/20/18 1:17 PM
TASTE OF VIETNAM 3
EXPERIENCES
beyond expectation
1 FLOAT AMONGST
LIMESTONE GIANTS
On a two-day cruise of Halong Bay, you’ll sail scenic waters dotted with thousands of limestone islands. Feast on fresh seafood, trek through limestone caves, and be peacefully lulled to sleep by lapping water—all Vietnamese Boatsman
aboard a luxury junk boat. You’ll also choose how you’ll explore a floating fishing village: by traditional row boat, or from the seat of a kayak.
TASTE OF VIETNAM
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAYS 4 & 5 IN HALONG BAY.
From Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh City and the Mekong Delta, Vietnam is a fascinating mosaic of culture, indescribable beauty, and complex history. Fully immerse yourself and explore the very best of Vietnam. FROM
£2014*
DAYS
13
MEALS
2 IMPACT MOMENT:
LANTERN WORKSHOP AT REACHING OUT VIETNAM
21
*Price based on 15 June, 2019 departure. Per person, double, land only. Rates include internal flights on tour.
Celebrate the work of a talented team of disabled artisans during an immersive lantern-making
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
Hanoi 3 Nights
12 Breakfasts 4 Lunches 5 Dinners
La Siesta Trendy Hotel or Silk Path Hotel
Halong Bay 1 Night
experience. Amongst new friends, work together to create these colourful beacons of prosperity, in a place that is a beacon of hope for the community.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 8 IN HOI AN.
Activity Level
Bhaya Classic
Hue 2 Nights
1
Pilgrimage Village
2
3
4
5
Moderate Physical Activity
Hoi An 3 Nights
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
Hotel Royal Hoi An
Ho Chi Minh City 3 Nights
WHAT YOU’LL DO DAYS 1-4 HANOI • HALONG BAY
Feel the Hum of Hanoi, the Peace of Halong Bay
Hotel Des Arts Saigon MGallery
On some dates alternate hotels may be used. Hanoi
Halong Bay
• Tour the Hoa Lo Prison, the Vietnam National Art Museum, and stand in awe of French-inspired architecture. • Enjoy a traditional water puppet show that welcomes you to Vietnam with its incredible display of artistry and folklore.
VIETNAM
Hue Hoi An
Taste of Vietnam TS597 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
• Sample some of Vietnam’s most famous dishes on a walking street food tour. • Travel to Halong Bay, where you’ll cruise the emerald waters and spend the night aboard a luxury junk boat.
ASIA
172
• Take a step back in time on a guided walking tour through Hanoi’s Old Quarter.
Ho Chi Minh
8/20/18 1:20 PM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£50pp T&C’s apply
3 GRAZE YOUR WAY
AROUND HANOI
Bánh mì to pho, Vietnamese food is incredible. After you’ve worked up an appetite walking the Old Quarter with your guide, keep walking for a street food tour that serves up some of Vietnam’s most famous dishes. Finish your delicious tour at a hidden rooftop café with gorgeous views of Hoàn Kiếm Lake.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 3 IN HANOI.
DAYS 5-6 HUE
DAYS 7-9 HOI AN
DAYS 10-13 HO CHI MINH CITY
Wander Through the Past in Imperial Hue
Savour Hoi An’s Captivating Flavour
Experience Ho Chi Minh City’s Dynamic Energy
• Cruise the famous Perfume River in a traditional dragon boat and watch Hue’s Imperial past unfold.
• Pause for a glimpse of the quaint fishing village, Lang Co, as you travel the scenic Hai Van Pass.
• Tour the energetic urban capital of Ho Chi Minh City, concluding with a stop at the Old Market to explore treasures from local vendors.
• Take a river basket boat to an immersive cooking class. You’ll learn to catch fish and crabs in the river, grind rice into flower and use the ingredients from your earlier market stop to craft four classic Vietnamese dishes.
• Cruise the famous Mekong Delta by sampan. Stop in a local home to discover traditional ways of life on the river, savour lunch in a lush garden, and learn the art of making coconut candy in a local resident’s home.
• Find yourself inside the most elaborate royal tomb in Vietnam, the mausoleum of Emperor Tu Duc. • Get a thrilling perspective of Hue with a tour in a traditional Cyclo.
• Celebrate the work of a talented team of artisans during an immersive lantern-making experience. • Enjoy a full day at leisure to explore the magic of Hoi An.
• Embark on a journey to the Cu Chi Tunnels.
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details. 173
Taste of Vietnam TS597 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
8/22/18 11:54 AM
KINGDOMS OF SOUTHEAST ASIA 3
EXPERIENCES
beyond expectation
Angkor Wat
KINGDOMS OF SOUTHEAST ASIA Enrich yourself in the distinctive culture, history, and cuisine of Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia. From the kinetic spark of ancient cities to lush jungles that harbour vast complexes of sandstone temples, Southeast Asia is an adventure for the senses. FROM
£2214*
DAYS
13
MEALS
20
*Price based on 09 June, 2019 departure. Per person, double, land only. Rates include internal flights on tour.
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
Hanoi 3 Nights
12 Breakfasts 4 Lunches 4 Dinners
Silk Path Hotel
Luang Prabang 3 Nights
Sanctuary Hotel or La Parasol Blanc
Activity Level 1
Siem Reap 3 Nights Memoire D’Angkor
2
3
4
5
Active
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
Ho Chi Minh City 3 Nights Grand Hotel Saigon
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
3 SEE WHERE YOUNG
LOCALS LEARN TRADITIONAL ARTS
Hanoi Luang Prabang
Discover Les Artisan d’Angkor Workshop, a
LAOS
development project that teaches the Kmer arts to young adults. See how Cambodia is using these heritage artisan skills – like wood carving and ceramics – to provide a creative source of industry ASIA
Siem Reap
VIETNAM
CAMBODIA 174
Kingdoms of Southeast Asia TS425 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
for future generations.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 9 IN SIEM REAP.
Ho Chi Minh
8/20/18 1:26 PM
1 MINGLE WITH
THE MONKS OF A LOCAL MONASTERY
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
T&C’s apply
Hop aboard a Tuk Tuk and head to a local monastery where you’ll meet the monks who reside there. Then, participate in a private blessing ceremony delivered by one of the monks.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 5 IN LUANG PRABANG.
2 WHERE HISTORY LIES BENEATH Explore the Cu Chi Tunnels, a maze of underground passageways used as hideouts by the Viet Cong during the Vietnam War. Learn how these underground routes were used by soldiers to house troops, transport supplies and mount surprise attacks.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 12 IN HO CHI MINH CITY.
WHAT YOU’LL DO DAYS 1-3 HANOI
DAYS 7-9 SIEM REAP
Encounter Hanoi’s Imperial History and Tranquil Lake Ham Kiem
Explore Hallowed Ground in Cambodia
• Discover Ho Chi Minh’s mausoleum, One Pillar Pagoda, and the Temple of Literature. • A traditional water puppet show welcomes you to Vietnam with its incredible display of artistry and folklore. • Take a step back into time on a guided walking tour through Hanoi’s Old Quarter. • Sample some of Vietnam’s most famous dishes on a walking street food tour.
•
• Explore incredible Angkor Wat, the world’s largest religious structure. • Be greeted by many stone “faces” smiling upon you at Angkor Thom. • Visit Les Artisan d’Angkor Workshop, a development project that teaches the Kmer arts to young adults. • Savour dinner at a local restaurant while enjoying a traditional Apsara show.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE: Venture to the
centuries-old temples of Bich Dong Pagoda on a leisurely bike ride OR travel by coach to the Thung Nham Bird Garden, a stunning sanctuary boasting more than 40 species of birds.
DAYS 4-6 LUANG PRABANG
Be Moved by Beauty and Faith in Laos • See the Buddhist temple Wat Xieng and its Tree of Life mosaic that make this temple one of Luang Prabang’s most beautiful.
DAYS 10-13 HO CHI MINH CITY
Dive in to Rich Nature and History • Cruise the famous Mekong Delta River, rich with natural and cultural wonders. • Explore the Cu Chi Tunnels, a maze of underground passageways used as hideouts by the Viet Cong during the Vietnam War. • Discover the Post Office, Notre Dame Cathedral, and the Reunification Palace.
• Be introduced to Lao cuisine at a homehosted dinner in a traditional Laotian village. • Enter the heart of spiritual Laos via local Tuk Tuk and take part in an exclusive private blessing ceremony, delivered by one of the monks.
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details.
• Visit the Bear Rescue Centre and learn how its working to conserve the black bear population in northern Laos. • Encounter beautiful scenery in the refreshing cascade of Kuang Si falls. 175
Kingdoms of Southeast Asia TS425 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
8/20/18 1:26 PM
MYSTERIES OF INDIA 3
EXPERIENCES
beyond expectation
Bengal Tiger
MYSTERIES OF INDIA Welcome to India—a perfect synthesis of nature, spirituality, and regal legacy. Breathe new life into the soul and resurrect the senses on this electrifying plunge into India’s stunningly vibrant culture. FROM
£2459*
DAYS
14
MEALS
25
*Price based on 03 April, 2020 departure. Per person, double, land only. Rates include internal flights on tour.
1
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
Delhi 2 Nights
13 Breakfasts 6 Lunches 6 Dinners
Hyatt Regency
Udaipur 2 Nights Lalit Laxmi Vilas
An icon among icons, the Taj Mahal cannot be missed. Find yourself in awe as you stand before this marbled tribute to
Activity Level
Jaipur 2 Nights ITC Rajputana
1
2
3
4
Active
Ranthambore 2 Nights
5
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
Juna Mahal
Agra 2 Nights
EXPERIENCE A SUNRISE LIKE NO OTHER — AT THE TAJ MAHAL true love bathed in the early morning light. As the sun rises, the colours seem to dance on the white marble façade and shimmer along its reflective pool.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 10 IN AGRA.
ITC Mughal
Khajuraho 1 Night Radisson Jass Hotel
2 IGNITE YOUR
Varanasi 2 Nights Rivatas Hotel
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
ASIA
SPIRIT IN INDIA’S HOLIEST CITY Each evening, just after dusk, the holy Dasaswamedh Ghat on the banks of the River Ganges becomes bathed in a choreographed
Delhi Jaipur
Udaipur
176
spectacle of fire, fragrant incense, and rhythmic chants. Witness this devotional ritual as Hindu
Agra
Ranthambore
Varanasi Khajuraho
priests provide offerings to the Goddess Ganga.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 12 IN VARANASI.
INDIA
Mysteries of India TS292 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
8/20/18 1:49 PM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
T&C’s apply
3 FILL UP ON
LOCAL FLAVOUR IN OLD DELHI Meet up with a local guide, jump in a rickshaw, and head through Old Delhi’s narrow streets and corridors for a delicious sampling of the city’s incredible food scene. Bring your appetite and sense of adventure—we’ll handle the rest.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 2 IN DELHI.
WHAT YOU’LL DO DAYS 1-2 DELHI
DAYS 9-11 AGRA • KHAJURAHO
Feel Delhi’s Dynamic Pulse
Step Back in Time in Agra and Khajuraho
• Stimulate the senses on guided explorations of modern New Delhi and historic Old Delhi. • Meet up with a local guide, jump in a rickshaw, and indulge in a delicious sampling of the Old Delhi’s incredible food scene. DAYS 3-4 UDAIPUR
Behold the Romance of Udaipur • In Udaipur, IT’S YOUR CHOICE! Join a local
• Lunch at Sheroes Hangout. Learn more about this amazing organisation. • The can’t-miss visit to the Taj Mahal. Feel the full power of this monument’s romantic spirit with a sunrise visit. • Make passage to Khajuraho on an exciting train journey, then explore the stunning UNESCO-designated sculptures of Khajuraho and the Chandel Temple complex.
expert to learn the basic practices of yoga
OR embark on a leisurely walking tour as the
city’s streets come to life.
• See this sparkling city from a new perspective on an evening cruise. • Look over Lake Pichola from your luxurious hotel—a historic palace. DAYS 5-6 JAIPUR
Connect with Culture in Jaipur • Join a local host where you’ll shop for fresh ingredients together, then return to her home to discover the secrets (and joys) of preparing an authentic Indian meal. • Ascend Amber Fort in a vintage jeep, and soak in vibrant views of the “Pink City.” • Enjoy lunch at a local school where children are thriving in a programme supported by the Collette Foundation. DAYS 7-8 RANTHAMBORE
Walk on the Wild Side in Ranthambore • Meet with a naturalist, then get an up-close glimpse of Ranthambore National Park’s most popular residents—Bengal tigers—and more wildlife on two game drives through the park.
DAYS 12-14 VARANASI
Be Moved by the Holy City of Varanasi • Sail along the Ganges and drink in the vibrant colours and beautiful balance between life and death in India’s holiest city. • Witness the powerful Ganga Aarti ceremony held on the banks of the River Ganges. • Look inward and reflect on yourself and your journey as an expert teacher guides you through a meditative yoga session. • Embark on an enlightening journey of mind, body and spirit during a visit to the Buddhist holy site of Sarnath, where Siddartha Gautama, gave his first sermon in 6th century B.C.
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details.
• See first-hand how the Ranthambore School of Art is improving lives through art. 177
Mysteries of India TS292 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
8/20/18 1:52 PM
THE PLAINS OF AFRICA 3
EXPERIENCES
beyond expectation
1 HEAD INTO THE WILD
ON ELEVEN GAME DRIVES Get ready to fill up your mind and memory card with the images of Kenya’s striking landscapes and variety of wildlife, including the “Big 5.” Early morning and late afternoon drives seek to deliver you the best opportunity
THE PLAINS OF AFRICA
to spy the animals that call each destination home.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS THROUGHOUT YOUR TRAVELS IN KENYA.
Prepare to see an Africa you’ve only known in your dreams, and one you never knew existed. Explore Kenya’s wildlife, up close and personal, against a stunningly untamed backdrop. FROM
£3409*
DAYS
13
MEALS
2 CONNECT WITH
33
MASAI CULTURE
*Price based on 14 June, 2019 departure. Per person, double, land only, including park fees.
Spend an afternoon getting to know the Masai people. You’ll be a welcomed visitor in a local village (called an enkeng in Maa, the
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
Nairobi 1 Night
12 Breakfasts 11 Lunches 10 Dinners
life. Later, as you indulge in a traditional
Activity Level
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 8 IN MASAI MARA.
Sarova Stanley Hotel
Nyeri 1 Night
Aberdare Country Club
Shaba Reserve 2 Nights Sarova Shaba Lodge
1
Nyeri 1 Night
2
3
4
Masai language) and see a slice of everyday bush dinner, take in the incredible sights of a Masai dance performance.
5
Active
The Ark Hotel
Lake Nakuru 2 Nights
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
Sarova Lion Hill Lodge
WHAT YOU’LL DO
Masai Mara 2 Nights Sarova Mara Camp
Nairobi 1 Night
Sarova Stanley Hotel
Amboseli 2 Nights
K E N YA
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
Shaba Nat’l Reserve
Ol Tukai Lodge
Lake Nakuru
Masai Mara Game Reserve
AFRICA
178
The Plains of Africa TS146 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
Aberdare Nat’l Park
Nairobi Amboseli Nat’l Park
DAYS 1-2 NAIROBI • NYERI
DAYS 3-4 SHABA RESERVE
Getting Back to Nature in Nairobi & Nyeri
Shaba Reserve: The Africa You’ve Always Imagined
• Seize an opportunity to give back to nature with a “seedball.” The compact balls of seed limit the cost of planting indigenous trees. • Enjoy an afternoon at leisure to explore Aberdare Country Club’s amenities like golfing, nature walks, and spa treatments.
• Discover the magic of the Shaba, Samburu and Buffalo Springs reserves on three game drives. • Enjoy a traditional Sundowner as the sun sets over the banks of the Ewaso Ng’iro River. • In the company of a Samburu tribe member, learn about the culture, traditions, and folklore of the Samburu region and its people.
8/20/18 1:55 PM
BO &S
£
T
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£200pp
T&C’s apply
3 THIS IS TRUE
SAFARI LIFE
Tucked in a deluxe tented camp for two nights, you’ll experience the adventure of sleeping in the heart of nature (with plenty of creature comforts). This relaxing retreat in the wilds of the Masai Mara Game Reserve is the perfect way to live the safari life without giving up the amenities of a lodge.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAYS 8-9 IN MASAI MARA GAME RESERVE.
DAYS 5-7 NYERI • LAKE NAKURU
DAYS 8-9 MASAI MARA
DAYS 10-13 NAIROBI • AMBOSELI
Stay Where the Wild Things Are
Dreaming in the Wilds of Masai Mara
In the Land of Giants in Amboseli
• Embark on three game drives in arguably the most stunning game viewing reserve in all of Kenya— the Masai Mara.
• Return to Nairobi and visit the house of Karen Blixen, author of Out of Africa.
• Visit a local Masai village and see a slice of everyday life.
• Seek a glimpse of free-running lions, roaming herds of elephants, wildebeests, zebras and more during three game drives in Amboseli National Park.
• Join a discussion about conservation efforts and anti-poaching measures in the region. • Stay amongst the wildlife at The Ark Hotel, and spy animal activity at the floodlit water hole. • Embark on two game drives in the wildlife haven of Lake Nakuru, your home for two nights. • Get a true taste of Africa with a traditional breakfast prepared right in the bush.
• Indulge in a traditional bush dinner, complete with a Masai dance performance. • Take in the vast landscape of the Mara during a picnic stop. • Spend two nights being lulled to sleep by the sounds of the wild in a deluxe tented camp.
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details.
The Plains of Africa TS146 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
179
8/20/18 1:55 PM
EXPLORING SOUTH AFRICA, VICTORIA FALLS AND BOTSWANA 3
EXPERIENCES
beyond expectation
Cape of Good Hope
EXPLORING SOUTH AFRICA, VICTORIA FALLS AND BOTSWANA Thread by thread, the tapestry of South African life comes alive before your very eyes. From the “Big 5” to connecting with the people who call this place home, this is a journey to remember.
Call or visit our website for pricing. DAYS 13 MEALS 23
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
Cape Town 3 Nights
12 Breakfasts 3 Lunches 8 Dinners
Commodore Hotel
Stellenbosch 2 Nights Spier Hotel or De Zalze Lodge
2 EXPERIENCE THREE
Activity Level
Entabeni 2 Nights
1
Hanglip Mountain Lodge
2
3
4
5
Active
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
Johannesburg 1 Night Hallmark House
Victoria Falls 2 Nights
variety of ways to spot wildlife during seven safaris. Cruise walking safari with an expert,
Kasane 2 Nights On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
You’ll get to experience a
down the Chobe, set out on a
Victoria Falls Safari Lodge Chobe Marina Lodge
DIFFERENT WAYS TO SAFARI
Chobe
Victoria Falls
ZIMBABWE
hop in a 4x4 in a private reserve. With so many ways to catch an up-close glimpse at wildlife, you’re bound to have a
B O T S WA N A Entabeni Conservancy Johannesburg
memorable encounter!
>> EXPERIENCE THROUGHOUT YOUR TRAVELS IN SOUTH AFRICA.
SOUTH AFRICA AFRICA Cape Town
180
Stellenbosch
Exploring South Africa Vic Falls_Botswana TS466 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
8/20/18 2:00 PM
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
1 STAND IN AWE
£100pp
T&C’s apply
BEFORE VICTORIA FALLS There are some things in this world that defy definition. Standing before the thunderous rush of water at Victoria Falls will certainly be one of those events. Enjoy time here in the afternoon, when the rainbows just off the water
3 GET AN IN-DEPTH PEEK AT
are simply spectacular.
EVERYDAY LIFE
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 9 IN VICTORIA FALLS.
Embark on a captivating tour of a local village with our friend, a most passionate village elder. From a casual chat inside an open-roofed lapa that’s welcomed dignitaries and local leaders, to the surrounding fields, bush, and round houses with perfectly swept yards, discover a palpable energy in a place where traditions are expressed with pride.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 10 IN VICTORIA FALLS.
WHAT YOU’LL DO DAYS 1-3 CAPE TOWN
DAYS 9-10 VICTORIA FALLS
Get to Know Cosmopolitan Cape Town
Behold the Power of Victoria Falls
• Whisk away to the top of Table Mountain for incredible views of Cape Town and beyond.
• Stand before stunning Victoria Falls in the afternoon, when the rainbows are at their best.
• Enjoy free time to explore Cape Town how you choose. • Take an easy hike along Cape of Good Hope, ending at Bolders Beach, home to endangered African penguins.
• Indulge in a Boma dinner as traditional dancers and drummers surround you. • Interact with African elephants in their own habitat.
• Eat a delicious meal in a local family’s home.
• Explore a local village.
DAYS 4-5 STELLENBOSCH
DAYS 11-13 KASANE
Sip and Savour Stellenbosch’s Wine Country • Enjoy an afternoon at leisure in Stellenbosch’s picturesque wine country. • Sample the region’s most renowned wines. • Choose to spend a day of leisure in Stellenbosch OR discover the maritime village of Hermanus. DAYS 6-8 ENTABENI • JOHANNESBURG
Nature and Culture Revealed from Entabeni to “Joburg”
Discovering Life in Chobe • Look for elephants, hippos, crocodiles and more on a safari cruise along Botswana’s Chobe River. • Explore the diverse ecosystems of Chobe National Park. •
IT’S YOUR CHOICE! Continue the wildlife search by land on an afternoon game drive, OR hit the river for a safari cruise.
• Learn the secrets to cooking a traditional braai during a chef-hosted dinner by the river.
• Head out in search of the “Big 5” on 4 game drives through Entabeni Conservancy. • Join a ranger and tracker to follow clues left by wildlife tracks. • Indulge in dinner under a blanket of stars. • Explore Maboneng, the epicentre of the “Joburg” inner-city renaissance. Stay one night in this regenerated cultural hub where history, business, and lifestyle blend seamlessly.
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details.
181
Exploring South Africa Vic Falls_Botswana TS466 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
8/20/18 2:00 PM
ICELANDIC ADVENTURE EXPERIENCES
3
beyond expectation
1 ADVENTURE
HEATS UP ON ICE After you’ve enjoyed a hearty spread of local specialties on the Snæfellsjökull Glacier, your next activity is yours for the choosing. Join an expert guide on a glacial climb that brings you to nearly 3,000 feet -OR- venture Snæfellsjökull
alongside a guide for a mountain hike through the otherworldly lava fields.
ICELANDIC ADVENTURE
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 8
IN THE SNÆFELLSNES PENINSULA.
This is Iceland. A land forged by fire and ice and full of dramatic contrasts—from ethereal lava fields and thundering waterfalls to charming coastal villages.
FROM
£3744*
DAYS
10
MEALS
14
*Price based on 24 October, 2019 departure. Per person, double, land only. Rates include internal flights on tour.
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
ReykjavÍk 3 Nights
9 Breakfasts 5 Dinners
Centerhotel Arnarhvoll, Centerhotel Plaza, or Alda Hotel
Húsavík 3 Nights
Raudaskrida Hotel & Guesthouse
Stykkishólmur 2 Night Fosshotel Stykkishólmur
ReykjavÍk 1 Night
Centerhotel Arnarhvoll, Centerhotel Plaza, or Alda Hotel
Activity Level 1
2
3
4
5
Active
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels. EUROPE
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
3 REDEFINE
YOUR IDEA OF WHALE WATCHING Sport some thermal wear (included) and join expert whale watchers on Skálfandi Bay. Get as close as you can to whales in northern Iceland aboard specialised zodiacs that
Húsavik
give you the most intimate view possible of humpback, minke, orca, fin, and even the
Stykkishólmur
ICELAND
giant blue whales that frequent these waters.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 5 IN HÚSAVÍK.
Reykjavik 182
Icelandic Adventure TS604 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
8/20/18 2:05 PM
2 SOAK IN THE
LOCAL CULTURE You can’t leave Iceland without taking a dip in the warm, mineral-rich waters of the Blue Lagoon (and you will!), but, you also came to Iceland for an immersive local experience. We’ll head to where the locals go for a revitalising soak in mineral-rich geothermal waters—the Blue Lagoon of the North, Mývatn Nature Baths.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 6
IN LAKE MÝVATN.
WHAT YOU’LL DO DAYS 1-3 REYKJAVÍK
DAYS 7-8 STYKKISHÓLMUR
Discover Iceland’s Cool Vibe
Dive Deep into Iceland’s Landscapes
• Explore Reykjavík on a walking tour of the city’s old quarter. • Experience a “day in the life” at a family-owned dairy farm. • Travel the Golden Circle and visit otherworldly Thingviller National Park, stunning Gullfoss Falls and the Strokkur Geyser. • Learn about and discover Iceland’s farmto-table culture with a visit to Friðheimar Greenhouse Cultivation Centre.
• Journey 100 feet below the ground to an 8,000-year-old lava tube on a thrilling tour of Vatnshellir Cave. • Capture the beauty of the Snæfellsnes Peninsula during guided exploration. • Ascend the captivating Snæfellsjökull glacier via mountain truck and enjoy a tasting of Icelandic delicacies. • Wander around the quaint fishing village of Stykkishólmur. •
DAYS 4-6 HÚSAVÍK
Appreciate Natural Wonders in Húsavík • Stay on a family-owned, Environmental Gold-certified property, where you’ll savour locally sourced farm-to-table meals. • Travel to Húsavík to discover the town’s connection to whaling before jumping in a RIB boat seek them out yourself. • Soak in mineral-rich geothermal waters and witness the power of nature as we take a day exploring the Diamond Circle.
IT’S YOUR CHOICE! Join an expert guide on a glacial climb that brings you to nearly 3,000 feet OR venture alongside a guide for a mountain hike through the otherworldly lava fields.
DAYS 9-10 REYKJAVÍK
Celebrate Icelandic Heritage • Meet with a local family that keeps alive a 400-year-old tradition of catching and preserving Greenland shark. • Dive into the origins of Icelandic heritage during a visit to the Settlement Museum. • Take a soak in the Blue Lagoon.
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details. Credit: Gregory Hall
Icelandic Adventure TS604 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
183
8/20/18 2:05 PM
© Kakslauttanen Arctic Resort, Lapland, Finland
THE NORTHERN LIGHTS OF FINLAND 3
EXPERIENCES
beyond expectation
Kakslauttanen Arctic Resort
THE NORTHERN LIGHTS OF FINLAND This is so much more than a hunt for stunning streaks of colour in the night sky (though it’s a pretty amazing part). This is a step into Finland’s dynamic and intriguing culture—from Helsinki’s cool-casual vibe to the pristine winter wilderness of Lapland. FROM
£3324*
DAYS
7
MEALS
11
*Price based on 13 October, 2019 departure. Per person, double, land only. Rates include internal flights on tour.
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
Helsinki 2 Nights
6 Breakfasts 5 Dinners
Lilla Roberts Hotel
Kakslauttanen, Lapland 3 Nights
Kakslauttanen Arctic Resort West Village, Lapland
Helsinki 1 Night Lilla Roberts Hotel
Activity Level 1
2
3
4
5
Active
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
Kakslauttanen EUROPE
1 SET YOUR SIGHTS ON
THE NORTHERN LIGHTS
Sometimes a mere whisper of colour, others a symphony of neon hues, the northern lights are spellbinding. While in Lapland, keep a close eye to the night sky. On clear,
FINLAND
starry nights, there’s a high likelihood that magic will unfold right before your eyes. Experiencing this phenomenon— especially from the comfort of your glass igloo—will truly redefine the word “awesome.”
>> SEEK THIS EXPERIENCE THROUGHOUT YOUR TIME IN FINLAND. 184
The Northern Lights of Finland TS605 2019_TCT.indd 1
Helsinki
8/20/18 2:09 PM
2 BE THE LEADER
OF THE PACK
Arguably one of the best ways to take in the postcard-perfect vistas of Finland’s north country is by dogsled. Learn the commands, get acquainted with the dogs and hop on a sled for one unforgettable ride. This charming, high-energy breed is in their element as they dash through the snow, practically smiling as they guide you through the unspoiled wilderness.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 5 IN KAKSLAUTTANEN.
3 RETHINK YOUR
DEFINITION OF SAFARI While at the Kakslauttanen Arctic Resort, you’ll head out into the wilderness on an evening reindeer safari. Search for the northern lights, warm yourself with a steaming cup of berry juice, and get to know local reindeer herders. This engaging experience, led by the © Visit Finland / K. Chae
indigenous Sami people, is the ultimate exploration of Lapland’s culture and striking natural beauty.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 4 IN KAKSLAUTTANEN.
WHAT YOU’LL DO DAYS 1-2 HELSINKI
DAYS 3-5 KAKSLAUTTANEN
DAYS 6-7 HELSINKI
Uncover Helsinki’s Charm
Wander in a Winter Wonderland
Seek Out More in Helsinki
• Join a local expert and get to know Finland’s vibrant capital city. Once you have the lay of the land, Helsinki is yours for the discovering.
• In addition to included activities like dogsledding, guided aurora hunting, and a reindeer safari, Kakslauttanen Arctic Resort boasts miles of cross-country skiing trails, restorative smoke saunas and ice pools, horseback riding, and more—ideal for exploring during your free time.
• Explore the city’s historic squares and trend-wise boutiques and neighbourhoods. • Gather around the table one last time to share stories and relive your Finnish experiences.
• Enjoy one night in a glass igloo (and two in a traditional Finnish log cabin). • Introduce yourself to Lappish reindeer and meet Santa Claus himself.
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details. 185
The Northern Lights of Finland TS605 2019_TCT.indd 2
8/20/18 2:09 PM
ITALY’S TREASURES 3
EXPERIENCES
beyond expectation
Cinque Terre
ITALY’S TREASURES Vineyards, olive groves, and cities that float. Incredible history, indelible culture, and unforgettable cuisine. This is l’Italia at its most iconic. Set off on a journey to make Italy’s treasures yours. FROM
£2849*
DAYS
11
MEALS
17
*Price based on 03 December, 2019 departure. Per person, double, land only.
Where You’ll Stay
Included Meals
Stresa 2 Nights
10 Breakfasts 1 Lunch 6 Dinners
Regina Palace Hotel or Grand Hotel des Iles Barromees
Italian Riviera 2 Nights Grand Hotel dei Castelli or Grande Albergo
Tuscany 4 Nights
Villa Lecchi, Tuscany or Villa Sanpaolo, San Gimingnano
Activity Level 1
2
3
5
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
Venice 2 Nights
Hotel Ca’ dei Conti or Hotel Bonvecchiati
4
Moderate Physical Activity
EUROPE
WHAT YOU’LL DO DAYS 1-2 STRESA
Raise a Glass in Stresa
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
• Visit a wine shop and enjoy a cocktail party with some prima di cena snacks. • Cruise to Isola dei Pescatori, and get to know new friends over dinner.
Stresa
Venice
• Sample artisanal cheeses, paired with regional wine at an ancient village nestled in the mountains of Stresa. • Enjoy time to explore Stresa on your own.
I TA LY Italian Riviera Tuscany
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details.
186
Italy's Treasures TS304 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
8/20/18 2:15 PM
1 FEAST ON THE
WONDERS OF FLORENCE In the “Cradle of the Renaissance,” a treasure trove of culture, cuisine, art, and architecture lays before you. The compact city is easy for exploration, allowing you to make the most of your free afternoon here. We’ll show you the way on a guided walking tour of the city, then let you wander through the cobbled streets to find your own memories.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 6 IN FLORENCE.
2 FILL YOUR PALATE WITH
THE FLAVOURS OF TUSCANY In the heart of the Tuscan countryside, you’ll get an intimate look into a family-run wine estate. Tour the wine cellar, vineyards and olive groves, then craft an authentic Tuscan lunch with the estate’s own chef. Break bread with new friends and toast with wines produced on-site.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 8 IN TUSCANY.
3 EXPERIENCE A CRAFT
CENTURIES IN THE MAKING On a tiny island just off Venice’s north coast, the art of glass is alive and well. See this centuries-old artform for yourself during a trip to Murano. In the workshop of a talented artisan, you’ll watch molten glass become a work of art right before your eyes. Bellissimo!
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 10 IN VENICE.
DAYS 3-4 ITALIAN RIVIERA
DAYS 5-8 TUSCANY
DAYS 9-11 VENICE
Be Romanced by the Italian Riviera
Traipse Through Tuscany
Be Bewitched by Venice
• Witness picture-perfect views of the lakes region from Lake Orta. • Sail to Isola di San Giulio to visit this island’s working convent. • Travel to magical Cinque Terre and enjoy free time to uncover the medieval charm of these five villages.
• Choose how you’ll spend your afternoon in Lucca. Discover Lucca’s old-world ambiance on foot OR by bike.
• Enjoy a walking tour of historic Bologna, then take some time to stroll the streets on your own.
• Indulge in local seasonal delicacies during a tour of Lucca’s specialty food shops.
• Join a local guide for a tour of Venice’s incredible sites.
• Set out on a walking tour of Florence to get the lay of the land, then take the rest of the day to explore on your own.
• Journey to the island of Murano to visit a local artisan’s workshop.
• Walk the medieval streets of Siena on a guided tour. • Tour a family-run wine estate, then make lunch with the estate’s chef. • Retreat nightly to your Tuscan villa. 187
Italy's Treasures TS304 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
8/20/18 2:15 PM
SWITZERLAND: HIDDEN TRAILS AND MAJESTIC PEAKS EXPERIENCES
3
Zermatt
SWITZERLAND: HIDDEN TRAILS AND MAJESTIC PEAKS
£2999*
DAYS
9
MEALS
Included Meals
Neuchatel 3 Nights
8 Breakfasts 1 Lunch 3 Dinners
Unique Hotel Post or Hotel Alex
Activity Level
Vevey 3 Nights
1
Astra Hotel
2
3
Very Active
4
5
See pg. 190 for details on our activity levels.
On some dates alternate hotels may be used.
guided walking tours and experiences, then take time to wander the streets, check out a museum using your Swiss Travel Pass, or get your heart pumping with a little activity. Be sure to turn to your tour LEAD for suggestions!
12
Where You’ll Stay
Zermatt 2 Nights
BALANCE OF GUIDED AND INDEPENDENT EXPLORATION unique cities. Get the lay of the land first with
*Price based on 05 October, 2019 departure. Per person, double, land only.
Best Western Premier Beaulac
1 FIND AN IDEAL
We’ve built in extra days just for you in three
Set your sights on an active, immersive journey across Switzerland from the soaring Alps to the picturesque Swiss Riviera—all while travelling by train. FROM
beyond expectation
EUROPE
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAYS 3, 5, AND 8
IN NEUCHATEL, ZERMATT, AND VEVEY.
2 DISCOVER
HOW FINE SWISS WINE ACTUALLY IS Swiss wine is a true treat. So
much so that much of it is kept in country. Meet up with our friends, Jacques and Aurélia, for
Zurich
a wine tasting nestled amongst the vines. Enjoy time at their family-run winery, then continue
Neuchatel
on with a walk along Lavaux’s
SWITZERLAND Vevey
Zermatt
World Heritage vineyards, complemented by stunning views of Lac Léman.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS ON DAY 7 IN LAVAUX.
188
Switzerland Hidden Trails and Majestic Peaks TS628 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 1
8/20/18 2:18 PM
impact moment:
BOOK EARLY & SAVE UP TO
£100pp
REDUCING THE
T&C’s apply
F
TPRINT
LEFT BEHIND
The Swiss Rail Service — the efficient, clean, and comfortable way to cross the Swiss Alps — is the perfect way to lower your carbon emissions on tour.
WHAT YOU’LL DO DAYS 1-3 NEUCHATEL
3 GET AN
ALL-ACCESS PASS TO SWISS CULTURE On this journey, we’ll only travel via the brilliantly efficient Swiss Rail Service (and your own two feet!). In addition
Let Neuchatel’s History Enchant You • Meet up with your fellow explorers for a reception in the centuries-old cloister of the Collégiale. • Get to know Neuchatel, a hidden gem of a city totally off the tourist map. Take a walking tour of the city’s historic quarter and drink in gorgeous views of Lake Neuchatel from your hotel room. • Enjoy a full day at leisure to explore Neuchatel and its surroundings.
to being your ticket for travel from city to city, your First Class Swiss Travel Pass includes an all-access entrée into more than 500 museums and cultural exhibitions throughout Switzerland, as well as local ferries, scenic trains, mountain trams, and more.
>> EXPERIENCE THIS THROUGHOUT SWITZERLAND WITH YOUR SWISS TRAVEL PASS.
DAYS 4-5 ZERMATT
Stand in Awe Before Zermatt’s Zenith • Spend some time exploring Switzerland’s capital of Bern. • Enjoy a full day to wander pedestrianfriendly Zermatt at your leisure. Consider taking the Gornergrat Railway for stunning views of the Matterhorn!
DAYS 6-9 VEVEY
Indulge Yourself in Vevey • Stroll the streets of Vevey on a guided walking tour. • Get a behind-the-scenes glimpse into the artistry of handmade Swiss chocolate during an immersive tasting workshop at Läderach. • Enjoy time at a family-run winery, then continue on with a walk along Lavaux’ World Heritage vineyards.
•
IT’S YOUR CHOICE: After visiting a local vineyard, return to Vevey via rail and enjoy the rest of your day at leisure OR continue your exploration through the miles of Lavaux vineyards to SaintSaphorin, a medieval village dating back to Roman times.
• Enjoy a full day at leisure in Vevey, one of the “Pearls of the Swiss Riviera.”
Visit ThomasCookTours.com/explorations for complete tour details.
189
Switzerland Hidden Trails and Majestic Peaks TS628 2019 EXP_TCT.indd 2
8/20/18 2:18 PM
USEFUL HOLIDAY INFORMATION Please read carefully through the following information before booking your Thomas Cook Tours holiday. When you book, you will be asked if you have read and understood this section, as well as our Booking Conditions. FELLOW TRAVELLERS Your fellow travellers will come from a wide range of locations and backgrounds. However, because we only offer English-speaking trips, the majority will be from the USA, UK, Canada and Australia. GROUP SIZE Our group size ranges from between 10 to 44 people, depending on your chosen style of tour. The approximate maximum number on each tour is detailed on each tour page, although we rarely have groups that are smaller than six or seven people. INCLUSIVE TOURING Inclusive Touring with Thomas Cook Tours means that we provide you with the peace of mind of knowing that all of the essential elements of your holiday are carefully looked after by us. We include the following with every escorted tour package booked with us, and the full details can be found on each page within the brochure and online. 3 Transportation via coach, mini bus 3 Quality accommodation in carefully selected locations 3 Most meals as detailed 3 Included sightseeing as detailed 3 Admission charges as detailed 3 Porterage as detailed YOUR FLIGHTS When you have selected your chosen itinerary, we will find the best priced flight available to meet your holiday requirements. When you book your flight with us, you will receive a complimentary private door to door airport transfer, arrival and departure transfers within your chosen holiday destination and your holiday will be fully bonded through our ATOL bonding. When purchasing flights from Thomas Cook Tours you must ensure that the name as submitted matches the name on your passport. Please notify Thomas Cook Tours, your travel agent or your group leader immediately in the event of any discrepancy. PRIVATE UK AIRPORT TRANSFERS Thomas Cook Tours includes a private airport transfer on all bookings when a flight is booked with us. The complimentary service is for distances of up to 150 miles from the point of collection to the departure airport. A supplement is payable for distances over 150 miles. Mileage is calculated using Google Maps. The service is offered per booking in the mainland UK and Northern Ireland only. Complimentary private airport transfers do not apply to tour only bookings or group bookings. TOUR ONLY If you purchase a ‘tour only’ holiday, please provide Thomas Cook Tours with your flight schedules for the entire tour 8 weeks prior to departure. Choosing to book a tour only with us excludes Thomas Cook Tours from any liability where your privately organised travel arrangements may result in inconvenient or difficult flight connection times/transfer times. We do not include transfers from the arrival and departure airport at the holiday destination or private UK airport transfers with tour only bookings. ACCOMMODATION We pride ourselves on the quality of accommodation available on each tour. We tend to use 4 star hotels on all of our tours. However, on certain tours we will put location as the key selection criteria. This is true in many of our tours where we stay within a national park, where the uniqueness of staying within the national park is a major highlight of the tour. We have listed the hotels where you will stay on each tour page, although on some dates alternative hotels may be used. SOLO TRAVELLERS Our tour pricing is based on 2 sharing a twin /double room. If you are travelling on your own, we have pricing for solo travellers which takes into account having your own room throughout your tour. Please see the Solo Traveller pricing on each tour page. Places are limited so please book early. INCLUDED MEALS We include many meals on each tour, but not all. This allows you to choose on selected nights where you’d like to dine. Your tour manager can organise restaurants to suit your personal tastes giving you flexibility and choice on your tour to try the cuisine in local restaurants and also to choose where to eat and how much to spend. Please see individual tours for specific meal inclusions. TRANSPORT On each tour we use a variety of different forms of transport. We use everything from coaches, boats, river cruisers and trains to tuk tuks and camels. On some tours smaller buses, which may not be lavatory equipped, may be used. In this case, frequent stops are made during travel periods. TOUR PACING Tour pacing varies by itinerary, and each destination’s sightseeing and activities are unique. Pacing is subject to personal interpretation. At Thomas Cook Tours, we do include the best a destination has to offer, enhancing your overall tour experience. For overnight pacing of a tour, please refer to the “Accommodation” section on each tour page and on the tour map. These describe the number of nights you will stay in each hotel during your tour. The day-by-day descriptions will provide additional detail about the number of activities included in each day. The Tour Activity Level Ranking is featured on each tour itinerary in a circle. The definition of each activity level is listed here. If you have additional questions regarding a specific tour, please enquire at time of reservation. For your comfort, we recommend packing comfortable walking shoes so you can fully enjoy every aspect of your tour. Level 1: At a very leisurely pace, this tour involves minimal physical activity, such as climbing some stairs, boarding a coach/minibus, and walking from the hotel reception area to hotel rooms and dining areas. Level 2: This tour requires average physical activity. You should be in good health, able to climb stairs and walk reasonable distances, possibly over uneven ground and cobblestoned streets. Level 3: This tour includes moderate physical activity. The itinerary blends some longer days with shorter days and more leisure time. Walking tours, as well as walking slightly longer distances, up stairs or on uneven walking surfaces should be expected. Level 4: To truly experience the programme and destination, you need to be able to participate in physical activities such as longer walking tours, walking over uneven terrain, climbing stairs
190
Thomas Cook Booking Conditions 2019 4pg.indd 190
and periods of standing. Some of the touring days may be longer, with select included activities occurring later in the evening. Level 5: This tour is very active, requiring participants to be physically fit to fully enjoy all the experiences. This itinerary has more strenuous activities which may include such things as: extensive walking tours, transfers over uneven and dusty terrain, high altitudes, early morning departures, late night activities, or extreme temperatures. All conditions do not apply to all days, so please read the itinerary carefully and speak to one of our travel advisors to determine if this tour is right for you. We recommend this programme to individuals who are physically fit. Unfortunately, this tour is not appropriate for individuals who use either walkers or wheelchairs. If this trip is not ideally suited for you, our travel advisors can help determine the perfect trip for you. TOUR MANAGERS Our award-winning tour managers are carefully selected for their travel experience, people skills and their time working with you. Their main responsibility is to make sure that all members of the group are well looked after and return home having had a wonderful holiday with amazing memories. It is the tour manager’s responsibility to ensure that the tour runs smoothly and that all the logistics are in place; also to oversee the health and safety aspects of your holiday. They are also on hand to provide advice and recommendations for any free time within your specific tour. HIGH ALTITUDE Several tours reach elevations of 8,200 feet or more. We allow time for acclimatisation and usually the body acclimatises well to spending extended periods of time above this altitude. It is difficult to predict who is at risk from altitude sickness but if you have a heart or respiratory problem we advise you not to risk extended travel at high altitudes and to check with your doctor. PASSPORTS AND VISAS All visa information provided in this brochure is for guidance. Where visas are required, you must check with the relevant embassy or consulate on how to apply. For tours where a visa is required for UK passport holders, we will advise you at the time of booking. Obtaining the proper proof of citizenship for entry to destination countries is your responsibility. A valid 10 year machine readable passport is required for all individuals travelling outside of the United Kingdom. Passports must be valid for at least six months beyond the return date from the destination. You must check with the appropriate embassy or consulate for specific information and entry requirements. HOTEL AND AIRPORT PARKING Hotel and parking option includes one night’s accommodation before the tour, and free parking for the duration of any tour. Additional parking due to private arrangements or tailor made extensions are payable at the reduced rate of £10 per day. HOTEL CHECK IN AND OUT Most hotels make rooms available for check in at approximately 3pm on the day of arrival. Thomas Cook Tours has taken your time of arrival into consideration when arranging flights to accompany our tours. On checking in, the hotel will ask each customer to register and may require an imprint of your credit card in order to cover personal items and incidentals. If you do not have a credit card for this purpose, a cash deposit may be requested. Check out of hotels is usually between 10am and midday on the day of departure. If you have a late evening flight, we will inform you of this and ask if you wish to make provision for your departure by booking a day room on your last day (time permitting). HEALTH AND SAFETY If you are taking prescription medication, please be sure to take an adequate supply for your tour and a few additional days in original prescription containers. Medication should be packed in your carry-on baggage (never in checked luggage). You may want to carry an extra prescription in case medication is lost. We operate a ‘No Smoking’ policy on all of our transport. During the tour, your transport will make frequent stops for the convenience of all guests. The Foreign & Commonwealth office produces up-to-date travel information to help British travellers make informed decisions about travelling abroad. For further information please visit; www.fco.gov.uk/knowbeforeyougo. Alternatively you can contact ABTA at abta.com. We recommend viewing health advice from the Department of Health and discussing with your own GP any specific needs you may have whilst travelling. The Department of Health is a source of information regarding health facilities, vaccinations, and up to date health information for travel including advice on Deep Vein Thrombosis. Please visit their website at www. dh.gov.uk for further details. SPECIAL ASSISTANCE Thomas Cook Tours will make reasonable efforts to accommodate the special needs of tour participants. Persons requiring individual assistance must be accompanied by a companion who is capable of, and totally responsible for, providing the necessary assistance. Neither Thomas Cook Tours personnel nor its suppliers may physically lift or assist clients onto transportation vehicles. Please ask your booking agent for a Special Assistance form if applicable. This form must be filled out and submitted to us at least eight weeks prior to your departure date so that we can make appropriate arrangements and inform your Tour Manager. Please Note: It is a condition of your contract with us that you inform us before booking of any special assistance that may be required from Thomas Cook Tours during your tour. You will be responsible for indemnifying us in relation to any costs we incur as a result of any failure on your part to do so. Facilities on tour to assist individuals with disabilities vary from country to country. LUGGAGE ALLOWANCE Due to limited vehicle capacity, one carry-on 36 inches/95 cms in length, height, and width; not to exceed 11 lbs/5 kg.) and one checked luggage (62 inches/160 cms in length, height and width; not to exceed 50 lbs/23 kgs) are allowed. Please note that these guidelines must be considered with the specific allowance permitted by the airline with whom you are booked to travel. If you exceed the limit of 2 bags, we cannot guarantee that your additional luggage will be able to fit in the vehicle. Storage or shipment of additional luggage will be at your expense. If we are able to accommodate your additional luggage, we will levy a £2.50 per hotel, per bag fee. Although every effort is made to handle passengers’ luggage carefully, we cannot be responsible, assume liability or accept claims for loss or damage to luggage and personal effects due to breakage, theft, or normal wear and tear that results from hotel, airline and group carrier handling. It is in your best interest to make certain you have adequate insurance to cover these eventualities. On safari tours, soft duffel bag luggage is required as storage space on safari vans is limited.
For more information and to book, please visit: thomascooktours.com
8/23/18 2:06 PM
BOOKING CONDITIONS These Booking Conditions, together with our privacy and data protection policy, and any other written information we brought to your attention before we confirmed your booking, form the basis of your contract with Adventures Unlimited Inc. of Unit 6, Brook Business Centre, Cowley Mill Road, Uxbridge, Middlesex UB8 2FX, United Kingdom (‘we’ or ‘us’). Please read them carefully as they set out our respective rights and obligations. All the holidays in this brochure/ website are operated by Adventures Unlimited Inc. trading as Thomas Cook Tours. References to ‘you’ and ‘your’ include the final named person on the booking and all persons on whose behalf a booking is made or any other person to whom a booking is transferred. By making a booking, the first named person on the booking agrees on behalf of all persons detailed on the booking that: a. He/she has read these Booking Conditions and has the authority to and does agree to be bound by them; b. He/she consents to our use of information in accordance with our Privacy & Data Protection Policy; c. He/she is over 18 years of age and resident in the United Kingdom and where placing an order for services with age restrictions declares that he/she and all members of the party are of the appropriate age to purchase those services; d. he/she accepts financial responsibility for payment of the booking on behalf of all persons detailed on the booking. 1. MAKING A BOOKING AND PAYING FOR YOUR HOLIDAY To secure a booking, we or our authorised travel agent must receive the applicable deposit per person (or full payment depending on when your date of departure is) in accordance with table 1 below at clause 2. If the arrangements you wish to book are available we will issue a Confirmation Invoice and send this to you or your travel agent. We reserve the right to return your deposit and decline to issue a confirmation at our absolute discretion. A binding contract will come into existence between you and us as soon as we have issued you with a Confirmation Invoice confirming the details of your booking. If your confirmed arrangements include a flight we (or if you booked via an authorised agent of ours, that agent) will also issue you with an ATOL Certificate. If you book online, any acknowledgement of your booking request which we send to you is not a confirmation of your booking. Before your booking has been confirmed, in the unlikely event that an error has occurred we do reserve the right to make any changes or decline your booking at our discretion. We will communicate any changes to you and request your acceptance of these before issuing you with a Confirmation Invoice. Upon receipt, if you believe that any details on your Confirmation Invoice or ATOL Certificate (or any other document) are wrong you must advise us immediately as changes cannot be made later and it may harm your rights if we are not notified of any inaccuracies in any document within ten days of our sending it out (five days for tickets). The balance of the cost of your arrangements is due in accordance with Table 1 in clause 2 below. If we do not receive all payments in full and on time, we reserve the right to treat your booking as cancelled by you in which case the cancellation charges set out in Table 2a and 2b in clause 6 below will become payable. For flight inclusive bookings covered by our ATOL, any money paid to an authorised agent of ours is held by that agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust at all times, but subject to the agent’s obligation to pay it to us for so long as we do not fail financially. If we do fail financially, any money held at that time by the agent or subsequently accepted from the consumer by the agent, is and continues to be held by that agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust without any obligation to pay that money to us. In the case of international payments you must ensure that the full GBP Sterling amount is received by us after all bank charges have been levied. Thomas Cook Tours can assume no responsibility for and cannot be held liable for any wrongful, negligent or unauthorised acts or omissions of any travel agent or travel agency other than that of Thomas Cook Tours, itself, and its own employees. 2. DEPOSITS & BALANCES Further to clause 1, the deposit payable and balance due date (including any surcharge where applicable) will vary depending on the holiday you book, as follows: Table 1a Holiday
Deposit Payable*
Balance due not less than
All holidays (excluding cruise holidays and Antarctica)
£200 per person
60 days before departure
Ocean and river cruise holidays
£200 per person
120 days before departure
Holidays to Antarctica
£200 per person
180 days before departure
*A higher deposit may be payable in certain circumstances, for example if any supplier(s) require additional payment at the time of booking / prior to the balance due date. On occasions, full payment for a service such as flights, permits or prepurchased passes may also be required at the time of booking or prior to the balance due date.
3. THE PRICE OF YOUR HOLIDAY You will be notified of the price of your holiday at the time of booking. However, we reserve the right to amend the price of unsold holidays at any time and correct errors in the prices of confirmed holidays. Once we have issued you with a Confirmation Invoice and a contract exists between us, we guarantee that we will not pass on any unexpected fuel surcharges or currency exchange charges which may otherwise have affected the price of your booking. This means, no matter what happens to the price of fuel or with the exchange rates we use, the price of your confirmed holiday is protected at all times. The prices shown in our brochures and our website are based on our current charges and costs but they may go up and down; we reserve the right to alter the price of any of our holidays and will advise you of the correct price prior to booking. Please call us or visit our website for the most up-to-date prices. The price of your travel arrangements has been calculated using the rate of $1.30 to £1 in relation to the following currencies: US$ and £GBP. 4. CUTTING YOUR HOLIDAY SHORT If you are forced to return home early, we cannot refund the cost of any services you have not used. If you cut short your holiday and return home early in circumstances where you have no reasonable cause for complaint about the standard of your holiday arrangements, we will not offer you any refund for that part of your holiday not completed, or be liable for any associated costs you may incur. Depending on the circumstances, your travel insurance may offer cover for curtailment and we suggest that any claim is made directly with them. 5. IF YOU CHANGE YOUR BOOKING If after your holiday has been confirmed you wish to alter your booking, we will try to make the necessary arrangements provided we receive written confirmation of the change from the person who signed the booking form, or your travel agent, before the date on which the final balance of the cost of your holiday is due. Whilst we will do our best to assist, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to meet your requested change. Changes and transfers will be subject to an administrative fee of £25 per change per person as well as any applicable rate changes or extra costs incurred by us and any costs or charges incurred or imposed by any of our suppliers. You should be aware that these costs could increase the closer to the departure date that changes are made and you should contact us as soon as possible. Where we are unable to assist you and you do not wish to proceed with the original booking we will treat this as a cancellation by you. A cancellation fee may be payable. Transfer of Booking: If you or any member of your party is prevented from travelling, that person(s) may transfer their place to someone else (introduced by you and satisfying all the conditions applicable to the arrangements) providing we are notified not less than 28 days before departure and you pay an amendment fee of £25 per person transferring, meet all costs and charges incurred by us and/or incurred or imposed by any of our suppliers and the transferee agrees to these booking conditions and all other terms of the contract between us. If you are unable to find a replacement, cancellation charges as set out will apply in order to cover our estimated costs. Otherwise, no refunds will be given for passengers not travelling or for unused services. Note: Certain arrangements may not be amended after they have been confirmed and any alteration could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements. 6. IF YOU CANCEL YOUR BOOKING If you or any other member of your party decides to cancel your confirmed booking you must notify us in writing. Your notice of cancellation will only take effect when it is received in writing by us at our offices. Since we incur costs in cancelling your travel arrangements, you will have to pay the applicable cancellation charges to compensate for estimated losses and expenses. These are calculated from the date we receive your written notification of cancellation and will be payable up to the maximum shown in Tables 2a and 2b below. The cancellation charges detailed below are calculated on the basis of the total cost payable by the person(s) cancelling excluding insurance premiums and amendment charges which are not refundable in the event of the person(s) to whom they apply cancelling:
Table 2a: All holidays excluding ocean/river cruises and holidays to Antarctica Period before departure notice of cancellation is received by us
Cancellation Charge
More than 60 days
Deposit only
60 - 29 days
50% of holiday cost
28 - 15 days
60% of holiday cost
14 - 8 days
75% of holiday cost
7 - 4 days
90% of holiday cost
Less than 3 days
100% of holiday cost
Table 2b: All ocean/river cruises and holidays to Antarctica Period before departure notice of cancellation is received by us
Cancellation Charge
Before balance due date
Deposit only
Balance due date – 90 days
50% of holiday cost
89 - 45 days
60% of holiday cost
44 - 21 days
75% of holiday cost
20 - 8 days
80% of holiday cost
7 - 4 days
90% of holiday cost
Less than 3 days
100% of holiday cost
Note: Certain arrangements may not be amended after they have been confirmed and any alteration or cancellation could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements in addition to the charge above. We will deduct the cancellation charge(s) from any monies you have already paid to us. You may be able to reclaim these charges (less any applicable excess) under the terms of your insurance policy. If some, but not all party members cancel, additional charges may be payable by the remaining members, e.g. under occupancy charges or single supplements. No allowance or refund can be made for your meals, rooms, excursions etc., included in the price of your tour but not taken, nor can any refund be made for lost, mislaid, or destroyed travel tickets or vouchers. 7. THOMAS COOK TOURS WORRY-FREE TRIP CANCELLATION WAIVER PLAN (“CANCELLATION WAIVER ”) Cancellation Waiver provided by Thomas Cook Tours: The Cancellation Waiver is provided by Thomas Cook Tours. Payment of a per person Cancellation Waiver fee provides for a full refund of all payments (including deposit), except the Cancellation Waiver fee itself, made to Thomas Cook Tours for travel arrangements in case of cancellation of your travel plans for any reason prior to the day of departure. The Cancellation Waiver fee with air only covers airline tickets you have purchased from Thomas Cook Tours. Exception: If you originally purchased nonrefundable airline tickets, this Cancellation Waiver does not provide a refund for the airline tickets, taxes or fees, in the event of a cancellation. The Cancellation Waiver protects you from penalties in the event you have a need to cancel your entire inclusive tour package up to the day prior to departure. The Cancellation Waiver does not indemnify you from penalties if you choose to cancel partial tour components or air. If you choose to partially cancel your tour, you will be responsible for a revision fee as well as any penalties that are incurred at the time of the cancellation. Thomas Cook Tours' Cancellation Waiver does not cover any single supplement charges which arise from an individual’s travelling companion electing to cancel for any reason prior to departure. In this case, the single supplement will be deducted from the refund of the person who cancels. Division of this charge between the two passengers involved is solely their responsibility. If insufficient funds are deducted from the cancelling client, the travelling client will be charged the remaining portion of the single supplement. Payment of the Cancellation Waiver Fee (if chosen) must be received by Thomas Cook Tours with your deposit. The fee is nontransferable and valid only for the individual who has chosen the Cancellation Waiver. Where to Request Refunds To request a refund under the Cancellation Waiver, please call Thomas Cook Tours and send any unused airline tickets to: Thomas Cook Tours ATTN: Customer Service Department Unit 6-Brook Business Centre Cowley Mill Road Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB8 2FX
or call us on 0800 804 8730 or visit your local travel agent.
Thomas Cook Booking Conditions 2019 4pg.indd 191
191
8/23/18 12:16 PM
If cancellation occurs prior to departure, contact the Thomas Cook Tours Reservations Department. When a client cancels prior to departure, any refunds are processed through the booking agent. Thomas Cook Tours Worry-Free Trip Cancellation Waiver Plan Pricing (per person) The Cost of the Worry-Free Trip Cancellation Waiver Plan is as follows: Land Only Clients: £150.00 per person Air-Inclusive Clients: £200.00 per person Thomas Cook Tours Worry-Free Trip Cancellation Waiver Plan can only be purchased by individuals who have purchased our Flex Airfare or Instant Purchase nonrefundable air through us. Instant Purchase air and its associated taxes, fees and surcharges require full payment at time of reservation and are 100% nonrefundable. The Cancellation Waiver offered is NOT a contract of insurance. Rather, the payment of the cancellation waiver fee merely enhances your contract terms with us in offering you a holiday package without cancellation penalties. As discussed in item 25, it is a condition of your contract that you have adequate travel insurance in place. 8. IF WE CHANGE OR CANCEL YOUR BOOKING As we plan your holiday arrangements many months in advance we may occasionally have to make changes or cancel your booking and we reserve the right to do so at any time. Changes: If we make a minor change to your holiday, we will make reasonable efforts to inform you or your travel agent as soon as reasonably possible if there is time before your departure but we will have no liability to you. Examples of minor changes include alteration of your outward/return flights by less than 12 hours, changes to aircraft type, change of accommodation to another of the same or higher standard, changes of carriers. Please note that carriers such as airlines used in the brochure may be subject to change. Occasionally we may have to make a major change to your confirmed arrangements. ”Examples of “major changes” include the following, when made before departure: • A change of accommodation area for the whole or a significant part of your time away; • A change of accommodation to that of a lower standard or classification for the whole or a significant part of your time away; • A change of outward departure time or overall length of your arrangements of twelve or more hours; • A change of UK departure airport, as long as that change is not from one London airport to another London airport. London airports are Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, Luton and London City; • A significant change to your itinerary, missing out one or more destination entirely; • The closure of the only or all advertised swimming pool(s) at your accommodation for an extended period. Cancellation: We will not cancel your travel arrangements less than 60 days before your departure date, except for reasons of force majeure or failure by you to pay the final balance. We may cancel your holiday before this date if, e.g., the minimum number of clients required for a particular travel arrangement is not reached. If we have to make a major change or cancel, we will tell you as soon as possible and if there is time to do so before departure, we will offer you the choice of: 1. (for major changes) accepting the changed arrangements; 2. having a refund of all monies paid; or 3. accepting an offer of alternative travel arrangements of comparable standard from us, if available (we will refund any price difference if the alternative is of a lower value). You must notify us of your choice within 7 days of our offer. If you fail to do so we will assume that you have chosen to accept the change or alternative booking arrangements. Insurance: If we cancel or make a major change and you accept a refund, we will provide a full refund of your travel insurance premiums if you paid them to us and can show that you are unable to transfer or reuse your policy. Compensation: If we cancel or make a major change less than 60 days before departure, we will pay compensation as detailed below. The compensation that we offer does not exclude you from claiming more if you are entitled to do so. Period before departure a significant change or cancellation is notified to you (or your travel agent)
Compensation change or per person (excluding infants)
60 days or more
£0
59 - 45 days
£20
44 - 30 days
£30
Less than 30 days
£50
IMPORTANT NOTE: We will not pay you compensation in the following circumstances: • where we make a minor change; • where we make a major change or cancel your arrangements more than 60 days before departure; • where we have to cancel your arrangements as a result of your
192
Thomas Cook Booking Conditions 2019 4pg.indd 192
failure to make full payment on time; • where the change or cancellation by us arises out of alterations to the confirmed booking requested by you; • where we are forced to cancel or change your arrangements due to Force Majeure (see clause 13). Please note: where accommodation with a higher price than the original accommodation is offered by us and accepted by you, the difference in price will be deducted from any compensation payable. In no case will we pay compensation if accommodation is offered by us and accepted by you with a higher price than that originally booked in the same location where no additional payment is made by you. If we become unable to provide a significant proportion of the services that you have booked with us after you have departed, we will make alternative arrangements for you at no extra charge and, if appropriate in all the circumstances, will pay you reasonable compensation. 9. PASSPORTS, VISAS AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS It is your responsibility to check and fulfill the passport, visa, health and immigration requirements applicable to your booking and that no personal circumstances such as a criminal offence or travel to another country will affect your entry into the country you’re visiting, and that you have the required vaccinations to gain entry to any country which you are visiting. We can only provide general information about this. You must check requirements for your own specific circumstances with the relevant Embassies and/or Consulates and your own doctor as applicable. Requirements do change and you must check the up to date position in good time before departure. Most countries now require passports to be valid for at least 6 months after your return date. If your passport is in its final year, you should check with the Embassy of the country you are visiting. For further information contact the Passport Office on 0300 222 0000 or visit www.gov.uk/browse/abroad/passports Special conditions apply for travel to the USA, and all passengers must have individual machine readable passports. Please check www.usembassy.org.uk For European holidays you should obtain a completed and issued form EHIC prior to departure. Up to date travel advice can be obtained from the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, visit www.fco.gov.uk Non British passport holders, including other EU nationals, should obtain up to date advice on passport and visa requirements from the Embassy, High Commission or Consulate of your destination or country(ies) through which you are travelling. We do not accept any responsibility if you cannot travel, or incur any other loss because you have not complied with any passport, visa, immigration requirements or health formalities. Further, we are not liable to you for any illness or discomfort you suffer through failure to have required vaccinations or to follow medical advice. You agree to reimburse us in relation to any fines or other losses which we incur as a result of your failure to comply with any passport, visa, immigration requirements or health formalities. 10. SINGLE TRAVELLER OCCUPANCY Our holidays are advertised on a per person basis based on two persons sharing a room therefore the price when occupied by one person is higher than when two persons share the cost of the room. It is not our intention to penalise anyone who is under occupying the accommodation we provide and we certainly do not make additional or excessive profit from these sales: the price we charge merely reflects the real cost to us. If a hotel is able to offer accommodation designed for single occupancy only, we will normally charge a reduced supplement, considerably smaller than the one we apply when a single traveller occupies a double room. Allocation of rooms is at the discretion of each individual hotel and not something that we can influence. 11. DEALING WITH COMPLAINTS We will make every effort to make your holiday as enjoyable and trouble free as possible. Most problems can be sorted out straight away if we know about them. If you have a complaint, you must advise our representatives straight away and the supplier of the service(s) in question. If you don’t complain at the time this may affect your ability to claim compensation. You may also contact us directly using the emergency telephone number enclosed with your travel documents. That number will put you in touch with one of our employees who will take all reasonable steps to help you. If the problem cannot be resolved and you wish to complain further, you must write to us within 28 days of your return from holiday to: Customer Services Department, Thomas Cook Tours, Unit 6 Brook Business Centre, Cowley Mill Road, Uxbridge UB8 2FX, quoting your booking reference number and all other relevant information. Please keep your letter concise and to the point. This will assist us to quickly identify your concerns and speed up our response to you. Failure to follow the procedure set out in this clause may affect ours and the applicable supplier’s ability to investigate your complaint, and will affect your rights under this contract. Please note that we offer an Alternative Dispute Resolution service through our ABTA membership. Please see clause [23] for further details. You can also access the European Commission Online Dispute (ODR) Resolution platform at http://ec.europa. eu/consumers/odr/. This ODR platform is a means of registering
your complaint with us; it will not determine how your complaint should be resolved. 12. BEHAVIOUR All guests staying with us are expected to conduct themselves in an orderly and acceptable manner and not to disrupt the enjoyment of other guests. If in our opinion or in the opinion of any hotel manager or any other person in authority, your behaviour or that of any member of your party is causing or is likely to cause distress, danger or annoyance to any of our other guests or any third party or damage to property, or to cause a delay or diversion to transportation, we reserve the right to terminate your booking arrangements with us immediately. In the event of such termination our liability to you and/or your party will cease and you and/or your party will be required to leave your accommodation or other service immediately. We will have no further obligations to you and/or your party. No refunds for lost accommodation or any other service will be made and we will not pay any expenses or costs incurred as a result of termination. You and/or your party may also be required to pay for loss and/or damage caused by your actions and we will hold you and each member of your party jointly and individually liable for any damage or losses caused by you or any member of your party. Full payment for any such damage or losses must be paid directly to the hotel manager or other supplier prior to departure from the hotel. If you fail to make payment, you will be responsible for meeting any claims (including legal costs) subsequently made against us as a result of your actions together with all costs we incur in pursuing any claim against you. We cannot be held responsible for the actions or behaviour of other guests or individuals who have no connection with your booking arrangements or with us. 13. EVENTS BEYOND OUR CONTROL Except where otherwise expressly stated in these booking conditions we will not be liable or pay you compensation if our contractual obligations to you are affected by any event which we or the supplier(s) of the service(s) in question could not, even with all due care, foresee or avoid. These events can include, but are not limited to war, threat of war, civil strife, terrorist activity and its consequences or the threat of such activity, riot, the act of any government or other national or local authority including port or river authorities, industrial dispute, lock closure, natural or nuclear disaster, fire, chemical or biological disaster and adverse weather, sea, ice and river conditions and all similar events outside our or the supplier(s) concerned’s control. Advice from the Foreign Office to avoid or leave a particular country may constitute Force Majeure. We will follow the advice given by the Foreign Office. 14. OUR RESPONSIBILITY FOR YOUR HOLIDAY e will accept responsibility for the arrangements we 1. W agree to provide or arrange for you as an “organiser” under the Package Travel, Package Holidays and Package Tours Regulations 2018 as set out below. Subject to these booking conditions, if we or our suppliers negligently perform or arrange the services which we are obliged to provide for you under our contract with you, as set out on your confirmation invoice, we will pay you reasonable compensation. The level of such compensation will be calculated taking into consideration all relevant factors such as but not limited to: following the complaints procedure as described in these conditions and the extent to which ours or our employees’ or suppliers’ negligence affected the overall enjoyment of your holiday. Please note that it is your responsibility to show that we or our supplier(s) have been negligent if you wish to make a claim against us 2. W e will not be responsible or pay you compensation for any injury, illness, death, loss, damage, expense, cost or other claim of any description if it results from: a. t he act(s) and/or omission(s) of the person(s) affected; b. the act(s) and/or omission(s) of a third party unconnected with the provision of the services contracted for and which were unforeseeable or unavoidable; or c. u nusual or unforeseeable circumstances beyond ours or our supplier(s) control, the consequences of which could not have been avoided even if all due care had been exercised; or d. an event which either ourselves, our employees, agents or suppliers and subcontractors could not, even with all due care, have foreseen or forestalled. 3. W e limit the amount of compensation we may have to pay you if we are found liable under this clause as follows: a. loss of and/or damage to any luggage or personal possessions and money, the maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is an amount equivalent to the excess on your insurance policy which applies to this type of loss per person in total because you are assumed to have adequate insurance in place to cover any losses of this kind. b. Claims not falling under (a) above and which don't involve injury, illness or death the maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is twice the price paid by or on behalf of the person(s) affected in total. This maximum amount will only be payable where everything has gone wrong and you or your party has not received any benefit at all from your booking. c. Claims in respect of international travel by air, sea and rail, or any stay in a hotel i. The extent of our liability will in all cases be limited as if we
For more information and to book, please visit: thomascooktours.com
8/23/18 12:16 PM
were carriers under the appropriate Conventions, which include The Warsaw/Montreal Convention (international travel by air); The Athens Convention (with respect to sea travel); The Berne/ COTIF Convention (with respect to rail travel) and The Paris Convention (with respect to hotel arrangements). You can ask for copies of these Conventions from our office. Please contact us. In addition, you agree that the operating carrier or transport company’s own ‘Conditions of Carriage’ will apply to you on that journey. When arranging transportation for you, we rely on the terms and conditions contained within these international conventions and those ‘Conditions of Carriage’. You acknowledge that all of the terms and conditions contained in those ‘Conditions of Carriage’ form part of your contract with us, as well as with the transport company and that those ‘Conditions of Carriage’ shall be deemed to be included by reference into this contract. ii. In any circumstances in which a carrier is liable to you by virtue of the Denied Boarding Regulation 2004, any liability we may have to you under our contract with you, arising out of the same facts, is limited to the remedies provided under the Regulation as if (for this purpose only) we were a carrier. iii. When making any payment, we are entitled to deduct any money which you have received or are entitled to receive from the transport provider or hotelier for the complaint or claim in question. 4. It is a condition of our acceptance of liability under this clause that you notify any claim to us and our supplier(s) strictly in accordance with the complaints procedure set out in these Booking Conditions. 5. Where any payment is made, the person(s) receiving it (and their parent or guardian if under 18 years) must also assign to ourselves or our insurers any rights they may have to pursue any third party and must provide ourselves and our insurers with all assistance we may reasonably require. 6. Please note, we cannot accept any liability for any damage, loss or expense or other sum(s) of any description which on the basis of the information given to us by you concerning your booking prior to our accepting it, we could not have foreseen you would suffer or incur if we breached our contract with you; or (b) any business losses. 7. We will not accept responsibility for services or facilities which do not form part of our agreement or where they are not advertised in our brochure. For example any excursion you book whilst away, or any service or facility which your hotel or any other supplier agrees to provide for you. 15. CONDITIONS OF SUPPLIERS Many of the services which make up your holiday are provided by independent suppliers. Those suppliers provide these services in accordance with their own terms and conditions which will form part of your contract with us. Some of these terms and conditions may limit or exclude the supplier’s liability to you, usually in accordance with applicable International Conventions. Copies of the relevant parts of these terms and conditions are available on request from ourselves or the supplier concerned. 16. DELAYS AND OTHER TRAVEL INFORMATION If you or any member of your party misses your flight or other transport arrangement, it is cancelled or you are subject to a delay of over 3 hours for any reason, you must contact us and the airline or other transport supplier concerned immediately. The Package Travel Regulations 2018 provide that in the event that you experience difficulties on the occurrence of circumstances described in clauses 13 (3) (a) (b) (c) of these Booking Conditions, we will provide you with prompt assistance. Where you experience a delay which is not owing to any failure by us, our employees or sub-contractors, this prompt assistance is likely to extend to providing help in locating refreshments, accommodation and communications but not paying for them. Any airline or other transport supplier may however pay for or provide refreshments and/or appropriate accommodation and you should make a claim directly to them. Subject to the other terms of these conditions, we will not be liable for any costs, fees or charges you incur in the above circumstances, if you fail to obtain our prior authorisation before making your own travel arrangements. Under EU Law, you have rights in some circumstances to refunds and/or compensation from the airline in cases of denied boarding, cancellation or delay to flights. Full details of these rights will be publicised at EU airports and will also be available from airlines. If the airline does not comply with these rules you should complain to the Civil Aviation Authority at www.caa.co.uk/passengers. Reimbursement in such cases is the responsibility of the airline and will not automatically entitle you to a refund of your holiday price from us. If, for any reason, you do not claim against the airline and make a claim for compensation from us, you must, at the time of payment of any compensation to you, make a complete assignment to us of the rights you have against the airline in relation to the claim that gives rise to that compensation payment. A delay or cancellation to your flight does not automatically entitle you to cancel any other arrangements even where those arrangements have been made in conjunction with your flight. We cannot accept liability for any delay which is due to any of the reasons set out in clause 12 of these Booking Conditions (which includes the behaviour of any passenger(s) on any flight who, for example, fails to check in or board on time).
The carrier(s), flight timings and types of aircraft shown in this brochure or on our website and detailed on your confirmation invoice are for guidance only and are subject to alteration and confirmation. We shall inform you of the identity of the actual carrier(s) as soon as we become aware of it. The latest flight timings will be shown on your tickets which will be despatched to you approximately two weeks before departure. You should check your tickets very carefully immediately on receipt to ensure you have the correct flight times. If flight times change after tickets have been despatched we will contact you as soon as we can to let you know. Please note the existence of a “Community list” (available for inspection at http://ec.europa.eu/transport/air-ban/ list_en.htm) detailing air carriers that are subject to an operating ban with the EU Community. This brochure is our responsibility, as your tour operator. It is not issued on behalf of, and does not commit the airlines mentioned herein or any airline whose services are used in the course of your travel arrangements. Please note that in accordance with Air Navigation Orders in order to qualify for infant status, a child must be under 2 years of age on the date of its return flight. 17. SPECIAL REQUESTS Any special requests must be advised to us at the time of booking e.g. diet, room location, a particular facility at a hotel etc. You should then confirm your requests in writing. Whilst every effort will be made by us to try and arrange your reasonable special requests, we cannot guarantee that they will be fulfilled. The fact that a special request has been noted on your confirmation invoice or any other documentation or that it has been passed on to the supplier is not confirmation that the request will be met. Failure to meet any special request will not be a breach of contract on our part unless the request has been specifically confirmed in writing. We do not accept bookings that are conditional upon any special request being met. 18. DISABILITIES AND MEDICAL PROBLEMS We are not a specialist disabled holiday company, but we will do our utmost to cater for any special requirements you may have. If you or any member of your party has any medical problem or disability which may affect your stay, please provide us with full details before we confirmed your booking so that we can try to advise you as to the suitability of your chosen arrangements. We may require you to produce a doctor’s certificate certifying that you are fit to participate in the tour. Acting reasonably, if we are unable to properly accommodate the needs of the person(s) concerned, we will not confirm your booking or if you did not give us full details at the time of booking, we will cancel it and impose applicable cancellation charges when we become aware of these details. 19. CONSUMER PROTECTION The Package Travel, Package Holidays and Package Tours Regulations 2018 require us to provide security for the monies that you pay for the package holidays you book with us. For holidays that include any flight, we provide this security by way of a bond held by the Civil Aviation Authority under ATOL number 4832. When you buy a flight-inclusive holiday from us you will receive an ATOL Certificate. This lists the flight, accommodation, car hire and/or other services that are financially protected, where you can get information on what this means for you and who to contact if things go wrong. For further information, visit the ATOL website at www.atol.org. uk. The price of our flight inclusive arrangements includes the amount of £2.50 per person as part of the ATOL Protection Contribution (APC) we pay to the CAA. This charge is included in our advertised prices. Not all holiday or travel services offered and sold by us will be protected by the ATOL Scheme. ATOL protection extends primarily to Customers who book and pay in the United Kingdom. We, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate will provide you with the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a suitable alternative). In some cases, where neither we nor the supplier are able to do so for reasons of insolvency, an alternative ATOL holder may provide you with the services you have bought (at no extra cost to you). You agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in some cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL holder, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under the ATOL Scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable). If we, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL certificate are unable to provide the services listed (or a suitable alternative, through an alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for reasons of insolvency, the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may make a payment to (or confer a benefit on) you under the ATOL scheme. You agree that in return for such a payment or benefit you assign absolutely to those Trustees any claims which you have or may have arising out of or relating to the non-provision of the services, including any claim against us, the travel agent (or your credit card issuer where applicable). You also agree that any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that other body has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL scheme. We are also a member of ABTA (ABTA Number W050X). If your holiday does not include flights ABTA will financially protect your holiday in the same way.
20. ADVANCE PASSENGER INFORMATION A number of Governments are introducing new requirements for air carriers to provide personal information about all travellers on their aircraft to the Authorities before the aircraft leaves the UK. The data will be collected either at the airport when you check in or in some circumstances when, or after you make your booking. Accordingly, you are advised to allow extra time to check in for your flight. Where we collect this data, we will treat it in accordance with our privacy policy. 21. FOREIGN OFFICE ADVICE You are responsible for making yourself aware of Foreign Office advice in regard to the safety of the countries and areas in which you will be travelling and to make your decisions accordingly. The Foreign & Commonwealth Office (FCO) provides travel advice on destinations, which includes information on passports, visas, health, safety, security and more. Please visit www.gov.uk/foreign-travel-advice. Advice from the Foreign Office to avoid or leave a particular country may constitute Force Majeure. (See clause 12). 22. LAW AND JURISDICTION These Booking Conditions and any agreement to which they apply are governed in all respects by English law. We both agree that any dispute, claim or other matter which arises between us out of or in connection with your contract or booking will be dealt with under the ABTA Arbitration Scheme or by the Courts of England and Wales only. You may however, choose the law and jurisdiction of Scotland or Northern Ireland if you live in those places and if you wish to do so. 23. ACCURACY OF PRICES AND INFORMATION We endeavour to ensure that all the information and prices both on our website and in our brochures are accurate, however occasionally changes and errors occur and we reserve the right to correct prices and other details in such circumstances. You must check the current price and all other details relating to the arrangements that you wish to book before your booking is confirmed. 24. ABTA We are a Member of ABTA, membership number W050X. We are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you by ABTA’s Code of Conduct. We can also offer you ABTA’s scheme for the resolution of disputes which is approved by the Chartered Trading Standards Institute. If we can’t resolve your complaint, go to www.abta.com to use ABTA’s simple procedure. Further information on the Code and ABTA’s assistance in resolving disputes can be found on www.abta.com 25. INSURANCE The Cancellation Waiver offered in item 7 is NOT a contract of insurance. Rather, the payment of the cancellation waiver fee merely enhances your contract terms with us in offering you a holiday package without cancellation penalties. As such, it is a condition of your contract with us that you have adequate travel insurance in place. You must be satisfied that your insurance fully covers all your personal requirements including cancellation charges, pre-existing medical conditions, medical expenses, repatriation, helicopter rescue and air ambulance in the event of accident or illness. The insurance cover should extend for the planned duration of the holiday and at least an additional day. Details of a policy suitable to cover the arrangements you book are available by contacting us as detailed below. If you choose to travel without adequate insurance cover, we will not be liable for any losses howsoever arising, in respect of which insurance cover would otherwise have been available. The insurance policy and the receipt of premiums paid there under should be provided to us prior to departure. If you join the holiday without adequate insurance you may not be allowed to continue on the holiday, with no right to refund. If circumstances give rise to a claim the client will forthwith pursue his remedies under such policy(ies). We will also ask you for details of the name, address and telephone numbers of their next of kin or persons to be notified in the event of an emergency. We act as an Introducer Appointed Representative for the purposes of your travel insurance, appointed by Global Travel Insurance Services Ltd who are authorized and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority whose status can be checked on the FCA Register by visiting www.fca.org.uk or by contacting the FCA on 0800 111 6768. Contact Details: Address for correspondence: The Turret, 25 Farncombe Road, Worthing, West Sussex BN11 2AY, Telephone: 01903 235042 Fax: 01903 211106 Email: info@ globaltravelinsurance.co.uk Website: www.globaltravelinsurance.co.uk. Beyond providing this information, we are not allowed to assist you in any way in the arrangement of your travel insurance or give any advice. DATA PROTECTION & PRIVACY POLICY Visit http://www.thomascooktours.com/privacy for complete information.
or call us on 0800 804 8730 or visit your local travel agent.
Thomas Cook Booking Conditions 2019 4pg.indd 193
193
8/23/18 12:16 PM
A WORLD OF
opportunity
EUROPE
Rome, Florence & Venice
ICELAND & SCANDINAVIA
Spotlight on Tuscany
Iceland’s Magical Northern Lights
Spotlight on Rome
Iceland: Land of Fire and Ice
Shrines of Italy
Spectacular Scandinavia Norwegian Coastal Voyage
CENTRAL & EASTERN EUROPE Imperial Cities
IRELAND & THE UNITED KINGDOM
Exploring the Alpine Countries
Shades of Ireland
Discover Switzerland, Austria & Bavaria
Shades of Ireland feat. Northern Ireland
Alpine Lakes & Scenic Trains
Elegant Ireland
Germany’s Cultural Cities & the Romantic Road
Irish Splendour
Magical Rhine & Moselle
Exploring Britain & Ireland
Springtime Tulip River Cruise
British Landscapes
Discover Croatia, Slovenia & the Adriatic Coast
England’s Treasures UK by Rail Exploring Scotland & Ireland Discover Scotland Spotlight on London FRANCE London & Paris France Magnifique Spotlight on Paris French Impressions Treasures of Europe La Belle Seine SPAIN & PORTUGAL Spain’s Classics Spain’s Classics & Portugal Madrid & Barcelona Spain’s Costa del Sol & the Portuguese Riviera
Magnificent Cities of Central & Eastern Europe Classic Christmas Markets Magical Christmas Markets Discovering Polan On the Trail of Martin Luther Pilgrimage to Poland Classic Danube Christmas on the Danube GREECE & THE EASTERN MEDITERRANEAN Exploring Greece & its Islands Greece: In the Footsteps of Paul the Apostle Classical Greece Iconic Israel Israel: A Journey of Faith Israel: Pilgrimage to the Holy Land
USA ALASKA
Sunny Portugal
Alaska & The Yukon
Portugal & Its Islands
Alaska Discovery Land and Cruise
Pilgrimage to Fatima & Lourdes
USA — EAST
ITALY
Islands of New England
Italian Vistas
Colours of New England
Reflections of Italy
Historic Hotels of New England
Rome & Amalfi Coast
Heritage of America
Tuscany and the Italian Riviera
Spotlight on New York City
Southern Italy & Sicily
Spotlight on Washington D.C.
Splendid Sicilia 194
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 194
8/17/18 12:25 PM
USA — MIDWEST & WEST Mackinac Island America’s Historic Mid-Atlantic Spotlight on San Antonio Canyon Country Painted Canyons of the West National Parks of America America’s Cowboy Country Winter in Yellowstone The Colorado Rockies Spotlight on South Dakota California Coast
AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND From the Outback to the Glaciers The Complete South Pacific South Pacific Wonders South Pacific Wonders with New Zealand’s North Island Exploring Australia Exploring New Zealand
ASIA Cultural Treasures of Japan
California New Year’s Getaway
Wonders of China & the Yangtze River
Southern California New Year’s Celebration
India’s Treasures
Treasures of Northern California
Dubai, Oman & Abu Dhabi
Pacific Northwest & California Hawaiian Adventure
AFRICA
Albuquerque Balloon Fiesta
Treasures of Egypt Spectacular South Africa Spectacular South Africa feat. Swaziland
USA — SOUTH Southern Charm America’s Music Cities Spotlight on New Orleans
CANADA CANADA — WEST Canadian Rockies by Train Canadian Rockies with Rocky Mountaineer Canada’s Winter Wonderland CANADA — EAST The Best of Eastern Canada Charming French Canada Wonders of Newfoundland Maritimes Coastal Wonders
SOUTH & CENTRAL AMERICA PLUS ANTARCTICA Discover Panama Tropical Costa Rica Peru: Ancient Land of Mysteries The Complete South America Highlights of South America
• Icelandic Adventure • The Northern Lights of Finland • Countryside of the Emerald Isle • Journey Through Southern France • The Novelties of Northern Spain • Italy’s Treasures • Tuscan & Umbrian Countryside • Italy’s Bella Vita • Switzerland: Hidden Trails & Majestic Peaks • Costa Rica: A World of Nature • Machu Picchu & the Galapagos Islands • Experience Colombia • Mysteries of India • Kingdoms of Southeast Asia • Taste of Vietnam • Exploring South Africa, Victoria Falls & Botswana • Plains of Africa • Colours of Morocco
Adventure to Antarctica Journey to Antarctica
COMPLETE LIST OF TOURS FOR 2019-2020 thomascooktours.com
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_INTRO.indd 195
195
8/17/18 1:46 PM
WORLDWIDE ESCORTED TOURING MAIN EDITION 2019-2020
YOUR
spark
SENSE OF WANDER
We invite you to step off the beaten path and step into new cultures. Explorations gives travellers access to the world in a new way, venturing with a small group on immersive adventures. Lace up your trainers and prepare to walk, bike, hike and explore on these active and engaging journeys. See page 162 or visit thomascooktours.com/explorations for a deeper look.
OFFICE OPENING HOURS MON-SAT: 9AM-6PM SUN: 10AM-5PM
FOR MORE INFORMATION AND TO BOOK CALL: 0800 804 8730
PUBLIC HOLIDAYS: 10AM-5PM
EMAIL: SALES@THOMASCOOKTOURS.COM
Thomas Cook Tours Unit 6, Brook Business Centre Cowley Mill Road, Uxbridge, UB8 2FX
WEB: THOMASCOOKTOURS.COM
TRAVEL AGENT BOOKING: 0800 804 8330 GROUP BOOKINGS: 0800 804 8703
ABTA No.W050X
8GDWD_Main Edition Brochure_TCT AGT RTL_Sept18_COVER.indd 2
8/17/18 12:05 PM